diff options
| author | jason <jason@138bc75d-0d04-0410-961f-82ee72b054a4> | 1997-08-21 22:57:35 +0000 |
|---|---|---|
| committer | jason <jason@138bc75d-0d04-0410-961f-82ee72b054a4> | 1997-08-21 22:57:35 +0000 |
| commit | 28e9041cc224267271fbcd8db22bea115912365b (patch) | |
| tree | a3b19970338bdae580faff126a716e1d5520400c /libiberty | |
| parent | 5000a677980ebfb439f5349c5e269f7447dbab41 (diff) | |
| download | ppe42-gcc-28e9041cc224267271fbcd8db22bea115912365b.tar.gz ppe42-gcc-28e9041cc224267271fbcd8db22bea115912365b.zip | |
Initial revision
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://gcc.gnu.org/svn/gcc/trunk@14877 138bc75d-0d04-0410-961f-82ee72b054a4
Diffstat (limited to 'libiberty')
93 files changed, 16261 insertions, 0 deletions
diff --git a/libiberty/COPYING.LIB b/libiberty/COPYING.LIB new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..eb685a5ec98 --- /dev/null +++ b/libiberty/COPYING.LIB @@ -0,0 +1,481 @@ + GNU LIBRARY GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE + Version 2, June 1991 + + Copyright (C) 1991 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA + Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies + of this license document, but changing it is not allowed. + +[This is the first released version of the library GPL. It is + numbered 2 because it goes with version 2 of the ordinary GPL.] + + Preamble + + The licenses for most software are designed to take away your +freedom to share and change it. By contrast, the GNU General Public +Licenses are intended to guarantee your freedom to share and change +free software--to make sure the software is free for all its users. + + This license, the Library General Public License, applies to some +specially designated Free Software Foundation software, and to any +other libraries whose authors decide to use it. You can use it for +your libraries, too. + + When we speak of free software, we are referring to freedom, not +price. Our General Public Licenses are designed to make sure that you +have the freedom to distribute copies of free software (and charge for +this service if you wish), that you receive source code or can get it +if you want it, that you can change the software or use pieces of it +in new free programs; and that you know you can do these things. + + To protect your rights, we need to make restrictions that forbid +anyone to deny you these rights or to ask you to surrender the rights. +These restrictions translate to certain responsibilities for you if +you distribute copies of the library, or if you modify it. + + For example, if you distribute copies of the library, whether gratis +or for a fee, you must give the recipients all the rights that we gave +you. You must make sure that they, too, receive or can get the source +code. If you link a program with the library, you must provide +complete object files to the recipients so that they can relink them +with the library, after making changes to the library and recompiling +it. And you must show them these terms so they know their rights. + + Our method of protecting your rights has two steps: (1) copyright +the library, and (2) offer you this license which gives you legal +permission to copy, distribute and/or modify the library. + + Also, for each distributor's protection, we want to make certain +that everyone understands that there is no warranty for this free +library. If the library is modified by someone else and passed on, we +want its recipients to know that what they have is not the original +version, so that any problems introduced by others will not reflect on +the original authors' reputations. + + Finally, any free program is threatened constantly by software +patents. We wish to avoid the danger that companies distributing free +software will individually obtain patent licenses, thus in effect +transforming the program into proprietary software. To prevent this, +we have made it clear that any patent must be licensed for everyone's +free use or not licensed at all. + + Most GNU software, including some libraries, is covered by the ordinary +GNU General Public License, which was designed for utility programs. This +license, the GNU Library General Public License, applies to certain +designated libraries. This license is quite different from the ordinary +one; be sure to read it in full, and don't assume that anything in it is +the same as in the ordinary license. + + The reason we have a separate public license for some libraries is that +they blur the distinction we usually make between modifying or adding to a +program and simply using it. Linking a program with a library, without +changing the library, is in some sense simply using the library, and is +analogous to running a utility program or application program. However, in +a textual and legal sense, the linked executable is a combined work, a +derivative of the original library, and the ordinary General Public License +treats it as such. + + Because of this blurred distinction, using the ordinary General +Public License for libraries did not effectively promote software +sharing, because most developers did not use the libraries. We +concluded that weaker conditions might promote sharing better. + + However, unrestricted linking of non-free programs would deprive the +users of those programs of all benefit from the free status of the +libraries themselves. This Library General Public License is intended to +permit developers of non-free programs to use free libraries, while +preserving your freedom as a user of such programs to change the free +libraries that are incorporated in them. (We have not seen how to achieve +this as regards changes in header files, but we have achieved it as regards +changes in the actual functions of the Library.) The hope is that this +will lead to faster development of free libraries. + + The precise terms and conditions for copying, distribution and +modification follow. Pay close attention to the difference between a +"work based on the library" and a "work that uses the library". The +former contains code derived from the library, while the latter only +works together with the library. + + Note that it is possible for a library to be covered by the ordinary +General Public License rather than by this special one. + + GNU LIBRARY GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE + TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR COPYING, DISTRIBUTION AND MODIFICATION + + 0. This License Agreement applies to any software library which +contains a notice placed by the copyright holder or other authorized +party saying it may be distributed under the terms of this Library +General Public License (also called "this License"). Each licensee is +addressed as "you". + + A "library" means a collection of software functions and/or data +prepared so as to be conveniently linked with application programs +(which use some of those functions and data) to form executables. + + The "Library", below, refers to any such software library or work +which has been distributed under these terms. A "work based on the +Library" means either the Library or any derivative work under +copyright law: that is to say, a work containing the Library or a +portion of it, either verbatim or with modifications and/or translated +straightforwardly into another language. (Hereinafter, translation is +included without limitation in the term "modification".) + + "Source code" for a work means the preferred form of the work for +making modifications to it. For a library, complete source code means +all the source code for all modules it contains, plus any associated +interface definition files, plus the scripts used to control compilation +and installation of the library. + + Activities other than copying, distribution and modification are not +covered by this License; they are outside its scope. The act of +running a program using the Library is not restricted, and output from +such a program is covered only if its contents constitute a work based +on the Library (independent of the use of the Library in a tool for +writing it). Whether that is true depends on what the Library does +and what the program that uses the Library does. + + 1. You may copy and distribute verbatim copies of the Library's +complete source code as you receive it, in any medium, provided that +you conspicuously and appropriately publish on each copy an +appropriate copyright notice and disclaimer of warranty; keep intact +all the notices that refer to this License and to the absence of any +warranty; and distribute a copy of this License along with the +Library. + + You may charge a fee for the physical act of transferring a copy, +and you may at your option offer warranty protection in exchange for a +fee. + + 2. You may modify your copy or copies of the Library or any portion +of it, thus forming a work based on the Library, and copy and +distribute such modifications or work under the terms of Section 1 +above, provided that you also meet all of these conditions: + + a) The modified work must itself be a software library. + + b) You must cause the files modified to carry prominent notices + stating that you changed the files and the date of any change. + + c) You must cause the whole of the work to be licensed at no + charge to all third parties under the terms of this License. + + d) If a facility in the modified Library refers to a function or a + table of data to be supplied by an application program that uses + the facility, other than as an argument passed when the facility + is invoked, then you must make a good faith effort to ensure that, + in the event an application does not supply such function or + table, the facility still operates, and performs whatever part of + its purpose remains meaningful. + + (For example, a function in a library to compute square roots has + a purpose that is entirely well-defined independent of the + application. Therefore, Subsection 2d requires that any + application-supplied function or table used by this function must + be optional: if the application does not supply it, the square + root function must still compute square roots.) + +These requirements apply to the modified work as a whole. If +identifiable sections of that work are not derived from the Library, +and can be reasonably considered independent and separate works in +themselves, then this License, and its terms, do not apply to those +sections when you distribute them as separate works. But when you +distribute the same sections as part of a whole which is a work based +on the Library, the distribution of the whole must be on the terms of +this License, whose permissions for other licensees extend to the +entire whole, and thus to each and every part regardless of who wrote +it. + +Thus, it is not the intent of this section to claim rights or contest +your rights to work written entirely by you; rather, the intent is to +exercise the right to control the distribution of derivative or +collective works based on the Library. + +In addition, mere aggregation of another work not based on the Library +with the Library (or with a work based on the Library) on a volume of +a storage or distribution medium does not bring the other work under +the scope of this License. + + 3. You may opt to apply the terms of the ordinary GNU General Public +License instead of this License to a given copy of the Library. To do +this, you must alter all the notices that refer to this License, so +that they refer to the ordinary GNU General Public License, version 2, +instead of to this License. (If a newer version than version 2 of the +ordinary GNU General Public License has appeared, then you can specify +that version instead if you wish.) Do not make any other change in +these notices. + + Once this change is made in a given copy, it is irreversible for +that copy, so the ordinary GNU General Public License applies to all +subsequent copies and derivative works made from that copy. + + This option is useful when you wish to copy part of the code of +the Library into a program that is not a library. + + 4. You may copy and distribute the Library (or a portion or +derivative of it, under Section 2) in object code or executable form +under the terms of Sections 1 and 2 above provided that you accompany +it with the complete corresponding machine-readable source code, which +must be distributed under the terms of Sections 1 and 2 above on a +medium customarily used for software interchange. + + If distribution of object code is made by offering access to copy +from a designated place, then offering equivalent access to copy the +source code from the same place satisfies the requirement to +distribute the source code, even though third parties are not +compelled to copy the source along with the object code. + + 5. A program that contains no derivative of any portion of the +Library, but is designed to work with the Library by being compiled or +linked with it, is called a "work that uses the Library". Such a +work, in isolation, is not a derivative work of the Library, and +therefore falls outside the scope of this License. + + However, linking a "work that uses the Library" with the Library +creates an executable that is a derivative of the Library (because it +contains portions of the Library), rather than a "work that uses the +library". The executable is therefore covered by this License. +Section 6 states terms for distribution of such executables. + + When a "work that uses the Library" uses material from a header file +that is part of the Library, the object code for the work may be a +derivative work of the Library even though the source code is not. +Whether this is true is especially significant if the work can be +linked without the Library, or if the work is itself a library. The +threshold for this to be true is not precisely defined by law. + + If such an object file uses only numerical parameters, data +structure layouts and accessors, and small macros and small inline +functions (ten lines or less in length), then the use of the object +file is unrestricted, regardless of whether it is legally a derivative +work. (Executables containing this object code plus portions of the +Library will still fall under Section 6.) + + Otherwise, if the work is a derivative of the Library, you may +distribute the object code for the work under the terms of Section 6. +Any executables containing that work also fall under Section 6, +whether or not they are linked directly with the Library itself. + + 6. As an exception to the Sections above, you may also compile or +link a "work that uses the Library" with the Library to produce a +work containing portions of the Library, and distribute that work +under terms of your choice, provided that the terms permit +modification of the work for the customer's own use and reverse +engineering for debugging such modifications. + + You must give prominent notice with each copy of the work that the +Library is used in it and that the Library and its use are covered by +this License. You must supply a copy of this License. If the work +during execution displays copyright notices, you must include the +copyright notice for the Library among them, as well as a reference +directing the user to the copy of this License. Also, you must do one +of these things: + + a) Accompany the work with the complete corresponding + machine-readable source code for the Library including whatever + changes were used in the work (which must be distributed under + Sections 1 and 2 above); and, if the work is an executable linked + with the Library, with the complete machine-readable "work that + uses the Library", as object code and/or source code, so that the + user can modify the Library and then relink to produce a modified + executable containing the modified Library. (It is understood + that the user who changes the contents of definitions files in the + Library will not necessarily be able to recompile the application + to use the modified definitions.) + + b) Accompany the work with a written offer, valid for at + least three years, to give the same user the materials + specified in Subsection 6a, above, for a charge no more + than the cost of performing this distribution. + + c) If distribution of the work is made by offering access to copy + from a designated place, offer equivalent access to copy the above + specified materials from the same place. + + d) Verify that the user has already received a copy of these + materials or that you have already sent this user a copy. + + For an executable, the required form of the "work that uses the +Library" must include any data and utility programs needed for +reproducing the executable from it. However, as a special exception, +the source code distributed need not include anything that is normally +distributed (in either source or binary form) with the major +components (compiler, kernel, and so on) of the operating system on +which the executable runs, unless that component itself accompanies +the executable. + + It may happen that this requirement contradicts the license +restrictions of other proprietary libraries that do not normally +accompany the operating system. Such a contradiction means you cannot +use both them and the Library together in an executable that you +distribute. + + 7. You may place library facilities that are a work based on the +Library side-by-side in a single library together with other library +facilities not covered by this License, and distribute such a combined +library, provided that the separate distribution of the work based on +the Library and of the other library facilities is otherwise +permitted, and provided that you do these two things: + + a) Accompany the combined library with a copy of the same work + based on the Library, uncombined with any other library + facilities. This must be distributed under the terms of the + Sections above. + + b) Give prominent notice with the combined library of the fact + that part of it is a work based on the Library, and explaining + where to find the accompanying uncombined form of the same work. + + 8. You may not copy, modify, sublicense, link with, or distribute +the Library except as expressly provided under this License. Any +attempt otherwise to copy, modify, sublicense, link with, or +distribute the Library is void, and will automatically terminate your +rights under this License. However, parties who have received copies, +or rights, from you under this License will not have their licenses +terminated so long as such parties remain in full compliance. + + 9. You are not required to accept this License, since you have not +signed it. However, nothing else grants you permission to modify or +distribute the Library or its derivative works. These actions are +prohibited by law if you do not accept this License. Therefore, by +modifying or distributing the Library (or any work based on the +Library), you indicate your acceptance of this License to do so, and +all its terms and conditions for copying, distributing or modifying +the Library or works based on it. + + 10. Each time you redistribute the Library (or any work based on the +Library), the recipient automatically receives a license from the +original licensor to copy, distribute, link with or modify the Library +subject to these terms and conditions. You may not impose any further +restrictions on the recipients' exercise of the rights granted herein. +You are not responsible for enforcing compliance by third parties to +this License. + + 11. If, as a consequence of a court judgment or allegation of patent +infringement or for any other reason (not limited to patent issues), +conditions are imposed on you (whether by court order, agreement or +otherwise) that contradict the conditions of this License, they do not +excuse you from the conditions of this License. If you cannot +distribute so as to satisfy simultaneously your obligations under this +License and any other pertinent obligations, then as a consequence you +may not distribute the Library at all. For example, if a patent +license would not permit royalty-free redistribution of the Library by +all those who receive copies directly or indirectly through you, then +the only way you could satisfy both it and this License would be to +refrain entirely from distribution of the Library. + +If any portion of this section is held invalid or unenforceable under any +particular circumstance, the balance of the section is intended to apply, +and the section as a whole is intended to apply in other circumstances. + +It is not the purpose of this section to induce you to infringe any +patents or other property right claims or to contest validity of any +such claims; this section has the sole purpose of protecting the +integrity of the free software distribution system which is +implemented by public license practices. Many people have made +generous contributions to the wide range of software distributed +through that system in reliance on consistent application of that +system; it is up to the author/donor to decide if he or she is willing +to distribute software through any other system and a licensee cannot +impose that choice. + +This section is intended to make thoroughly clear what is believed to +be a consequence of the rest of this License. + + 12. If the distribution and/or use of the Library is restricted in +certain countries either by patents or by copyrighted interfaces, the +original copyright holder who places the Library under this License may add +an explicit geographical distribution limitation excluding those countries, +so that distribution is permitted only in or among countries not thus +excluded. In such case, this License incorporates the limitation as if +written in the body of this License. + + 13. The Free Software Foundation may publish revised and/or new +versions of the Library General Public License from time to time. +Such new versions will be similar in spirit to the present version, +but may differ in detail to address new problems or concerns. + +Each version is given a distinguishing version number. If the Library +specifies a version number of this License which applies to it and +"any later version", you have the option of following the terms and +conditions either of that version or of any later version published by +the Free Software Foundation. If the Library does not specify a +license version number, you may choose any version ever published by +the Free Software Foundation. + + 14. If you wish to incorporate parts of the Library into other free +programs whose distribution conditions are incompatible with these, +write to the author to ask for permission. For software which is +copyrighted by the Free Software Foundation, write to the Free +Software Foundation; we sometimes make exceptions for this. Our +decision will be guided by the two goals of preserving the free status +of all derivatives of our free software and of promoting the sharing +and reuse of software generally. + + NO WARRANTY + + 15. BECAUSE THE LIBRARY IS LICENSED FREE OF CHARGE, THERE IS NO +WARRANTY FOR THE LIBRARY, TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW. +EXCEPT WHEN OTHERWISE STATED IN WRITING THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND/OR +OTHER PARTIES PROVIDE THE LIBRARY "AS IS" WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY +KIND, EITHER EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE +IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR +PURPOSE. THE ENTIRE RISK AS TO THE QUALITY AND PERFORMANCE OF THE +LIBRARY IS WITH YOU. SHOULD THE LIBRARY PROVE DEFECTIVE, YOU ASSUME +THE COST OF ALL NECESSARY SERVICING, REPAIR OR CORRECTION. + + 16. IN NO EVENT UNLESS REQUIRED BY APPLICABLE LAW OR AGREED TO IN +WRITING WILL ANY COPYRIGHT HOLDER, OR ANY OTHER PARTY WHO MAY MODIFY +AND/OR REDISTRIBUTE THE LIBRARY AS PERMITTED ABOVE, BE LIABLE TO YOU +FOR DAMAGES, INCLUDING ANY GENERAL, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL OR +CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES ARISING OUT OF THE USE OR INABILITY TO USE THE +LIBRARY (INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO LOSS OF DATA OR DATA BEING +RENDERED INACCURATE OR LOSSES SUSTAINED BY YOU OR THIRD PARTIES OR A +FAILURE OF THE LIBRARY TO OPERATE WITH ANY OTHER SOFTWARE), EVEN IF +SUCH HOLDER OR OTHER PARTY HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH +DAMAGES. + + END OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS + + Appendix: How to Apply These Terms to Your New Libraries + + If you develop a new library, and you want it to be of the greatest +possible use to the public, we recommend making it free software that +everyone can redistribute and change. You can do so by permitting +redistribution under these terms (or, alternatively, under the terms of the +ordinary General Public License). + + To apply these terms, attach the following notices to the library. It is +safest to attach them to the start of each source file to most effectively +convey the exclusion of warranty; and each file should have at least the +"copyright" line and a pointer to where the full notice is found. + + <one line to give the library's name and a brief idea of what it does.> + Copyright (C) <year> <name of author> + + This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public + License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + + This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + Library General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public + License along with this library; if not, write to the Free + Software Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA. + +Also add information on how to contact you by electronic and paper mail. + +You should also get your employer (if you work as a programmer) or your +school, if any, to sign a "copyright disclaimer" for the library, if +necessary. Here is a sample; alter the names: + + Yoyodyne, Inc., hereby disclaims all copyright interest in the + library `Frob' (a library for tweaking knobs) written by James Random Hacker. + + <signature of Ty Coon>, 1 April 1990 + Ty Coon, President of Vice + +That's all there is to it! diff --git a/libiberty/ChangeLog b/libiberty/ChangeLog new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..265acc49a4e --- /dev/null +++ b/libiberty/ChangeLog @@ -0,0 +1,2233 @@ +Tue Aug 19 20:28:45 1997 Geoffrey Noer <noer@cygnus.com> + + * config/mh-cygwin32: also build random.o + +Tue Aug 19 17:10:56 1997 Jason Merrill <jason@yorick.cygnus.com> + + * cplus-dem.c: Add 'extern' to prepends_underscore. + +Wed Jul 30 11:42:19 1997 Per Bothner <bothner@cygnus.com> + + * cplus-dem.c: Various changes to produce Java output when passed + DMGL_JAVA. Thus "::" becomes "." and "JArray<Foo>" becomes "Foo[]". + (main): Support --java and -j flags to set DMGL_JAVA. + +Tue Jul 22 19:05:23 1997 Robert Hoehne <robert.hoehne@Mathematik.TU-Chemnitz.DE> + + * config/mh-go32 (CC, AR, RANLIB): Don't define. + +Tue Jul 22 17:49:54 1997 Ian Lance Taylor <ian@cygnus.com> + + * Makefile.in (REQUIRED_OFILES): Add pexecute.o. + (pexecute.o): New target. + + * Makefile.in (stamp-needed): New target, replacing needed-list. + (needed-list): Just depend upon stamp-needed. + (stamp-config): New target, replacing config.h. + (config.h): Just depend upon stamp-config. + (mostlyclean): Remove stamp-*. + +Thu Jun 12 11:00:18 1997 Angela Marie Thomas (angela@cygnus.com) + + * Makefile.in (FLAGS_TO_PASS): pass INSTALL, INSTALL_PROGRAM and + INSTALL_DATA for multilibbed installs + +Tue Jun 3 13:21:05 1997 Doug Evans <dje@canuck.cygnus.com> + + Tue Dec 10 09:44:57 1996 Paul Eggert <eggert@twinsun.com> + + * choose-temp.c (choose_temp_base): Don't dump core if TMPDIR is empty. + + * choose-temp.c (try): Insist that temp dir be searchable. + + Wed Oct 23 17:36:39 1996 Doug Rupp (rupp@gnat.com) + + * choose-temp.c (choose_temp_base): On VMS, use proper syntax + for current directory. + + Sat Feb 15 19:03:48 1997 Geoffrey Noer (noer@cygnus.com) + + * pexecute.c: Remove special cases for cygwin32. + (pwait): Remove local definition of `pid'. + + Tue Nov 12 18:26:15 1996 Doug Rupp (rupp@gnat.com) + + * pexecute.c (vfork): Supply new definition for VMS. + (pwait): Use waitpid instead of wait for VMS. + +Tue May 20 14:02:20 1997 Brendan Kehoe <brendan@lisa.cygnus.com> + + * cplus-dem.c (do_type): Handle `J'. + (demangle_fund_type): Print "complex" for it. + +Wed Apr 30 12:15:45 1997 Jason Merrill <jason@yorick.cygnus.com> + + * configure.in: Don't turn on multilib here. + +Mon Apr 28 19:04:31 1997 Michael Snyder <msnyder@cleaver.cygnus.com> + + * obstack.c: move _obstack_memory_used outside of ifdef. Cannot be + elided; needed by gdb and not present in libc. + +Thu Apr 24 19:33:47 1997 Ian Lance Taylor <ian@cygnus.com> + + * Makefile.in (clean): Remove tmpmulti.out. + +Tue Apr 22 10:25:15 1997 Fred Fish <fnf@cygnus.com> + + * floatformat.c (floatformat_ieee_double_littlebyte_bigword): + Add new floatformat, mainly for ARM doubles. + +Mon Apr 14 12:11:16 1997 Ian Lance Taylor <ian@cygnus.com> + + * config.table: Use ${config_shell} with ${moveifchange}. From + Thomas Graichen <graichen@rzpd.de>. + +Fri Apr 4 03:09:24 1997 Ulrich Drepper <drepper@cygnus.com> + + * configure.in: Enable multilibing by default. + Update multilib template to read config-ml.in. + +Tue Apr 1 16:26:39 1997 Klaus Kaempf <kkaempf@progis.de> + + * makefile.vms: Add objalloc. + +Mon Mar 31 23:57:51 1997 H.J. Lu <hjl@gnu.ai.mit.edu> + + * cplus-dem.c (demangle_it): Add prototype declaration. + (usage, fatal): Likewise. + + * xexit.c (_xexit_cleanup): Add prototype. + + * strerror.c (init_error_tables): Declare. + +Fri Mar 28 11:43:20 1997 H.J. Lu <hjl@lucon.org> + + * functions.def: Add DEF of vasprintf, and DEFFUNC of strsignal. + * strsignal.c: Only define strsignal if NEED_strsignal. + * Makefile.in (REQUIRED_OFILES): Remove vasprintf.o. + * configure.in: Add NEED_strsignal to xconfig.h. Add vasprintf.o + to xneeded-list. + * config/mh-cygwin32 (HDEFINES): Add -DNEED_strsignal. + (EXTRA_OFILES): Define to vasprintf.o. + * config/mh-windows (HDEFINES): Add -DNEED_strsignal. + (EXTRA_OFILES): Add vasprintf.o. + * config/mt-vxworks5 (vxconfig.h): Define NEED_strsignal. + (vxneeded-list): Add vasprintf.o. + +Thu Mar 20 17:02:09 1997 Ian Lance Taylor <ian@cygnus.com> + + * objalloc.c: Include <stdio.h>. + +Mon Mar 17 19:23:11 1997 Ian Lance Taylor <ian@cygnus.com> + + * objalloc.c: New file. + * Makefile.in (CFILES): Add objalloc.c + (REQUIRED_OFILES): Add objalloc.o. + (objalloc.o): New target. + +Sat Mar 15 18:49:41 1997 Ian Lance Taylor <ian@cygnus.com> + + * obstack.c: Update to current FSF version. + +Fri Mar 14 14:18:47 1997 Ian Lance Taylor <ian@cygnus.com> + + * cplus-dem.c: Add prototypes for all static functions. + (mystrstr): Make static. Make arguments and result const. + (cplus_match): Remove; not used. + +Tue Mar 11 14:20:31 1997 Brendan Kehoe <brendan@lisa.cygnus.com> + + * cplus-dem.c (gnu_special): Call demangled_fund_type for other + __t* symbols. + +Tue Mar 11 15:41:21 1997 H.J. Lu <hjl@lucon.org> + + * spaces.c: Declare malloc and free properly. + * strsignal.c (init_signal_tables): Add prototype. + * xatexit.c (_xexit_cleanup): Add parameter declarations. + +Wed Feb 19 15:43:24 1997 Brendan Kehoe <brendan@lisa.cygnus.com> + + * Makefile.in (lneeded-list): If alloca.o is needed, xexit.o is + also required because of xmalloc.o. + +Fri Feb 14 13:43:38 1997 Ian Lance Taylor <ian@cygnus.com> + + * strsignal.c: Unconditionally redefine sys_siglist around the + inclusion of the system header files. + +Thu Feb 13 22:01:04 1997 Klaus Kaempf <kkaempf@progis.de> + + * makefile.vms: Remove 8 bit characters. Update to latest + gcc release. + +Tue Feb 4 11:52:19 1997 Ian Lance Taylor <ian@cygnus.com> + + * strsignal.c: Use NEED_sys_siglist instead of + LOSING_SYS_SIGLIST. + * config.table: Don't use mh-lynxos. + * config/mh-lynxos: Remove. + +Thu Jan 16 14:51:03 1997 Bob Manson <manson@charmed.cygnus.com> + + * cplus-dem.c: Fix indenting; make identical to the copy + in GCC. + (do_type, case 'M'): Check for a template as well as a class. + +Thu Dec 19 13:51:33 1996 Brendan Kehoe <brendan@lisa.cygnus.com> + + * config/mt-vxworks5 (vxneeded-list): Remove sigsetmask.o, since + vxworks 5.[0-3] all have sigsetmask in them; the one provided by + libiberty is incorrect, as well. + +Mon Dec 2 15:03:42 1996 Michael Meissner <meissner@tiktok.cygnus.com> + + * alloca.c (alloca): When compiled with an ANSI/ISO compiler, + alloca takes a size_t argument, not just unsigned. + +Mon Nov 18 15:42:08 1996 Jason Merrill <jason@yorick.cygnus.com> + + * cplus-dem.c: Note that this file also lives in GCC. + +Mon Nov 18 15:19:00 1996 Dawn Perchik <dawn@critters.cygnus.com> + + * alloca.c: Remove include of libiberty.h for hpux. + * argv.c: Replace defs from libiberty.h. + * spaces.c: Put back externs from removed from libiberty.h. + * vasprintf.c: Remove include of libiberty.h for hpux. + +Mon Nov 18 14:08:00 1996 Dawn Perchik <dawn@critters.cygnus.com> + + * cplus-dem.c: Checking in again; last checkin filed due to sticky tag. + +Wed Nov 13 08:22:00 1996 Dawn Perchik <dawn@critters.cygnus.com> + + * cplus-dem.c: Revert last two commits due to conflicts with + hpux system headers. + +Wed Nov 13 08:22:00 1996 Dawn Perchik <dawn@critters.cygnus.com> + + * alloca.c, argv.c, spaces.c, strcasecmp.c, vasprintf.c, vprintf.c: + Revert last commit due to conflicts with hpux system headers. + +Wed Nov 13 10:36:50 1996 Michael Meissner <meissner@tiktok.cygnus.com> + + * cplus-dem.c (x{m,re}alloc): Make declarations compatibile with + libiberty.h when compiled with a standard compiler. + +Tue Nov 12 16:31:00 1996 Dawn Perchik <dawn@critters.cygnus.com> + + * alloca.c: Include libiberty.h for definition of xmalloc. + Don't redefine NULL. + * argv.c: Move prototypes to libiberty.h. + * cplus-dem.c: Include libiberty.h for definition of xmalloc. + Don't redefine NULL. + Use casts to eliminate compiler warnings. + * spaces.c: Remove prototypes for malloc and free which are + already in libibrty.h. + * strcasecmp.c: Use casts to eliminate compiler warnings. + * vasprintf.c: Include libiberty.h for definition of malloc. + Don't redefine NULL. + * vprintf.c: Include stdarg.h if __STDC__. + +Fri Oct 11 15:42:12 1996 Stu Grossman (grossman@critters.cygnus.com) + + * config/mh-windows: Add strcasecmp.o to EXTRA_OFILES. + +Fri Oct 11 11:16:31 1996 Stan Shebs <shebs@andros.cygnus.com> + + * mpw.c (mpwify_filename): Rewrite to simplify, and to handle + upward components correctly. + +Tue Oct 8 08:55:34 1996 Stu Grossman (grossman@critters.cygnus.com) + + * config.table, config/mh-windows: Add support for building under + MSVC (the Microsoft build environment). + +Mon Oct 7 10:50:27 1996 Ian Lance Taylor <ian@cygnus.com> + + * fnmatch.c: Undef const if not __STDC__. + +Thu Oct 3 13:46:39 1996 Ian Lance Taylor <ian@cygnus.com> + + * fnmatch.c: New file. + * Makefile.in (CFILES): Add fnmatch.c. + (REQUIRED_OFILES): Add fnmatch.o. + (fnmatch.o): New target. + +Wed Sep 18 14:49:13 1996 Jason Merrill <jason@yorick.cygnus.com> + + * cplus-dem.c (demangle_template): Fix handling of address args. + (gnu_special): Handle type_info stuff. + +Fri Sep 13 17:52:55 1996 Stan Shebs <shebs@andros.cygnus.com> + + * mpw.c (DebugPI): Make settable from the env var DEBUG_PATHNAMES. + (mpwify_filename): Handle "::/" case. + +Thu Sep 12 13:30:40 1996 Geoffrey Noer <noer@cygnus.com> + + * config/mh-cygwin32: new file (need -DNEED_basename and + -DNEED_sys_siglist for native NT rebuilding) + * config.table (*-*-cygwin32): new entry + * choose-temp.c: bring in sync with gcc (revert Aug 17 change) + +Thu Aug 29 16:48:45 1996 Michael Meissner <meissner@tiktok.cygnus.com> + + * config.table (i[345]86-*-*): Recognize i686 for pentium pro. + +Tue Aug 27 13:47:58 1996 Stan Shebs <shebs@andros.cygnus.com> + + * pexecute.c (pexecute) [MPW]: Remove old bogus code that + messed with arguments that included a '/', add escape chars + to double quotes, remove const decl from arg that Mac + compilers don't seem to like. + +Sat Aug 17 04:44:27 1996 Geoffrey Noer <noer@cygnus.com> + + * pexecute.c: Update test for win32 (&& ! cygwin32). + * choose-temp.c: fix WIN32 preprocessor defines + +Thu Aug 15 12:26:48 1996 Stan Shebs <shebs@andros.cygnus.com> + + * mpw-make.sed: Add @DASH_C_FLAG@ and @SEGMENT_FLAG({Default})@ + to editing of default makefile rule. + +Sun Aug 11 21:03:27 1996 Stu Grossman (grossman@critters.cygnus.com) + + * alloca-norm.h: Include <malloc.h> if _WIN32. + * argv.c: Include non-prototyped decls for malloc and string + functions if ! _WIN32 or if __GNUC__. + +Thu Aug 8 12:42:40 1996 Klaus Kaempf <kkaempf@progis.de> + + * config.h-vms: New file. + * makefile.vms: Use it. + +Wed Aug 7 17:16:12 1996 Stu Grossman (grossman@critters.cygnus.com) + + * getopt.c (_getopt_internal): If argc is 0, just return (before + we reference *argv and segfault). + +Mon Aug 5 01:29:08 1996 Jason Merrill <jason@yorick.cygnus.com> + + * Makefile.in (distclean): Add multilib.out. + +Thu Jul 18 17:40:55 1996 Ian Lance Taylor <ian@cygnus.com> + + * alloca-norm.h: Change #ifdef sparc to #if defined (sparc) && + defined (sun). From Andrew Gierth <ANDREWG@microlise.co.uk>. + +Mon Jul 1 13:40:44 1996 Ken Raeburn <raeburn@cygnus.com> + + Tue May 28 15:29:03 1996 Pat Rankin <rankin@eql.caltech.edu> + + * vmsbuild.com (REQUIRD_OFILES): Add choose-temp.o and xstrdup.o. + + Thu Jan 25 18:20:04 1996 Pat Rankin <rankin@eql.caltech.edu> + + * vmsbuild.com: Changes to handle DEFFUNC(on_exit). + (do_ofiles): Allow nonexistent source file in pass 3. + (chk_deffunc): New routine. + +Tue Jun 25 19:24:43 1996 Doug Evans <dje@canuck.cygnus.com> + + * pexecute.c (PEXECUTE_VERBOSE): Define. + (MPW pexecute): Check flags & PEXECUTE_VERBOSE instead of verbose_flag. + +Tue Jun 25 23:11:48 1996 Jason Molenda (crash@godzilla.cygnus.co.jp) + + * Makefile.in (docdir): Removed. + +Tue Jun 25 23:01:07 1996 Jason Molenda (crash@godzilla.cygnus.co.jp) + + * Makefile.in (oldincludedir): Removed. + +Tue Jun 25 22:50:07 1996 Jason Molenda (crash@godzilla.cygnus.co.jp) + + * Makefile.in (datadir): Set to $(prefix)/share. + +Thu Jun 20 21:17:52 1996 Ian Lance Taylor <ian@cygnus.com> + + * cplus-dem.c (demangle_arm_pt): Reindent. Avoid endless loop by + checking for errors from do_type. + +Tue Jun 18 14:36:19 1996 Klaus Kaempf <kkaempf@progis.de> + + * makefile.vms: New file. + * xmalloc.c: If VMS, include <stdlib.h> and <unixlib.h> rather + than declaring malloc, realloc, and sbrk. + +Mon Jun 10 13:17:17 1996 Doug Evans <dje@canuck.cygnus.com> + + * pexecute.c: New file. + +Wed Jun 5 16:57:45 1996 Richard Henderson <rth@tamu.edu> + + * xmalloc.c: Declare sbrk. + +Sat May 4 05:08:45 1996 Peter Schauer (pes@regent.e-technik.tu-muenchen.de) + + * alloca-norm.h: Add SPARCworks cc compatible __builtin_alloca + declaration. + +Mon Apr 22 18:41:49 1996 Ian Lance Taylor <ian@cygnus.com> + + * xstrerror.c: Include <stdio.h>. + +Sun Apr 21 11:55:12 1996 Doug Evans <dje@canuck.cygnus.com> + + * Makefile.in (CFILES): Add atexit.c. + +Sun Apr 21 09:50:09 1996 Stephen L Moshier (moshier@world.std.com) + + * choose-temp.c: Include sys/types.h before sys/file.h for sco3.2v5. + +Wed Apr 17 11:17:55 1996 Doug Evans <dje@canuck.cygnus.com> + + * choose-temp.c: Don't #include sys/file.h ifdef NO_SYS_FILE_H. + #include <stdio.h> + * config/mt-vxworks5 (HDEFINES): Define NO_SYS_FILE_H. + +Tue Apr 16 11:27:16 1996 Jeffrey A Law (law@cygnus.com) + + * Makefile.in (lneeded-list): If alloca.o is needed, so is xmalloc.o. + Reverts Feb 8, 1995 change. + +Mon Apr 15 12:53:26 1996 Doug Evans <dje@canuck.cygnus.com> + + * choose-temp.c: New file. + * Makefile.in (CFILES): Add choose-temp.c. + (REQUIRED_OFILES): Add choose-temp.o. + +Sat Apr 13 14:19:30 1996 Stu Grossman (grossman@critters.cygnus.com) + + * floatformat.c (floatformat_to_double): Don't bias exponent when + handling zero's, denorms or NaNs. + +Thu Apr 11 13:36:56 1996 Stu Grossman (grossman@critters.cygnus.com) + + * floatformat.c (floatformat_to_double): Fix bugs with handling + numbers with fractions < 32 bits. + +Mon Apr 8 14:48:34 1996 Ian Lance Taylor <ian@cygnus.com> + + * config.table: Permit --enable-shared to specify a list of + directories. + +Tue Mar 19 22:02:07 1996 Jason Merrill <jason@yorick.cygnus.com> + + * cplus-dem.c (demangle_template): Fix for non-mangled pointer + arguments. + +Fri Mar 8 17:24:18 1996 Ian Lance Taylor <ian@cygnus.com> + + * configure.in: If srcdir is `.' and with_target_subdir is not + `.', then set MULTISRCTOP before calling config-ml.in. + +Thu Mar 7 13:37:10 1996 Stan Shebs <shebs@andros.cygnus.com> + + * mpw.c (mpw_open): Add debugging output option. + +Wed Mar 6 17:36:03 1996 Jason Merrill <jason@yorick.cygnus.com> + + * cplus-dem.c (demangle_template): Fix for address-of-extern arguments. + +Tue Feb 27 12:00:50 1996 Raymond Jou <rjou@mexican.cygnus.com> + + * mpw.c (mpwify_filename): Change 6 to 5 in + strncmp (unixname, "/tmp/", 5). + +Tue Feb 20 10:55:53 1996 Ian Lance Taylor <ian@cygnus.com> + + * cplus-dem.c (demangle_template): Initialize is_bool. Correctly + handle 0 as a pointer value parameter. + +Mon Feb 5 16:41:44 1996 Ian Lance Taylor <ian@cygnus.com> + + * Makefile.in (all): Depend upon required-list. + (required-list): New target. + (clean): Remove required-list. + +Wed Jan 31 10:19:41 1996 Steve Chamberlain <sac@slash.cygnus.com> + + * win32.c: Deleted. + * config.table (i386-*-win32): Deleted. + * config/mh-i386win32: Deleted. + +Thu Jan 18 11:34:17 1996 Ian Lance Taylor <ian@cygnus.com> + + * cplus-dem.c (cplus_demangle_opname): Change opname parameter to + const char *. + (cplus_mangle_opname): Change return type and opname parameter to + const char *. Don't cast return value. + +Tue Jan 16 12:13:11 1996 Stan Shebs <shebs@andros.cygnus.com> + + * mpw.c: Include Timer.h, in order to get m68k Microseconds trap + definition. + +Wed Jan 3 13:15:04 1996 Fred Fish <fnf@cygnus.com> + + * obstack.c: Update copyright to 1996. + (_obstack_memory_used): Define new function. Called via + obstack_memory_used macro. + +Thu Dec 28 11:39:40 1995 Ian Lance Taylor <ian@cygnus.com> + + * xstrdup.c: New file. + * Makefile.in (CFILES): Add xstrdup.c. + (REQUIRED_OFILES): Add xstrdup.o. + (xstrdup.o): New target. + +Mon Dec 11 18:18:52 1995 Mike Stump <mrs@cygnus.com> + + * atexit.c: New stub to provide atexit on systems that have + on_exit, like SunOS 4.1.x systems. + * functions.def (on_exit, atexit): Ditto. + +Mon Dec 11 15:42:14 1995 Stan Shebs <shebs@andros.cygnus.com> + + * mpw.c (mpw_abort): Remove decl. + (mpw_access): Move debugging printf. + +Sat Dec 2 01:25:23 1995 Ian Lance Taylor <ian@cygnus.com> + + * config.table: Consistently use ${host} rather than ${xhost} or + ${target}. + * configure.in: Don't bother to set ${xhost} before calling + config.table. + +Tue Nov 28 14:16:57 1995 Brendan Kehoe <brendan@lisa.cygnus.com> + + * Makefile.in (.c.o): Use test instead of the left bracket, to + avoid problems with some versions of make. + +Tue Nov 28 11:45:17 1995 Stan Shebs <shebs@andros.cygnus.com> + + * mpw-make.sed: Fix INCDIR edit to work with Nov 14 change. + +Tue Nov 21 11:26:34 1995 Fred Fish <fnf@rtl.cygnus.com> + + * config/mh-hpux: Remove. It was only used to define EXTRA_OFILES, + which was set to just alloca.o, which is now automatically marked + as needed by the autoconfiguration process. + +Tue Nov 21 14:15:06 1995 Ian Lance Taylor <ian@cygnus.com> + + * config.table: Check ${with_cross_host} rather than comparing + ${host} and ${target}. + +Thu Nov 16 14:34:42 1995 Ian Lance Taylor <ian@cygnus.com> + + * configure.in: If with_target_subdir is empty, set xhost to + ${host} rather than ${target} before calling config.table. + +Tue Nov 14 01:38:30 1995 Doug Evans <dje@canuck.cygnus.com> + + * Makefile.in (MULTITOP): Deleted. + (MULTISRCTOP, MULTIBUILDTOP): New. + (FLAGS_TO_PASS): Delete INCDIR. + (INCDIR): Add $(MULTISRCTOP). + (install_to_libdir): Add $(MULTISUBDIR). Call $(MULTIDO). + * configure.in: Delete call to cfg-ml-com.in. Call config-ml.in + instead of cfg-ml-pos.in. + (cross-compile check): Change to test for with_target_subdir. + (EXTRA_LINKS): Delete. + +Sun Nov 12 12:13:04 1995 Stan Shebs <shebs@andros.cygnus.com> + + * mpw-make.sed: Add getpagesize.c.o to needed-list. + * mpw.c [USE_MW_HEADERS]: Conditionalize compiling of + functions that are supplied by Metrowerks libraries. + (fstat): Clean up descriptor->pointer conversion code. + (InstallConsole, etc): Empty definitions, for when linking + with SIOUX. + +Sun Nov 5 19:25:27 1995 Per Bothner <bothner@kalessin.cygnus.com> + + * Makefile.in (FLAGS_TO_PASS): Also pass PICFLAGS. + (.c.o): Stylistic change. + +Thu Nov 2 12:06:29 1995 Ian Lance Taylor <ian@cygnus.com> + + * strtol.c, strtoul.c: Don't include <stdlib.h>. From + phdm@info.ucl.ac.be (Philippe De Muyter). + +Wed Nov 1 11:59:36 1995 Ian Lance Taylor <ian@cygnus.com> + + * configure.in: Correct sed call. + +Mon Oct 30 13:03:45 1995 Per Bothner <bothner@kalessin.cygnus.com> + + * configure.in: Clean up / simplify for native. + + * configure.in: Merge in stuff from ../xiberty/configure.in. + * Makefile.in (CC): Add definition (so it can be overrridden + by ../configure). + +Tue Oct 24 17:57:27 1995 Stan Shebs <shebs@andros.cygnus.com> + + * mpw-make.sed: Leave strerror.c.o in standard list of functions. + * mpw.c (R_OK, ENOENT, EACCESS, ENOSYS): Remove. + (link): Remove useless definition with error return. + (last_microseconds, warn_if_spin_delay, record_for_spin_delay): + Use UnsignedWide type for microsecond counts. + +Thu Oct 19 10:52:07 1995 Michael Meissner <meissner@wogglebug.tiac.net> + + * memcmp.c (memcmp): Argument types are const void *, not void + *const. + + * strncasecmp.c (strncasecmp): Include ansidecl.h/stdarg.h, not + sys/types.h. + * strcasecmp.c (strcasecmp): Ditto. + +Tue Oct 10 11:03:24 1995 Fred Fish <fnf@cygnus.com> + + * Makefile.in (BISON): Remove macro. + +Tue Sep 26 15:06:46 1995 Stan Shebs <shebs@andros.cygnus.com> + + * Makefile.in (HFILES): Add default empty definition. + * mpw-config.in (config.h): Only update if changed. + * mpw-make.in: Remove. + * mpw-make.sed: New file, edits Makefile.in into MPW makefile. + * mpw.c: Remove semi-clone of strerror code. + (sys_nerr, sys_errlist): Define here. + (Microseconds): Only define as A-line trap if m68k Mac. + +Wed Sep 20 12:53:32 1995 Ian Lance Taylor <ian@cygnus.com> + + * Makefile.in (maintainer-clean): New synonym for distclean. + +Mon Aug 28 19:47:52 1995 Per Bothner <bothner@kalessin.cygnus.com> + + * config.table: For host, generalize rs6000-ibm-aix* + to *-ibm-aix* so we also include powerpc. + +Tue Aug 22 03:18:05 1995 Ken Raeburn <raeburn@kr-laptop.cygnus.com> + + Fri Jun 16 18:35:40 1995 Pat Rankin (rankin@eql.caltech.edu) + + * xstrerror.c: New file. + * Makefile.in, vmsbuild.com: Compile it. + +Mon Jul 31 12:16:32 1995 steve chamberlain <sac@slash.cygnus.com> + + * config.table (i386-*-win32): New. + +Fri Jul 21 11:35:52 1995 Doug Evans <dje@canuck.cygnus.com> + + * Makefile.in (MULTITOP): New variable. + (MULTIDIRS, MULTISUBDIR, MULTIDO, MULTICLEAN): Likewise. + (all): Add multilib support. + (install_to_tooldir, *clean): Likewise. + +Mon Jul 10 11:47:27 1995 Ken Raeburn <raeburn@cygnus.com> + + * makefile.dos (OBJS): Add hex.o. From DJ Delorie. + +Fri Jun 30 17:28:59 1995 Pat Rankin (rankin@eql.caltech.edu) + + * vmsbuild.com: create "new-lib.olb", build libiberty under that + name, and then make it become "liberty.olb" when done, so that an + incomplete build attempt never leaves behind something which looks + like a complete library. + +Thu Jun 29 00:22:02 1995 Steve Chamberlain <sac@slash.cygnus.com> + + * config/mh-i386pe: New file for PE hosts. + * config.table: Understand PE hosts. + +Wed Jun 28 19:13:23 1995 Jason Merrill <jason@phydeaux.cygnus.com> + + * cplus-dem.c: Update from gcc. + + * argv.c, dummy.c: If __STDC__, #include "alloca-conf.h" after + <stddef.h>. + * alloca-norm.h: If __STDC__, declare alloca with its parameter. + +Thu Jun 22 18:57:47 1995 Stan Shebs <shebs@andros.cygnus.com> + + * mpw-make.in (ALL_CFLAGS): Define NEED_basename. + * mpw.c: Only test DebugPI once whenever printing debug info. + (mpwify_filename): If filename is /tmp/foo, change it into :_foo, + also fix to not write on input filename buffer. + (mpw_access): Use stat() instead of open(), works for directories + as well as files. + +Mon Jun 19 00:33:22 1995 Jason Merrill <jason@phydeaux.cygnus.com> + + * Makefile.in: Massage broken shells that require 'else true'. + +Sat Jun 17 23:21:58 1995 Fred Fish <fnf@cygnus.com> + + * alloca-norm.h: Declare alloca as type "PTR" to match functions.def. + Declare __builtin_alloca in the sparc case, as argv.c did. + * argv.c: Replace inline version of alloca-norm.h at start of file with + a #include of alloca-conf.h. Precede it with an include of ansidecl.h + because alloca-norm.h needs to declare alloca as "PTR". + +Mon Jun 12 14:24:26 1995 Steve Chamberlain <sac@slash.cygnus.com> + + * win32.c: New file. + +Fri Jun 9 15:16:14 1995 Jason Merrill <jason@phydeaux.cygnus.com> + + * dummy.c: #include "alloca-conf.h". + +Wed Jun 7 11:46:23 1995 Jason Merrill <jason@phydeaux.cygnus.com> + + * Makefile.in (mostlyclean): Remove stamp-picdir. + (clean): Don't. + +Mon Jun 5 18:46:06 1995 Jason Merrill <jason@phydeaux.cygnus.com> + + * config.table (frags): Use toplevel pic frags. + + * Makefile.in (PICFLAG): New macro. + (all): Depend on stamp-picdir. + (needed-list): Ditto. + (.c.o): Also build pic object. + (stamp-picdir): New rule. + (mostlyclean): Remove pic. + (clean): Remove stamp-picdir. + +Fri Mar 24 16:55:48 1995 Pat Rankin (rankin@eql.caltech.edu) + + * vmsbuild.com (config.h): Add `#define NEED_basename'. + +Tue May 23 10:12:46 1995 Per Bothner <bothner@kalessin.cygnus.com> + + * clock.c, getopt.c, strtod.c, vsprintf.c: Change from using LGPL + to libio-style copyright. + * getpagesize.c: Remove FSF copyright. + +Sat May 20 12:30:23 1995 Ken Raeburn <raeburn@kr-laptop.cygnus.com> + + Added improved VMS support from Pat Rankin: + + Fri Mar 17 18:40:36 1995 Pat Rankin (rankin@eql.caltech.edu) + + * vmsbuild.com: new file. + + * getpagesize.c (getpagesize): implement for VMS; + * strerror.c (strerror, strerrno, strtoerrno): add rudimentary + support for EVMSERR. + +Thu May 18 17:01:42 1995 Ken Raeburn <raeburn@kr-laptop.cygnus.com> + + Wed May 10 14:28:16 1995 Richard Earnshaw (rearnsha@armltd.co.uk) + + * floatformat.c (floatformat_arm_ext): Define. + +Tue May 16 13:30:59 1995 Per Bothner <bothner@kalessin.cygnus.com> + + * basename.c, bcmp.c, getcwd.c, insque.c, rename.c, sigsetmask.c, + strerror.c, strsignal.c: Remove FSF copyright. + * sigsetmask.c: #include <sys/types.h> - seems to be needed by ISC. + +Mon May 15 19:53:17 1995 Per Bothner <bothner@kalessin.cygnus.com> + + * bcopy.c, bzero.c, memcmp.c, memcpy.c, memset.c, strchr.c, + strrchr.c, strstr.c, vfork.c: Remove FSF Copyright, because this + might contaminate libstdc++ with the LGPL. (OK'd by RMS 11 Oct 94.) + * strchr.c, strrchr.c: Add cast to suppress const warning. + +Thu May 4 14:36:42 1995 Jason Merrill <jason@phydeaux.cygnus.com> + + * cplus-dem.c: Use const instead of CONST. Don't include + ansidecl.h directly. + +Wed Apr 19 01:30:27 1995 Jason Merrill <jason@phydeaux.cygnus.com> + + * cplus-dem.c: Don't include libiberty.h. Do declare xmalloc and + xrealloc. + (-DMAIN): Don't rely on an externally-defined version number; + instead, require the version number to be defined as a + preprocessor macro. Handle the RS/6000 leading dot. Define + xmalloc, xrealloc and fatal. Don't strip a leading underscore + if we couldn't demangle the word. + +Tue Apr 4 13:03:51 1995 Stan Shebs <shebs@andros.cygnus.com> + + (Old mpw.c change descriptions retained for informational value.) + * mpw.c (warning_threshold): Default to .4 sec. + (overflow_count, current_progress): New globals. + (warn_if_spin_delay): Include current progress type, + such as program name, in message. + (mpw_start_progress): Set current_progress variable from arg. + (mpw_end_progress): Report spin delays by power-of-two-size + buckets instead of constant-size buckets. + + * mpw.c: Clean up formatting, types, returns, etc. + (ENOSYS): Define. + (mpw_fread, mpw_fwrite): Define. + (sleep): Define correctly. + + * mpw.c: New code to implement cursor spinning support. + (umask): New function. + (mpw_fopen, mpw_fseek, stat, fstat): Call PROGRESS. + + * mpw.c (mpw_basename, mpw_mixed_basename): New functions, find + basenames for MPW and MPW/Unix filenames. + (mpw_special_init): New function, calls Macsbug if desired. + + * mpw.c: Add GPL notice. + (mpwify_filename): Add more transformations. + (mpw_fopen): Call mpwify_filename on file names. + (rename): Remove. + (chdir, getcwd): Add simple definitions. + + * mpw.c: Random cleanups, remove unused code bits. + Added copy of strerror.c for gcc's use. + (stat, fstat, _stat): New versions based on Guido van Rossum code. + + * mpw.c (mpw_fseek): Make it work correctly when doing SEEK_CUR. + + * mpw.c (stat): Remove hack definition, get from sys/stat.h. + (fork, vfork, etc): Print error messages if called. + (getrusage, sbrk, environ, isatty, link, utime, mkdir, rmdir, + rename, chown): Define. + + * mpw-config.in: New file, MPW version of configure.in. + * mpw-make.in: New file, MPW version of Makefile.in. + * mpw.c: New file, MPW compatibility routines. + +Fri Mar 24 14:10:30 1995 Jim Kingdon (kingdon@lioth.cygnus.com) + + * basename.c: Include config.h before checking for NEED_basename. + +Thu Mar 23 19:09:54 1995 Jason Merrill <jason@phydeaux.cygnus.com> + + * functions.def: Add DEFFUNC for basename. + + * basename.c: Only define basename if NEED_basename. + +Thu Mar 16 13:36:05 1995 Jason Merrill <jason@phydeaux.cygnus.com> + + * config.table: Fix --enable-shared logic for native builds. + +Mon Mar 13 11:05:11 1995 Jason Merrill <jason@phydeaux.cygnus.com> + + * cplus-dem.c (demangle_template): Demangle bool literals properly. + +Mon Mar 6 23:57:28 1995 Stu Grossman (grossman@cygnus.com) + + * strtol.c strtoul.c: Replace these with less buggy versions from + NetBSD. (strtoul in particular couldn't handle base 16.) + +Wed Mar 1 15:59:01 1995 Ian Lance Taylor <ian@cygnus.com> + + * config/mt-vxworks5 (HDEFINES): Define NO_SYS_PARAM_H. + + * clock.c: If NO_SYS_PARAM_H is defined, don't include + <sys/param.h>. + * getcwd.c, getpagesize.c, getruntime.c: Likewise. + +Fri Feb 17 15:40:55 1995 Ian Lance Taylor <ian@cygnus.com> + + * getruntime.c (get_run_time): Don't assume that CLOCKS_PER_SEC is + a number; ANSI appears to permit any expression, including a + function call. + + * config.table (*-*-vxworks5*): Use mt-vxworks5 when configuring + xiberty. + * config/mt-vxworks5: New file. + +Thu Feb 9 14:19:45 1995 Ian Lance Taylor <ian@cygnus.com> + + * basename.c (basename): Change argument to be const. + +Wed Feb 8 18:06:52 1995 Jason Merrill <jason@phydeaux.cygnus.com> + + * Makefile.in (lneeded-list): Don't worry about xmalloc. + +Sun Jan 15 00:40:36 1995 Jeff Law (law@snake.cs.utah.edu) + + * Makefile.in (distclean): Delete xhost-mkfrag. + +Thu Jan 12 16:54:18 1995 Jason Merrill <jason@phydeaux.cygnus.com> + + * Makefile.in (lneeded-list): If alloca.o is needed, so is xmalloc.o. + +Wed Jan 11 22:39:56 1995 Ken Raeburn <raeburn@cujo.cygnus.com> + + * hex.c: New file. + * Makefile.in (REQUIRED_OFILES, CFILES): List it. + (hex.o): Add dependencies. + + * cplus-dem.c (demangle_prefix): For GNU style constructor and + destructor names, try demangling the remainder of the string. + +Wed Dec 28 00:49:15 1994 Ian Lance Taylor <ian@tweedledumb.cygnus.com> + + * vasprintf.c (int_vasprintf): New static function. + (vasprintf): Use int_vasprintf. Removes assumption that va_list + is assignment compatible. + +Sat Nov 5 19:29:12 1994 Jason Merrill (jason@phydeaux.cygnus.com) + + * Makefile.in (LIBCFLAGS): New variable. + (FLAGS_TO_PASS): Pass it. + (.c.o): Use it. + +Thu Nov 3 19:09:47 1994 Ken Raeburn <raeburn@cujo.cygnus.com> + + * getopt.c, getopt1.c: Do compile these functions under Linux, + since many native versions are based on glibc but are buggy. + +Mon Oct 24 15:16:46 1994 Per Bothner <bothner@kalessin.cygnus.com> + + * vasprintf.c: Make 'format' arg be const, to avoid a mismatch + with prototype in GNU libc. Support stdarg.h as well as varargs.h. + +Tue Oct 11 17:48:27 1994 Jason Merrill (jason@phydeaux.cygnus.com) + + * Makefile.in (REQUIRED_OFILES): Add vasprintf.o. + * functions.def: Remove vasprintf. + +Wed Sep 14 17:04:55 1994 Ian Lance Taylor (ian@sanguine.cygnus.com) + + * xmalloc.c (first_break): New static variable. + (xmalloc_set_program_name): Record sbrk (0) in first_break. + (xmalloc): If memory allocation fails, try to report how much + memory was allocated by the program up to this point. + (xrealloc): Likewise. + +Sun Sep 04 17:58:10 1994 Richard Earnshaw (rwe@pegasus.esprit.ec.org) + + * Makefile.in (ERRORS_CC): New variable, defaulted to $(CC). Use it + when linking dummy. + * config.table: Add host RISCiX Makefile frag. + * config/mh-riscix: New file. + +Thu Aug 25 17:29:44 1994 Ian Lance Taylor (ian@sanguine.cygnus.com) + + * Makefile.in (FLAGS_TO_PASS): Define. + ($(RULE1)): Use $(FLAGS_TO_PASS). + +Wed Aug 24 17:08:47 1994 Ian Lance Taylor (ian@sanguine.cygnus.com) + + * vasprintf.c: Include <string.h>. + (vasprintf): Add casts to void for va_arg to avoid gcc warnings. + * xatexit.c: Declare malloc. + +Fri Aug 19 15:29:12 1994 Kung Hsu (kung@mexican.cygnus.com) + + * cplus-dem.c (demangle_args): Fix a bug in previous patch (the + one below). + +Thu Aug 18 14:37:14 1994 Kung Hsu (kung@mexican.cygnus.com) + + * cplus-dem.c (demangle args): Handle ARM repeat encoding where + the type index is greater than 9. + +Wed Aug 17 16:13:49 1994 Kung Hsu (kung@mexican.cygnus.com) + + * cplus-dem.c (demangle_qualified): accept optional '_' between + qualified name. This is baecause the template name may end with + numeric and can mixed up with the length of next qualified name. + +Wed Aug 3 05:52:14 1994 D. V. Henkel-Wallace (gumby@cygnus.com) + + * config/mt-sunos4: Use our standard location for cross-includes + and cross-libs when the target is also a "host" environment (ie no + newlib; includes and such don't belong to us). This is specific + to the Cygnus Support environment. + +Tue Aug 2 15:25:12 1994 Kung Hsu (kung@mexican.cygnus.com) + + * cplus-dem.c (demangle_template): demangle as xxx<'Q'> not + xxx<ch=81>. + +Mon Aug 1 17:02:48 1994 Kung Hsu (kung@mexican.cygnus.com) + + * cplus-dem.c (main): flush stdout to make pipe work. + +Sat Jul 16 12:56:32 1994 Stan Shebs (shebs@andros.cygnus.com) + + * config.table (*-*-cxux7*): Recognize. + * floatformat.c (floatformat_m88110_ext) [HARRIS_FLOAT_FORMAT]: + Harris-specific float format. + * config/mh-cxux7: New file. + +Wed Jun 29 00:26:17 1994 Peter Schauer (pes@regent.e-technik.tu-muenchen.de) + + * cplus-dem.c (demangle_template): Make sure that the result of + consume_count doesn't index beyond the end of the string. + +Mon Jun 20 23:54:37 1994 Peter Schauer (pes@regent.e-technik.tu-muenchen.de) + + * cplus-dem.c (gnu_special): Handle vtable mangling of gcc-2.4.5 and + earlier. Improve test for new vtable mangling. Change output back + to `virtual table'. + +Mon Jun 20 11:37:30 1994 Ian Lance Taylor (ian@sanguine.cygnus.com) + + * obstack.c: Always compile this code, even if using the GNU + library. Avoids problems with relatively recent binary + incompatibility. + +Thu Jun 16 17:54:01 1994 Ian Lance Taylor (ian@tweedledumb.cygnus.com) + + * cplus-dem.c: Include libiberty.h. + (xmalloc, xrealloc, free): Don't declare. + (strstr): Don't declare parameters. + (xmalloc, xrealloc): Don't define. + (long_options): Add no-strip-underscores. + (main): Call xmalloc_set_program_name. Pass n in short options to + getopt_long. Handle option 'n' to not strip underscores. + (usage): Mention -n and --no-strip-underscores. + +Sun Jun 12 01:37:09 1994 Jason Merrill (jason@deneb.cygnus.com) + + * cplus-dem.c (demangle_template): Separate consecutive >'s with a + space. + (gnu_special): Demangle template and qualified names in a vtable name. + +Fri May 27 12:27:52 1994 Ken Raeburn (raeburn@cujo.cygnus.com) + + From gas-2.3 and binutils-2.4 net releases: + + Wed May 11 22:32:00 1994 DJ Delorie (dj@ctron.com) + + * makefile.dos: [new] Makefile for dos/go32 + * configure.bat: update for latest files + * msdos.c: remove some functions now in libc.a + +Fri May 20 18:53:32 1994 Per Bothner (bothner@kalessin.cygnus.com) + + * cplus-dem.c (gnu_special): Recognize thunks, as well as + the new naming style for vtables (when -fvtable-thunks). + +Wed May 18 13:34:06 1994 Ian Lance Taylor (ian@tweedledumb.cygnus.com) + + * Makefile.in (XTRAFLAGS): Don't define. + (.c.o, dummy.o): Don't use XTRAFLAGS. + ($(RULE1)): Don't pass XTRAFLAGS down in recursive call. + +Fri May 13 16:02:12 1994 Jim Kingdon (kingdon@lioth.cygnus.com) + + * vasprintf.c: New file. + * Makefile.in, functions.def: Add it. + +Fri May 13 16:20:28 1994 Jason Merrill (jason@deneb.cygnus.com) + + * cplus-dem.c (demangle_fund_type): Grok bool. + +Fri May 6 14:44:21 1994 Steve Chamberlain (sac@cygnus.com) + + * config.table: Add go32 + * config/mh-go32: New template. + +Fri May 6 11:01:59 1994 D. V. Henkel-Wallace (gumby@rtl.cygnus.com) + + * config.table, config/mt-sunos4: config for when sun4 is cross target. + +Mon Apr 11 00:54:33 1994 Richard Stallman (rms@mole.gnu.ai.mit.edu) + + * getopt.c [not __GNU_LIBRARY__] [__GCC__] [not __STDC__]: + Declare strlen to return int. Don't include stddef.h. + +Fri Apr 1 00:38:17 1994 Jim Wilson (wilson@mole.gnu.ai.mit.edu) + + * getopt.c: Delete use of IN_GCC to control whether + stddef.h or gstddef.h is included. + +Thu Apr 14 14:00:56 1994 Kung Hsu (kung@mexican.cygnus.com) + + * cplus-dem.c (demangle_signature): Fix a bug in template function + type numbering. + +Wed Apr 13 17:23:03 1994 Kung Hsu (kung@mexican.cygnus.com) + + * cplus-dem.c (demangle_signature): Fix template function with arm + style argument type number, Tn. + +Wed Apr 13 17:11:15 1994 Jason Merrill (jason@deneb.cygnus.com) + + * cplus-dem.c (optable): Add new[] and delete[]. + +Fri Apr 8 11:21:42 1994 Jim Kingdon (kingdon@deneb.cygnus.com) + + * argv.c (buildargv): Don't produce empty argument just because + there is trailing whitespace. + +Wed Apr 6 11:42:14 1994 Kung Hsu (kung@mexican.cygnus.com) + + * cplus-dem.c (demangle_template): fix 'Q' qualified name bug. + Handle 'p' same as 'P'. + * cplus-dem.c (do_type): Handle 'p' same as 'P'. + +Sat Mar 26 12:00:13 1994 Peter Schauer (pes@regent.e-technik.tu-muenchen.de) + + * floatformat.c (get_field, put_field): Fix off by one error in + little endian case. + +Thu Mar 24 10:40:19 1994 Jim Kingdon (kingdon@lioth.cygnus.com) + + * floatformat.c (floatformat_from_double): Pass unsigned char *, + not char *, to put_field. + +Fri Mar 18 12:34:33 1994 Per Bothner (bothner@kalessin.cygnus.com) + + * memmove.c: Re-wrote; placed in public domain. + +Wed Mar 16 10:33:07 1994 Jim Kingdon (kingdon@lioth.cygnus.com) + + * cplus-dem.c (demangle_prefix): If ARM demangling, don't treat + __Q* as a constructor. + +Mon Mar 14 12:26:02 1994 Ian Lance Taylor (ian@cygnus.com) + + * ieee-float.c: Removed; no longer used. + * Makefile.in: Changed accordingly. + +Mon Mar 7 12:28:17 1994 Ian Lance Taylor (ian@tweedledumb.cygnus.com) + + * floatformat.c (get_field): Removed unused local variable i. + (put_field): Removed unused local variable i. + +Sun Feb 27 21:50:11 1994 Jim Kingdon (kingdon@deneb.cygnus.com) + + * floatformat.c: New file, intended to replace ieee-float.c. + * Makefile.in: Change accordingly. + +Thu Feb 24 11:51:12 1994 David J. Mackenzie (djm@rtl.cygnus.com) + + * getopt.c: Remove #ifdef GETOPT_COMPAT and #if 0 code. + (_getopt_initialize): New function, broken out of _getopt_internal. + (_getopt_internal): + If long_only and the ARGV-element has the form "-f", where f is + a valid short option, don't consider it an abbreviated form of + a long option that starts with f. Otherwise there would be no + way to give the -f short option. + +Thu Feb 10 14:44:16 1994 Richard Stallman (rms@mole.gnu.ai.mit.edu) + + * getopt.c [not __GNU_LIBRARY__] [__GNUC__] [not IN_GCC]: + Test just __STDC__, not emacs. + +Wed Feb 9 00:14:00 1994 Richard Stallman (rms@mole.gnu.ai.mit.edu) + + * getopt.c [not __GNU_LIBRARY__] [__GNUC__] [not IN_GCC] + [emacs] [not __STDC__]: Don't include stddef.h. Don't declare strlen. + +Fri Dec 24 19:43:00 1993 Noah Friedman (friedman@nutrimat.gnu.ai.mit.edu) + + * getopt.c (_NO_PROTO): Define before config.h is included. + +Mon Sep 20 15:59:03 1993 Roland McGrath (roland@churchy.gnu.ai.mit.edu) + + * getopt.c, getopt1.c [emacs || CONFIG_BROKETS]: Include + <config.h> only under these, else "config.h". + +Thu Aug 12 18:16:49 1993 Roland McGrath (roland@churchy.gnu.ai.mit.edu) + + * getopt.c, getopt1.c [HAVE_CONFIG_H]: Include + <config.h> instead of "config.h". + +Sun Feb 20 17:17:01 1994 Ian Lance Taylor (ian@lisa.cygnus.com) + + * concat.c: Check ANSI_PROTOTYPES rather than __STDC__ to decide + whether to use prototypes or not. + * strerror.c (const): Never undefine; let ansidecl.h handle it. + * strsignal.c (const): Likewise. + +Thu Feb 17 13:27:35 1994 Ian Lance Taylor (ian@tweedledumb.cygnus.com) + + * xatexit.c (_xexit_cleanup): Declare as extern; don't initialize. + Merging common and initialized variables need not be supported by + ANSI C compilers. + (xatexit): Initialize _xexit_cleanup if not already set. + * xexit.c: Comment fix. + +Wed Feb 16 01:15:36 1994 Ian Lance Taylor (ian@tweedledumb.cygnus.com) + + * xmalloc.c: Don't declare xexit; it's declared in libiberty.h. + (xrealloc): If oldmem is NULL, allocate with malloc, rather than + assuming that realloc works correctly. + +Tue Feb 15 09:26:16 1994 Peter Schauer (pes@regent.e-technik.tu-muenchen.de) + + * concat.c, ieee-float.c: Replace inclusion of <string.h> + with explicit function declarations, as recommended by Ian Taylor. + +Sat Feb 12 10:31:11 1994 David J. Mackenzie (djm@rtl.cygnus.com) + + * xmalloc.c (xmalloc, xrealloc): Use PTR and size_t throughout. + (malloc, realloc): Declare. + +Thu Feb 10 17:08:19 1994 Ian Lance Taylor (ian@tweedledumb.cygnus.com) + + * argv.c, basename.c: Include ansidecl.h and libiberty.h. + * concat.c, fdmatch.c, getruntime.c, spaces.c: Likewise. + * strerror.c, strsignal.c, xatexit.c, xexit.c: Likewise. + * xmalloc.c: Likewise. + * concat.c: Don't declare xmalloc. If __STDC__, use <stdarg.h> + macros, not <varargs.h> macros. + * spaces.c (spaces): Make return type const. Don't crash if + malloc returns NULL. + * strerror.c (struct error_info): Make name and msg fields const. + (error_names): Make const. + (strerrno): Make const. + (strtoerrno): Make argument const. + * strsignal.c (struct signal_info): Make name and msg fields + const. + (signal_names, sys_siglist): Make const. + (strsignal, strsigno): Make const. + (strtosigno): Make argument const. + * xatexit.c: Declare parameter types. + * xmalloc.c (name): Make const. + (xmalloc_set_program_name): Make argument const. + * Makefile.in (INCDIR): Define. + (.c.o): Use $(INCDIR). + (dummy.o): Likewise. + (argv.o, basename.o): New targets; depend on libiberty.h. + (concat.o, fdmatch.o, getruntime.o, spaces.o): Likewise. + (strerror.o, strsignal.o, xatexit.o, xexit.o): Likewise. + (xmalloc.o): Likewise. + (cplus-dem.o): New target; depend on demangle.h. + (getopt.o, getopt1.o): New targets; depend on getopt.h. + (ieee-float.o): New target; depend on ieee-float.h. + (obstack.o): New target; depend on obstack.h. + +Tue Feb 8 05:29:08 1994 David J. Mackenzie (djm@thepub.cygnus.com) + + Handle obstack_chunk_alloc returning NULL. This allows + obstacks to be used by libraries, without forcing them + to call exit or longjmp. + * obstack.c (_obstack_begin, _obstack_begin_1, _obstack_newchunk): + If CALL_CHUNKFUN returns NULL, set alloc_failed, else clear it. + (_obstack_begin, _obstack_begin_1): Return 1 if successful, 0 if not. + +Tue Feb 8 00:32:28 1994 Peter Schauer (pes@regent.e-technik.tu-muenchen.de) + + * concat.c, ieee-float.c: Include <string.h>. + +Sun Feb 6 21:28:46 1994 David J. Mackenzie (djm@thepub.cygnus.com) + + * xmalloc.c (xmalloc_set_program_name): New function. + (xmalloc, xrealloc): Include the name in the error message, if set. + + * Replace atexit.c with xatexit.c. + * Makefile.in (CFILES), functions.def: Change references. + +Sat Feb 5 14:02:32 1994 Stan Shebs (shebs@andros.cygnus.com) + + * getruntime.c (get_run_time): Use getrusage or times if + HAVE_GETRUSAGE or HAVE_TIMES are defined. + +Fri Feb 4 15:49:38 1994 David J. Mackenzie (djm@thepub.cygnus.com) + + * atexit.c: New file. + * Makefile.in (CFILES), functions.def: Add it. + * xexit.c: New file. + * Makefile.in (CFILES, REQUIRED_OFILES): Add it. + * xmalloc.c (xmalloc, xrealloc): Call xexit instead of exit. + Change request for 0 bytes into request for 1 byte. + +Wed Feb 2 11:36:49 1994 Ian Lance Taylor (ian@tweedledumb.cygnus.com) + + * xmalloc.c (xmalloc, xrealloc): Print size using %lu, and cast to + unsigned long, to avoid warnings. + +Fri Jan 28 17:49:06 1994 Ken Raeburn (raeburn@cujo.cygnus.com) + + * dummy.c: Don't include time.h ever; always define clock_t as + "unsigned long". Until gcc/fixincludes ensures that clock_t + exists, __STDC__ isn't a sufficient test. And if clock() doesn't + exist, clock_t probably doesn't either. + +Mon Jan 24 11:52:31 1994 Stan Shebs (shebs@andros.cygnus.com) + + * clock.c, getruntime.c: New files. + * Makefile.in: Add to file lists. + * functions.def (clock): Add to list. + * dummy.c (time.h): Add if __STDC__. + (clock_t): #define as "unsigned long" if not __STDC__. + +Tue Jan 11 11:27:44 1994 Ian Lance Taylor (ian@tweedledumb.cygnus.com) + + * strtod.c: Declare atof. From edler@jan.ultra.nyu.edu (Jan + Edler). + +Tue Dec 28 14:17:30 1993 Ian Lance Taylor (ian@tweedledumb.cygnus.com) + + * Makefile.in (errors): Use CFLAGS as well as LDFLAGS when + linking. + +Fri Dec 17 12:26:07 1993 Kung Hsu (kung@cirdan.cygnus.com) + + * cplus-dem.c (demangle_arm_pt): New function. Common code + for ARM template demangling. + * cplus-dem.c (demangle_class_name): Use demangle_arm_pt. + * cplus-dem.c (demangle_prefix): Likewise. + +Tue Nov 30 15:47:48 1993 Jason Merrill (jason@deneb.cygnus.com) + + * cplus-dem.c (cplus_demangle_opname): Add CONST to please gcc. + +Sat Nov 27 11:05:50 1993 Fred Fish (fnf@cygnus.com) + + Merge changes from tom@basil.icce.rug.nl (Tom R.Hageman) + * strerror.c, strsignal.c: As a small space optimization, don't + include messages when they aren't actually used. + + Merge changes from takefive.co.at!joe (Josef Leherbauer) + * cplus-dem.c (demangle_prefix, demangle_function_name, + cplus_demangle_opname): Fixes for systems where cplus_marker + is something other than '$'. + +Fri Nov 26 13:51:11 1993 Per Bothner (bothner@kalessin.cygnus.com) + + * waitpid.c: Simple-minded approcimation to waitpid + using vanilla wait. + * functions.def, Makefile.in: Update accordingly, + +Thu Nov 18 18:01:15 1993 Kung Hsu (kung@cirdan.cygnus.com) + + * cplus-dem.c(demangle_template): fix bug template instantiation + with value of user defined type. + +Wed Nov 17 18:30:21 1993 Kung Hsu (kung@cirdan.cygnus.com) + + * cplus-dem.c(cplus_demangle_opname): add the subject new function + to support unified search of operator in class. + +Wed Nov 10 09:47:22 1993 Jim Kingdon (kingdon@lioth.cygnus.com) + + gcc -Wall lint: + * strtoul.c (strtoul): use "(digit = *s) != '\0'" not just + "digit = *s" as condition in while loop. + +Tue Nov 9 15:52:22 1993 Mark Eichin (eichin@cygnus.com) + + * Makefile.in: pass SHELL to recursive make + +Thu Nov 4 12:09:26 1993 Per Bothner (bothner@kalessin.cygnus.com) + + * vfprintf.c, vprintf.c, vsprintf.c: Make format arg + be (const char*), for ANSI (and gcc w/fixproto) consistency. + +Thu Nov 4 08:29:04 1993 Jim Kingdon (kingdon@lioth.cygnus.com) + + * config.table: Make *-*-hiux* use mh-hpux. + +Fri Oct 22 07:53:15 1993 Jim Kingdon (kingdon@lioth.cygnus.com) + + * config.table: Add * to end of all OS names. + +Tue Oct 19 17:12:01 1993 david d `zoo' zuhn (zoo@rtl.cygnus.com) + + * Makefile.in (lneeded-list): ensure that object file names are + not duplicated, as multiple instances of the same object file in + a library causes problems on some machines + +Mon Oct 18 21:59:28 1993 Jim Kingdon (kingdon@lioth.cygnus.com) + + * strcasecmp.c, strncasecmp.c: Change u_char to unsigned char. + +Fri Oct 15 22:17:11 1993 david d `zoo' zuhn (zoo@rtl.cygnus.com) + + * strncasecmp.c: new file, implements strncasecmp + * strcasecmp.c: new file, implement strcasecmp + + * Makefile.in (CFILES): list these two new source files + + * functions.def: add strcasecmp and strncasecmp entries + +Fri Oct 15 14:53:05 1993 Ian Lance Taylor (ian@tweedledumb.cygnus.com) + + * strtoul.c (strtoul), strtol.c (strtol): Handle overflow + according to ANSI C. + +Thu Oct 14 16:34:19 1993 Kung Hsu (kung@cirdan.cygnus.com) + + * cplus-dem.c: add support of ARM global constructor/destructor, + and 'G' for passing record or union in parameter. + +Wed Oct 13 13:36:19 1993 Jim Kingdon (kingdon@lioth.cygnus.com) + + * Makefile.in: Fix comment to clarify that stuff in REQUIRED_OFILES + should not be in functions.def. + +Wed Oct 13 13:13:38 1993 Ian Lance Taylor (ian@tweedledumb.cygnus.com) + + * functions.def: Removed xmalloc. Stuff in REQUIRED_OFILES should + not be in functions.def. + +Mon Oct 4 18:26:39 1993 Kung Hsu (kung@cirdan.cygnus.com) + + * cplus-dem.c: change globl constructor/destructor to proper name + +Tue Sep 28 18:11:07 1993 Kung Hsu (kung@cirdan.cygnus.com) + + * cplus-dem.c: fix bug in constructor/destructor + +Tue Sep 28 16:20:49 1993 Kung Hsu (kung@cirdan.cygnus.com) + + * cplus-dem.c: support both old and new _vt$... vtbl mangled names + +Fri Sep 24 19:07:16 1993 Jason Merrill (jason@deneb.cygnus.com) + + * cplus-dem.c: Fix demangle_template prototype + +Fri Sep 24 17:32:55 1993 Kung Hsu (kung@cirdan.cygnus.com) + + * cplus-dem.c: fix template demangling + * cplus-dem.c: fix const type demangling + * cplus-dem.c: fix constructor/destructor, virtual table, + qualifier, global constructor/destructor demangling + +Wed Sep 1 23:13:11 1993 Jim Kingdon (kingdon@lioth.cygnus.com) + + * strsignal.c, strerror.c: Use fully-bracketed initializer to + keep gcc -Wall happy. + +Fri Aug 27 10:30:09 1993 Jason Merrill (jason@deneb.cygnus.com) + + * cplus-dem.c (do_type): Add CONSTS to make gcc happy with last + patch. + +Fri Aug 27 11:24:54 1993 Jim Kingdon (kingdon@lioth.cygnus.com) + + Patch from Paul Flinders: + * cplus-dem.c (do_type): Deal with arrays. + +Tue Aug 24 14:23:50 1993 Jim Kingdon (kingdon@lioth.cygnus.com) + + * cplus-dem.c (demangle_qualified: Deal with GNU format for more + than 9 classes. + +Wed Aug 18 19:50:29 1993 Jason Merrill (jason@deneb.cygnus.com) + + * Makefile.in (dummy.o): Redirect to /dev/null to avoid "variable + not initialized" warnings under HP/UX + +Sun Aug 15 20:42:40 1993 Jim Kingdon (kingdon@lioth.cygnus.com) + + * strerror.c: Move include of stdio.h after sys_errlist #define. + Also remove NULL definition (stdio.h always defines NULL, so it + never did anything but clutter up the code). + +Sat Aug 14 14:21:49 1993 david d `zoo' zuhn (zoo@rtl.cygnus.com) + + * Makefile.in, functions.def: handle xmalloc.c + + * xmalloc.c: provide xmalloc and xrealloc functions + +Thu Aug 12 17:38:57 1993 David J. Mackenzie (djm@thepub.cygnus.com) + + * cplus-dem.c: Fix a comment. + +Sat Aug 7 13:56:35 1993 David J. Mackenzie (djm@thepub.cygnus.com) + + * getopt1.c: Declare const the way getopt.c does. + +Fri Aug 6 17:03:13 1993 David J. Mackenzie (djm@thepub.cygnus.com) + + * obstack.c, alloca.c: Update from FSF. + * getopt.c, getopt1.c: Update to current FSF version, which + doesn't use alloca. + +Tue Jul 27 14:03:57 1993 Brendan Kehoe (brendan@lisa.cygnus.com) + + * Makefile.in (demangle): Add the target with a message saying + where demangle went. + +Mon Jul 26 15:49:54 1993 Jim Kingdon (kingdon@lioth.cygnus.com) + + * Makefile.in: Remove obsolete `demangle' target. + +Thu Jul 22 08:31:01 1993 Fred Fish (fnf@deneb.cygnus.com) + + * cplus-dem.c (arm_special): Apply patch from arg@lucid.com to + avoid infinite loop on vtbl symbols with disambiguating "junk" + tacked on the end. + +Mon Jul 19 14:10:37 1993 david d `zoo' zuhn (zoo@rtl.cygnus.com) + + * strsignal.c: work around some systems losing definitions of + sys_siglist + + * config/mh-lynxos: this system has a losing definition of + sys_siglist + + * config.table: use mh-lynxos for *-*-lynxos + +Mon Jul 19 17:08:52 1993 Ken Raeburn (raeburn@rtl.cygnus.com) + + * config.table: Add support for HPPA BSD hosts. + + * config/mh-hpbsd: New file. + +Mon Jul 12 18:00:40 1993 K. Richard Pixley (rich@cygnus.com) + + * Makefile.in (TAGS): make work when srcdir != objdir. + +Sun Jun 27 15:35:31 1993 David J. Mackenzie (djm@thepub.cygnus.com) + + * cplus-dem.c (main): Add long options, including --help and + --version. + (usage): New function from code in main. + +Tue Jun 22 11:37:38 1993 Per Bothner (bothner@deneb.cygnus.com) + + * config.table: New shell scipt, sourced by both ./configure,in + and ../xiberty/configure.in, to avoid maintainance lossages. + * configure.in and ../xiberty/configure.in: Use config.table. + + * configure.in: Don't use mh-aix for AIX 3.2, only for 3.1. + * configure.in: Map *-*-irix* (except irix4) to mh-sysv. + * ../xiberty/configure.in: Update from ./configure.in. + +Tue Jun 15 17:05:31 1993 david d `zoo' zuhn (zoo at cirdan.cygnus.com) + + * Makefile.in: remove parentdir support + +Wed May 26 12:59:09 1993 Peter Schauer (pes@regent.e-technik.tu-muenchen.de) + + * cplus-dem.c (xrealloc): Match definition with prototype. + +Tue May 25 14:27:51 1993 Peter Schauer (pes@regent.e-technik.tu-muenchen.de) + + * cplus-dem.c (demangle_prefix): Demangle cfront + local variables as an extension to ARM demangling. + +Fri May 21 09:53:57 1993 Jim Kingdon (kingdon@lioth.cygnus.com) + + * ieee-float.c: Don't require pointers to double to be aligned. + +Tue May 18 17:12:10 1993 Fred Fish (fnf@cygnus.com) + + (merge changes from dlong@cse.ucsc.edu) + * cplus-dem.c (consume_count): Simplify. + * cplus-dem.c (arm_pt, demangle_class_name): New functions. + * cplus-dem.c (various): Calls to arm_pt, demangle_class_name. + + * cplus-dem.c (xmalloc, xrealloc, strstr): Make extern decls into + full prototypes. + * cplus-dem.c (free): Add prototype. + * cplus-dem.c (optable): Fully bracketize initializer. + +Fri May 14 17:13:05 1993 Per Bothner (bothner@cygnus.com) + + * cplus-dem.c: Whether initial underscores are stripped + depends on the external variable prepends_underscore + (which is generated by the binutils Makefile). + +Fri May 14 07:32:20 1993 Ken Raeburn (raeburn@deneb.cygnus.com) + + * cplus-dem.c (mop_up, arm_special): Remove some unused variables. + +Tue May 4 20:31:59 1993 Fred Fish (fnf@cygnus.com) + + * cplus-dem.c (consume_count): Return zero if arg does not + start with digit, and don't consume any input. + +Tue May 4 08:10:28 1993 Jim Kingdon (kingdon@cygnus.com) + + * Makefile.in (demangle): Use ${srcdir} not $^. + + * strtod.c: New file, needed at least for BSD 4.3. + +Sun May 2 11:30:42 1993 Fred Fish (fnf@cygnus.com) + + * strsignal.c (sys_siglist): For ANSI compilations, type is + "const char *const". Also remove conditionalization on __STDC__ + since const is defined away for non-ANSI. + +Wed Apr 28 19:29:55 1993 Ken Raeburn (raeburn@deneb.cygnus.com) + + * configure.in: Recognize *-*-hpux. + * config/mh-hpux: New file. + +Tue Apr 27 15:22:19 1993 Per Bothner (bothner@cygnus.com) + + * tmpnam.c: Added ANSI tmpnam() function. + * functions.def, Makefile.in: Update accordingly. + +Tue Apr 27 13:38:38 1993 Peter Schauer (pes@regent.e-technik.tu-muenchen.de) + + * cplus-dem.c (demangle_function_name): Get the demangling of + stop__1A right. + +Fri Apr 16 23:48:24 1993 Jim Kingdon (kingdon at calvin) + + * cplus-dem.c: Declare strstr return type. + +Fri Mar 26 12:01:26 1993 Jim Kingdon (kingdon@cygnus.com) + + * strsignal.c: Add some AIX signals. + +Thu Mar 25 15:17:23 1993 Ian Lance Taylor (ian@cygnus.com) + + * Makefile.in (MAKEOVERRIDES): Define to be empty. + +Wed Mar 24 01:59:25 1993 david d `zoo' zuhn (zoo at poseidon.cygnus.com) + + * Makefile.in: add installcheck & dvi targets + +Thu Mar 18 14:05:44 1993 Per Bothner (bothner@rtl.cygnus.com) + + * ieee-float.c: New file, moved from ../gdb (since it is + needed by ../opcode/m68k-dis.c). + +Tue Mar 2 17:47:31 1993 Fred Fish (fnf@cygnus.com) + + * cplus-dem.c: Replace all references to cfront with ARM. + +Fri Feb 26 00:17:07 1993 Per Bothner (bothner@rtl.cygnus.com) + + * cplus-dem.c: Fix main program (when compiled with -DMAIN) + to be more useful as a filter. + +Sat Feb 20 21:41:39 1993 Brendan Kehoe (brendan@lisa.cygnus.com) + + * Makefile.in (install_to_libdir, install_to_tooldir): Go into the + destination directory before running $(RANLIB), in case that + program tries to create a file in the current directory as part of + its work. + +Thu Feb 18 23:00:19 1993 John Gilmore (gnu@cygnus.com) + + * strsignal.c (sys_siglist): Remove yet another *%^&%&$# "const" + because BSD 4.4 lacks one. Isn't this fun? + +Thu Feb 18 11:24:25 1993 Fred Fish (fnf@cygnus.com) + + * cplus-dem.c (demangle_signature): Set func_done after + demangling a template. + * cplus-dem.c (demangle_template): Fix several small bugs + in demangling GNU style templates. + * cplus-dem.c (demangle_prefix): Fix for templates in GNU + style constructors. + * cplus-dem.c (gnu_special): Fix for templates in GNU style + static data members. + +Tue Feb 16 17:28:35 1993 Fred Fish (fnf@cygnus.com) + + * cplus-dem.c (demangle_signature): Modify to include type + modifiers like static and const in remembered types. + +Thu Feb 11 22:20:47 1993 Fred Fish (fnf@cygnus.com) + + * cplus-dem.c (demangled_qualified): Add new parameter that tells + whether to prepend or append the qualifiers. + * cplus-dem.c (string_prepends): Used now, remove #if 0. + * cplus-dem.c (demangle_signature): Call demangle_qualified + with prepending. + * cplus_dem.c (gnu_special): Recognize static data members that + use qualified names. + * cplus-dem.c (demangle_qualified): Accumulate qualifiers in a + temporary buffer and the prepend or append them to the result, + as specified by the new "append" flag. + * cplus-dem.c (do_type): Call demangled_qualified with + appending. + +Mon Dec 28 10:47:19 1992 Ken Raeburn (raeburn@cygnus.com) + + * strsignal.c (signal_table): Now const. + (init_signal_tables): Variable eip now points to const. + + * strerror.c (error_table): Now const. + (init_error_tables): Variable eip now points to const. + +Tue Dec 15 15:36:50 1992 Per Bothner (bothner@cygnus.com) + + * memchr.c (memchr): New (ANSI standard) function. + * Makefile.in, functions.def: Added memchr. + * Makefile.in (AR_FLAGS): Use rc instad of non-standard cq. + +Wed Dec 2 22:49:10 1992 david d `zoo' zuhn (zoo at cirdan.cygnus.com) + + * getopt.c: remove use of USG around <alloca.h>, which never meant + anything anyway + + * config/mh-{aix,apollo68,ncr3000,sysv,sysv4}: removed definitions + of USG and USGr4 + +Thu Nov 19 03:09:33 1992 Brendan Kehoe (brendan@lisa.cygnus.com) + + * cplus-dem.c (demangle_fund_type): Recognize `w', a wide character; + it's now a type according to the ANSI X3J16 working paper; output + "wchar_t" for it. + (demangle_template): Accept `w' as an integral type. + (xmalloc, xrealloc): Use `char *', not `PTR'. Cast calls to their + counterparts malloc and realloc to `char *'. + (main): Exit with a 0 status. + * Makefile.in (demangle): Don't expect the user to define + DEMANGLE, instead force to be cplus-dem.c. Look in $(srcdir)/../include + for demangle.h. Pass it any HDEFINES or XTRAFLAGS. + +Wed Nov 18 18:56:20 1992 John Gilmore (gnu@cygnus.com) + + * Makefile.in (AR_FLAGS): Avoid verbosity. + * config/mh-sysv4: Remove AR_FLAGS override, use INSTALL=cp, + replace USGr4 with HAVE_SYSCONF. + * config/mh-solaris: Remove; mh-sysv4 works now. + * getpagesize.c: Replace USGr4 with HAVE_SYSCONF. + * configure.in: Simplify host matching table, remove separate + solaris config file. + +Sun Nov 15 09:35:16 1992 Fred Fish (fnf@cygnus.com) + + * configure.in (i[34]86-*-solaris2*): Add, use mh-sysv4. + +Tue Nov 3 21:27:03 1992 Brendan Kehoe (brendan@cygnus.com) + + * cplus-dem.c (xmalloc, xrealloc): Add decls. + (remember_type): Don't cast xmalloc. + (string_need): Likewise; don't cast xrealloc either. + +Fri Oct 23 08:52:01 1992 Ian Lance Taylor (ian@cygnus.com) + + * Makefile.in, functions.defs, rename.c: added simple + implementation of rename, since some binutils programs use it. + +Thu Oct 15 15:18:22 1992 Per Bothner (bothner@cygnus.com) + + * strsignal.c: Add appropriate 'const' to sys_siglist + extern declaration (if __STDC__). (Needed for Linux.) + * strsignal.c (strsignal): Add cast to remove const-ness. + +Fri Oct 9 03:22:55 1992 John Gilmore (gnu@cygnus.com) + + * Makefile.in (needed.awk, needed2.awk): Remove erroneous \'s + before "'s, diagnosed by BSD 4.4 awk. + +Thu Oct 8 15:25:12 1992 Ian Lance Taylor (ian@cygnus.com) + + * Makefile.in: create config.h and needed-list through $(CONFIG_H) + and $(NEEDED_LIST), to give some hooks for xiberty. + +Thu Oct 1 23:31:42 1992 david d `zoo' zuhn (zoo at cirdan.cygnus.com) + + * configure.in: use cpu-vendor-triple instead of nested cases + +Wed Sep 30 11:26:59 1992 Per Bothner (bothner@rtl.cygnus.com) + + * Makefile.in, argv.c, basename.c, bcmp.c, bcopy.c, bzero.c, + concat.c, cplus-dem.c, fdmatch.c, getcwd.c, getopt.c, getopt1.c, + getpagesize.c, insque.c, memcmp.c, memcpy.c, memmove.c, memset.c, + obstack.c, sigsetmask.c, spaces.c, strchr.c, strerror.c, + strrchr.c, strsignal.c, strstr.c, vfork.c, vsprintf.c: + Convert from using GPL to LGPL. + +Sat Sep 26 04:01:30 1992 John Gilmore (gnu@cygnus.com) + + * Makefile.in (errors): Leave dummy.o and dummy around so that + we can see how the needed list was generated (it's sometimes wrong). + (mostlyclean): Remove them. + +Mon Sep 21 14:50:42 1992 Ian Lance Taylor (ian@cygnus.com) + + * getcwd.c: supply a default if MAXPATHLEN is not defined. + + * config/mh-irix4: set EXTRA_OFILES to alloca.o, from WRS. + +Wed Sep 9 12:41:48 1992 Ian Lance Taylor (ian@cygnus.com) + + * Makefile.in: Use XTRAFLAGS when compiling, so that xiberty works + when cross-compiling. + +Thu Sep 3 13:29:39 1992 K. Richard Pixley (rich@sendai.cygnus.com) + + * cplus-dem.c: (demangle_prefix): reduction in strength of strstr + as a time optimization. + + * cplus-dem.c (cplus_demangle): remove strpbrk test. Appears to + be more expensive than simply demangling. + + * cplus-dem.c (cplus_match): new function. + +Tue Sep 1 15:24:04 1992 Per Bothner (bothner@rtl.cygnus.com) + + * cplus-dem.c: #include <stdio.h>, to define NULL. + Define current_demangling_style. + +Sun Aug 30 17:58:19 1992 Per Bothner (bothner@rtl.cygnus.com) + + * cplus-dem.c: New file, moved from ../gdb. + * cplus-dem.c (set_cplus_marker_for_demangling): New exported + function, to avoid compiling in target-dependency for CPLUS_MARKER. + * cplus-dem.c (cplus_demangle): Allow demangling style option + to be passed as a parameter, but using the global variable + current_demangling_style as a default. + * Makefile.in: Update for cplus-dem.c + +Sat Aug 29 10:44:09 1992 Fred Fish (fnf@cygnus.com) + + * obstack.c: Merge in comment changes from FSF version. Now + matches the FSF version exactly. + +Fri Aug 28 18:39:08 1992 John Gilmore (gnu@cygnus.com) + + * obstack.c (CALL_FREEFUN): Can't use ?: with void values (at + least on losing DECstations!); use if-then-else instead. + +Wed Aug 19 14:40:34 1992 Ian Lance Taylor (ian@cygnus.com) + + * Makefile.in: always create installation directories. + +Mon Aug 10 17:33:40 1992 david d `zoo' zuhn (zoo at cirdan.cygnus.com) + + * Makefile.in: clean up definition of CFILES, more comments + +Sat Aug 8 23:10:59 1992 Fred Fish (fnf@cygnus.com) + + * getopt.c (my_index): Make first arg const to match strchr, + which it sometimes is remapped to. + +Sat Aug 1 13:48:50 1992 Fred Fish (fnf@cygnus.com) + + * obstack.c (DEFAULT_ALIGNMENT): Update to match FSF version. + * obstack.c (_obstack_begin): Initialize use_extra_arg. + * obstack.c (_obstack_begin_1): New, from FSF version. + +Mon Jul 20 21:07:58 1992 Fred Fish (fnf@cygnus.com) + + * obstack.c (CALL_CHECKFUN, CALL_FREEFUN): Use use_extra_arg and + extra_arg. + * obstack.c (_obstack_begin): Remove area_id and flags arguments + (previously added for mmalloc support, interface has changed). + Also convert flags usage to use use_extra_arg and maybe_empty_object. + +Fri Jul 10 00:41:53 1992 Fred Fish (fnf@cygnus.com) + + * argv.c: Move expandargv inline and eliminate static variables. + Rewrite to always allocate in powers of two. Fix to return an + argv with a single null string arg if passed a null string. + +Fri Jul 3 20:27:29 1992 Fred Fish (fnf@cygnus.com) + + * random.c, sigsetmask.c, strerror.c, strsignal.c: Remove + "(void)" casts from function calls where the return value is + ignored, in accordance with GNU coding standards. + +Mon Jun 29 10:54:19 1992 Fred Fish (fnf at cygnus.com) + + * bcopy.c, strerror.c, strsignal.c: Lint. + +Thu Jun 25 09:18:41 1992 K. Richard Pixley (rich@rtl.cygnus.com) + + * getopt.c: merge changes from make. + +Thu Jun 25 04:43:22 1992 John Gilmore (gnu at cygnus.com) + + * alloca.c: Incorporate fixes from gdb/alloca.c. + FIXME: Eventually move gdb's alloca configuration files here, + and remove gdb/alloca.c and its Makefile.in support. + +Tue Jun 23 21:56:30 1992 Fred Fish (fnf@cygnus.com) + + * dummy.c: Define NOTHING to /*nothing*/, change return type + of main to int and return zero. + * functions.def: Supply NOTHING as the fourth arg to macros + that don't have an explicit arg, to satisfy picky preprocessors. + +Wed Jun 17 18:13:58 1992 Per Bothner (bothner@rtl.cygnus.com) + + * Makefile.in: Clean up *clean rules, as per standards.texi. + +Tue Jun 16 16:11:59 1992 K. Richard Pixley (rich@rtl.cygnus.com) + + * getopt.c, getopt1.c: merged largely gratuitous, mostly + whitespace diffs from other prep distributions. + +Mon Jun 15 12:25:46 1992 Fred Fish (fnf@cygnus.com) + + * config/mh-ncr3000 (INSTALL): Don't use /usr/ucb/install, + it is broken on ncr 3000's. + +Mon Jun 15 01:03:26 1992 John Gilmore (gnu at cygnus.com) + + * sigsetmask.c: Rewrite. Old one was very confused about its + arguments and result. New one can't do much, but at least knows + what it can't do, and it's good enough for GDB's use. + +Sun Jun 14 15:17:40 1992 Stu Grossman (grossman at cygnus.com) + + * functions.def: Use proper prototype for strtoul. + +Fri Jun 12 19:22:40 1992 John Gilmore (gnu at cygnus.com) + + * Makefile.in: Add random.c. + * config/mh-*: Use "true" rather than "echo >/dev/null" for ranlib. + * configure.in: update solaris2 config. + +Wed Jun 10 16:31:29 1992 Fred Fish (fnf@cygnus.com) + + * random.c: Add for random() and srandom(). + * functions.def: Add random + +Tue Jun 9 17:27:18 1992 Fred Fish (fnf@cygnus.com) + + * config/{mh-ncr3000, mh-sysv4}: Add definition for INSTALL + using /usr/ucb/install. + +Mon Jun 1 13:20:17 1992 Per Bothner (bothner@rtl.cygnus.com) + + * strerror.c: Kludge to guard against a conflict with + possible declaration of sys_errlist in errno.h. + +Sun May 31 15:07:47 1992 Mark Eichin (eichin at cygnus.com) + + * configure.in, config/mh-solaris: add solaris2 config support. + +Fri May 29 17:23:23 1992 Per Bothner (bothner@rtl.cygnus.com) + + * sigsetmask.c: #ifdef out sigsetmask if SIG_SETMASK + is not defined (should be defined in signal.h, says Posix.). + +Mon May 18 17:35:04 1992 K. Richard Pixley (rich@cygnus.com) + + * getopt.c: merged changes from make-3.62.11. + +Fri May 8 14:53:07 1992 K. Richard Pixley (rich@cygnus.com) + + * getopt.c: merged changes from bison-1.18. + +Tue May 5 11:51:40 1992 Per Bothner (bothner@rtl.cygnus.com) + + * Makefile.in: Don't have $(EXTRA_OFILES) depend on config.h, + since that introduces a circular dependency. + ($(EXTRA_OFILES) are used to build config.h.) + + * strtoul.c: Fixes to handle non-decimal bases better. + +Wed Apr 22 09:27:51 1992 Fred Fish (fnf@cygnus.com) + + * config/mh-ncr3000: Replace MINUS_G with CFLAGS. + * Makefile.dos: Finish MINUS_G eradication. + * Makefile.in (CFILES): Add strsignal.c. + * Makefile.in (REQUIRED_OFILES): Add strerror.o strsignal.o + * Makefile.in (needed-list): Split creation of errors file to + separate make target. + * Makefile.in (config.h, needed2.awk, errors): New targets. + * Makefile.in (clean): Split to multiple lines, add needed2.awk + and config.h. + * dummy.c (DEFFUNC, DEFVAR): Add defines and undefs. + * functions.def (strerror): Remove from optional list. + * functions.def (sys_nerr, sys_errlist, sys_siglist): DEFVAR's + * functions.def (strerror, psignal): DEFFUNC's + * strerror.c: Rewrite from scratch to use sys_errlist only if + available, add errno_max(), add strerrno(), add strtoerrno(), + add test driver. + * strsignal.c: New file, signal equivalent to strerror.c. + Uses sys_siglist if available, defines signo_max(), strsignal(), + strsigno(), strtosigno(), psignal(), and test driver. + +Mon Apr 20 20:49:32 1992 K. Richard Pixley (rich@cygnus.com) + + * Makefile.in: do not print recursion line. + + * Makefile.in: allow CFLAGS to be passed in from command line. + Removed MINUS_G. Default CFLAGS to -g. + +Mon Apr 20 12:57:46 1992 Per Bothner (bothner@rtl.cygnus.com) + + * config/mh-aix: New. EXTRA_OFILES lists copysign.o, + so libg++ users don't have to be inconvenienced by a + libc.a bug (libc.a needs copysign, but doesn't define it!). + * configure.in: Use config/mh-aix. + * strtoul.c: Handle '-' as required by ANSI. + Clean up radix handling. + * strstr.c: Fix buggy algorithm. + * Makefile.in: Change so that ${EXTRA_OFILES} is + appended to needed-list (which is used by libg++). + +Fri Apr 10 22:51:41 1992 Fred Fish (fnf@cygnus.com) + + * configure.in: Recognize new ncr3000 config. + * config/mh-ncr3000: New config file. + +Wed Apr 1 23:31:43 1992 John Gilmore (gnu at cygnus.com) + + * argv.c, dummy.c: Lint. + +Tue Mar 31 18:46:44 1992 Fred Fish (fnf@cygnus.com) + + * config/mh-sysv4: New config file. + * configure.in (host_makefile_frag): Set to config/mh-sysv4 for + host_os == sysv4. + * getpagesize.c: For SVR4, use sysconf(_SC_PAGESIZE) to get + pagesize. + +Sun Mar 29 12:26:42 1992 John Gilmore (gnu at cygnus.com) + + * getopt.c: Lint. + +Fri Mar 27 08:32:55 1992 Fred Fish (fnf@cygnus.com) + + * functions.def (alloca): Fix return type and args to avoid + type clash with gcc's builtin alloca. + +Tue Mar 24 23:33:42 1992 K. Richard Pixley (rich@cygnus.com) + + * configure.in, config/mh-irix4: irix4 support. + + * Makefile.in, functions.def, alloca.c: added alloca. + +Tue Mar 24 17:34:46 1992 Stu Grossman (grossman at cygnus.com) + + * obstack.c (CALL_FREEFUN): Make it compile on DECstations. + +Thu Mar 19 13:57:42 1992 Fred Fish (fnf@cygnus.com) + + * argv.c: Fix various external function definitions to be + correct in an ANSI compilation environment. + +Sat Mar 14 17:28:17 1992 Fred Fish (fnf@cygnus.com) + + * obstack.c: Changes to support calling mmalloc functions, + which take an additional argument over malloc functions. + +Fri Mar 6 22:01:10 1992 K. Richard Pixley (rich@cygnus.com) + + * added check target. + +Thu Feb 27 22:19:39 1992 Per Bothner (bothner@cygnus.com) + + * argv.c: #include alloca-conf.h (needed by AIX). + +Wed Feb 26 18:04:40 1992 K. Richard Pixley (rich@cygnus.com) + + * Makefile.in, configure.in: removed traces of namesubdir, + -subdirs, $(subdir), $(unsubdir), some rcs triggers. Forced + copyrights to '92, changed some from Cygnus to FSF. + +Sat Feb 22 01:09:21 1992 Stu Grossman (grossman at cygnus.com) + + * argv.c: Check in Fred's version which fixes problems with + alloca(). + +Fri Feb 7 21:46:08 1992 Stu Grossman (grossman at cygnus.com) + + * makefile.dos: Remove NUL to keep patch from failing. + +Thu Jan 30 22:48:41 1992 Stu Grossman (grossman at cygnus.com) + + * getopt.c (_getopt_internal): Fix usage of enum has_arg. + +Mon Jan 20 18:53:23 1992 Stu Grossman (grossman at cygnus.com) + + * getopt.c, getopt1.c, ../include/getopt.h: Get latest versions. + +Sat Jan 18 16:53:01 1992 Fred Fish (fnf at cygnus.com) + + * argv.c: New file to build and destroy standard argument + vectors from a command string. + + * Makefile.in: Add argv.c and argv.o to appropriate macros. + +Fri Dec 20 12:12:57 1991 Fred Fish (fnf at cygnus.com) + + * configure.in: Change svr4 references to sysv4. + + * rindex.c: Declare return type of externally used function + strrchr(). + +Thu Dec 19 18:35:03 1991 John Gilmore (gnu at cygnus.com) + + * Makefile.in: Remove "***" in normal output, since Make produces + this on errors, and it's convenient to search for. + +Tue Dec 17 23:21:30 1991 Per Bothner (bothner at cygnus.com) + + * memcmp.c, memcpy.c, memmove.c, memset.c, strchr.c, strrchr.c: + New ANSI functions. The old non-ANSI functions (such as bcopy) + should be avoided. + * bcopy.c: Fix to correctly handle overlapping regions. + * index.c, rindex.c: Re-write in terms of strchr() and strrchr(). + * functions.def: Add the new functions. + * functions.def: Add 4th parameter to DEF macro, + an ansidecl.h-style prototype. + * dummy.c: Use expanded DEF macro to create a dummy function + call, with correct parameter types. (This avoids some + complaints from gcc about predefined builtins.) + + Move the functionality of config/mh-default into Makefile.in. + This avoid duplication, and simplifies things slightly. + * Makefile.in: Tweak so we don't need config/mh-default. + * README: Update. + * configure.in: No longer need config/mh-default. + * config/mh-default: Deleted. + * config/mh-sysv: Remove lines copied from old mh-default. + +Tue Dec 17 05:46:46 1991 John Gilmore (gnu at cygnus.com) + + * fdmatch.c (fdmatch): Don't compare st_rdev, which is for + 'mknod' device numbers. + +Mon Dec 16 12:25:34 1991 Fred Fish (fnf at cygnus.com) + + * fdmatch.c, Makefile.in: Add new function that takes two + open file descriptors and returns nonzero if they refer to + the same file, zero otherwise. (used in gdb) + +Wed Dec 11 17:40:39 1991 Steve Chamberlain (sac at rtl.cygnus.com) + From DJ: + * msdos.c: stub functions for dos. + * makefile.dos, configdj.bat: new. + * getopt.c: Don't include alloca-conf.h in a GO32 world. + + +Tue Dec 10 04:14:49 1991 K. Richard Pixley (rich at rtl.cygnus.com) + + * Makefile.in: infodir belongs in datadir. + +Fri Dec 6 23:26:45 1991 K. Richard Pixley (rich at rtl.cygnus.com) + + * Makefile.in: remove spaces following hyphens because bsd make + can't cope. added standards.text support. install using + INSTALL_DATA. + + * configure.in: remove commontargets as it is no longer a + recognized hook. + +Thu Dec 5 22:46:46 1991 K. Richard Pixley (rich at rtl.cygnus.com) + + * Makefile.in: idestdir and ddestdir go away. Added copyrights + and shift gpl to v2. Added ChangeLog if it didn't exist. docdir + and mandir now keyed off datadir by default. + +Fri Nov 22 19:15:29 1991 John Gilmore (gnu at cygnus.com) + + * Makefile.in: find-needed.awk does not fit in 14 chars. + + * Makefile.in: Suppress error checking when compiling the test + program, because Ultrix make/sh aborts there due to a bug. + +Fri Nov 22 12:23:17 1991 Per Bothner (bothner at cygnus.com) + + * Makefile.in: Re-did how EXTRA_OFILES is used to be more useful. + * README: Explained how the auto-configuration works, + and how to add new files and/or configurations. + +Fri Nov 22 09:45:23 1991 John Gilmore (gnu at cygnus.com) + + * strtoul.c: Avoid defining ULONG_MAX if already defined; + cast a const char * to char * for pedants. + + * getopt.c: Only define "const" after local include files get to, + and only if they haven't defined it. + +Thu Nov 21 16:58:53 1991 John Gilmore (gnu at cygnus.com) + + * getcwd.c (remove getwd.c): GNU code should call getcwd(). We + emulate it with getwd() if available. This avoids callers having + to find a MAXPATHLEN or PATH_MAX value from somewhere. + * Makefile.in, functions.def: getwd->getcwd. + * configure.in: Use generic case for every system. + * config/mh-{delta88,mach,rs6000,svr4}: Remove. + * config/mh-sysv: Use default handling, just add -DUSG. + +Thu Nov 14 10:58:05 1991 Per Bothner (bothner at cygnus.com) + + * Makefile.in, config/mh-default: Re-do make magic + so that for the default ("automatic") mode we only + compile the files we actually need. Do this using + a recursive make: The top-level generates the list + of needed files (loosely, the ones missing in libc), + and then passes that list to the recursive make. + * config/mh-mach: Remove obsolete STRERROR-{C,O} macros. + +Tue Nov 12 19:10:57 1991 John Gilmore (gnu at cygnus.com) + + RS/6000 host support (grumble). + + * configure.in: Build alloca-conf.h file from alloca-norm.h + (everything else) or alloca-botch.h (rs/6000). + * Makefile.in: Include . on the include path. + * getopt.c: Use alloca-conf.h. + * alloca-norm.h: How to declare alloca on reasonable machines. + * alloca-botch.h: How to declare alloca on braindead machines. + +Tue Nov 12 09:21:48 1991 Fred Fish (fnf at cygnus.com) + + * concat.c : New file, like concat() in gdb but can take a + variable number of arguments rather than fixed at 3 args. For + now, client applications must supply an xmalloc(), which is a + front end function to malloc() that deals with out-of-memory + conditions. + + * Makefile.in: Add concat.c and concat.o to appropriate macros. + +Sat Nov 9 13:29:59 1991 Fred Fish (fnf at cygnus.com) + + * config/mh-svr4: Add sigsetmask to list of required functions. + +Sun Nov 3 11:57:56 1991 Per Bothner (bothner at cygnus.com) + + * vsprintf.c: New file. + * functions.def, Makefile.in: Add vsprintf. + +Sun Oct 27 16:31:22 1991 John Gilmore (gnu at cygnus.com) + + * configure.in, config/mh-rs6000: Add rs/6000 host support. + * Makefile.in: Compile with debug info. + +Fri Oct 25 17:01:12 1991 Per Bothner (bothner at cygnus.com) + + * Makefile.in, configure.in, and new files: dummy.c, functions.def, + config/mf-default: Added a default configuration mode, + which includes into libiberty.a functions that are "missing" in libc. + * strdup.c, vprintf.c, vfprintf.c: New files. + +Thu Oct 24 02:29:26 1991 Fred Fish (fnf at cygnus.com) + + * config/hmake-svr4: New file. + + * config/hmake-sysv: Add HOST_CFILES and HOST_OFILES. + + * basename.c, bcmp.c, bcopy.c, bzero.c, getpagesize.c getwd.c, + index.c, insque.c, rindex.c, spaces.c, strstr.c, vfork.c: New + files containing either portable C versions or emulations using + native library calls. + + * strerror.c: Add copyright, internal documentation, etc. + + * strtol.c: Replace hardwired hex constants with some more + portable macros. Remove illegal (according to gcc) cast. + + * strtoul.c: Replace hardwired hex constant with more portable + macro. + + * Makefile.in: Move TARGETLIB and CFLAGS where makefile fragments + can override them. Add new source and object file names to CFILES + and OFILES respectively. + + * configure.in: Add support for SVR4 makefile fragments. + +Tue Oct 22 19:00:23 1991 Steve Chamberlain (steve at cygnus.com) + + * Makefile.in: Move RANLIB, AR and AR_FLAGS to where they can be + over-ridden by config/hmake-* + * configure.in: added m88kcvs to sysv list + +Fri Oct 4 01:29:08 1991 John Gilmore (gnu at cygnus.com) + + * Makefile.in: Most hosts need strerror, but one or two don't, + and they override these definitions in the host-dependent makefile + fragment. + * config/hmake-mach: The odd man out on strerror -- it's supplied. + * strerror.c: New file. + + * strtol.c, strtoul.c: Add strtol to libiberty, since Mach lacks + it and bfd uses it. + * configure.in, Makefile.in, config/hmake-mach: Only configure + strtol & strotoul in on Mach. + +Tue Sep 3 06:36:23 1991 John Gilmore (gnu at cygint.cygnus.com) + + * obstack.c: Merge with latest FSF version. + + +Local Variables: +version-control: never +End: diff --git a/libiberty/Makefile.in b/libiberty/Makefile.in new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..46874e12bf4 --- /dev/null +++ b/libiberty/Makefile.in @@ -0,0 +1,336 @@ +# +# Makefile +# Copyright (C) 1990, 91, 92, 93, 94, 95, 96, 1997 Free Software Foundation +# +# This file is part of the libiberty library. +# Libiberty is free software; you can redistribute it and/or +# modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public +# License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either +# version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. +# +# Libiberty is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, +# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU +# Library General Public License for more details. +# +# You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public +# License along with libiberty; see the file COPYING.LIB. If not, +# write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, +# Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. +# + +# This file was written, and is maintained by K. Richard Pixley +# <rich@cygnus.com>. + +# +# Makefile for libiberty directory +# + +srcdir = . + +prefix = /usr/local + +exec_prefix = $(prefix) +bindir = $(exec_prefix)/bin +libdir = $(exec_prefix)/lib + +datadir = $(prefix)/share + +mandir = $(prefix)/man +man1dir = $(mandir)/man1 +man2dir = $(mandir)/man2 +man3dir = $(mandir)/man3 +man4dir = $(mandir)/man4 +man5dir = $(mandir)/man5 +man6dir = $(mandir)/man6 +man7dir = $(mandir)/man7 +man8dir = $(mandir)/man8 +man9dir = $(mandir)/man9 +infodir = $(prefix)/info +includedir = $(prefix)/include + +SHELL = /bin/sh + +# Multilib support variables. +MULTISRCTOP = +MULTIBUILDTOP = +MULTIDIRS = +MULTISUBDIR = +MULTIDO = true +MULTICLEAN = true + +INSTALL = install -c +INSTALL_PROGRAM = $(INSTALL) +INSTALL_DATA = $(INSTALL) + +AR = ar +AR_FLAGS = rc + +ERRORS_CC = $(CC) +CC = cc +CFLAGS = -g +LIBCFLAGS = $(CFLAGS) +MAKEINFO = makeinfo +RANLIB = ranlib + +PICFLAG = + +MAKEOVERRIDES = + +TARGETLIB = libiberty.a + +CONFIG_H = lconfig.h +NEEDED_LIST = lneeded-list + +# HOST_OFILES contains the list of objects that should be in the +# library (in addition to the REQUIRED_OFILES and EXTRA_OFILES). +# A configuration may override this with a fixed list a object files +# names (hard to maintain), or some other way to generate a list. +HOST_OFILES=`cat needed-list` + +# Extra targets that the top-level target depends on. +# Specifically, what needs to be made before HOST_OFILES can be used. +# Can be empty if HOST_OFILES is just a list of file names. +DO_ALSO = needed-list + +# A configuration can specify extra .o files that should be included, +# even if they are in libc. (Perhaps the libc version is buggy.) +EXTRA_OFILES = + +# Flags to pass to a recursive make. +FLAGS_TO_PASS = \ + "AR=$(AR)" \ + "AR_FLAGS=$(AR_FLAGS)" \ + "CC=$(CC)" \ + "CFLAGS=$(CFLAGS)" \ + "LIBCFLAGS=$(LIBCFLAGS)" \ + "EXTRA_OFILES=$(EXTRA_OFILES)" \ + "HDEFINES=$(HDEFINES)" \ + "INSTALL=$(INSTALL)" \ + "INSTALL_DATA=$(INSTALL_DATA)" \ + "INSTALL_PROGRAM=$(INSTALL_PROGRAM)" \ + "LDFLAGS=$(LDFLAGS)" \ + "LOADLIBES=$(LOADLIBES)" \ + "PICFLAG=$(PICFLAG)" \ + "RANLIB=$(RANLIB)" \ + "SHELL=$(SHELL)" + +all: stamp-picdir $(TARGETLIB) required-list + @if [ "$(RULE1)" != "not-used" ]; then \ + $(MULTIDO) $(FLAGS_TO_PASS) multi-do DO=all; \ + else true; \ + fi + +.PHONY: check installcheck +check installcheck: + + +#### Host, target, and site specific Makefile fragments come in here. +### + +INCDIR=$(srcdir)/$(MULTISRCTOP)../include + +COMPILE.c = $(CC) -c $(LIBCFLAGS) -I. -I$(INCDIR) $(HDEFINES) +.c.o: + test -z "$(PICFLAG)" || \ + $(COMPILE.c) $(PICFLAG) $< -o pic/$@ + $(COMPILE.c) $< + +# The default target just invokes make recursively. +# However, the automatic configuration (in config/mh_default). +# first causes it to figure out the objects missing in libc. +info install-info clean-info dvi: + +# Include files that are in this directory. +HFILES = + +# NOTE: If you add new files to the library, add them to this list +# (alphabetical), and add them to REQUIRED_OFILES or 'functions.def'. +CFILES = alloca.c argv.c atexit.c basename.c bcmp.c bcopy.c bzero.c \ + choose-temp.c clock.c concat.c cplus-dem.c fdmatch.c fnmatch.c \ + getcwd.c getopt.c getopt1.c getpagesize.c getruntime.c \ + floatformat.c hex.c index.c insque.c \ + memchr.c memcmp.c memcpy.c memmove.c memset.c objalloc.c \ + obstack.c random.c rename.c rindex.c sigsetmask.c spaces.c \ + strcasecmp.c strncasecmp.c \ + strchr.c strdup.c strerror.c strrchr.c strsignal.c \ + strstr.c strtod.c strtol.c strtoul.c tmpnam.c \ + vasprintf.c vfork.c vfprintf.c vprintf.c vsprintf.c waitpid.c \ + xatexit.c xexit.c xmalloc.c xstrdup.c xstrerror.c +# These are always included in the library. +REQUIRED_OFILES = argv.o basename.o choose-temp.o concat.o cplus-dem.o \ + fdmatch.o fnmatch.o getopt.o getopt1.o getruntime.o hex.o \ + floatformat.o objalloc.o obstack.o pexecute.o spaces.o strerror.o \ + strsignal.o xatexit.o xexit.o xmalloc.o xstrdup.o xstrerror.o + +# Do we want/need any config overrides? +# + +STAGESTUFF = $(TARGETLIB) *.o + +INSTALL_DEST = libdir +install: install_to_$(INSTALL_DEST) + +install_to_libdir: all + $(INSTALL_DATA) $(TARGETLIB) $(libdir)/$(TARGETLIB).n + ( cd $(libdir) ; $(RANLIB) $(libdir)/$(TARGETLIB).n ) + mv -f $(libdir)/$(TARGETLIB).n $(libdir)$(MULTISUBDIR)/$(TARGETLIB) + @$(MULTIDO) $(FLAGS_TO_PASS) multi-do DO=install + +install_to_tooldir: all + $(INSTALL_DATA) $(TARGETLIB) $(tooldir)/lib/$(TARGETLIB).n + ( cd $(tooldir) ; $(RANLIB) $(tooldir)/lib/$(TARGETLIB).n ) + mv -f $(tooldir)/lib/$(TARGETLIB).n $(tooldir)/lib$(MULTISUBDIR)/$(TARGETLIB) + @$(MULTIDO) $(FLAGS_TO_PASS) multi-do DO=install + +# The default configuration adds to libiberty all those functions that are +# missing in libc. More precisely, it includes whatever $(CC) fails to find. +# Then a sed+awk combination translates the ld error messages into +# a list of .o files. + +stamp-needed: stamp-picdir $(NEEDED_LIST) + cp $(NEEDED_LIST) needed-tmp + $(SHELL) $(srcdir)/../move-if-change needed-tmp needed-list + touch stamp-needed + +needed-list: stamp-needed ; @true + +lneeded-list: $(EXTRA_OFILES) needed.awk errors + rm -f lneeded-list + f=""; \ + for i in `awk -f needed.awk <errors` $(EXTRA_OFILES) ; do \ + case " $$f " in \ + *" $$i "*) ;; \ + *) f="$$f $$i" ;; \ + esac ; \ + done ; \ + case $$f in \ + *alloca.o*) f="$$f xmalloc.o xexit.o" ;; \ + esac ; \ + echo $$f >>lneeded-list + +# Generate an awk script that looks for functions in functions.def + +needed.awk: $(srcdir)/functions.def Makefile + echo "# !Automatically generated from $(srcdir)/functions.def"\ + "- DO NOT EDIT!" >needed.awk + grep '^DEF(' < $(srcdir)/functions.def \ + | sed -e '/DEF/s|DEF.\([^,]*\).*|/\1/ { printf "\1.o " }|' \ + >>needed.awk + +stamp-config: $(CONFIG_H) + cp $(CONFIG_H) config.tmp + $(SHELL) $(srcdir)/../move-if-change config.tmp config.h + touch stamp-config + +config.h: stamp-config ; @true + +lconfig.h: needed2.awk errors + echo "/* !Automatically generated from $(srcdir)/functions.def"\ + "- DO NOT EDIT! */" >lconfig.h + awk -f needed2.awk <errors >>lconfig.h + +# Generate an awk script that looks for variables in functions.def + +needed2.awk: $(srcdir)/functions.def Makefile + echo "# !Automatically generated from $(srcdir)/functions.def"\ + "- DO NOT EDIT!" >needed2.awk + grep '^DEFVAR(' < $(srcdir)/functions.def \ + | sed -e '/DEFVAR/s|DEFVAR.\([^,]*\).*|/\1/ { printf "#ifndef NEED_\1\\n#define NEED_\1\\n#endif\\n" }|' \ + >>needed2.awk + grep '^DEFFUNC(' < $(srcdir)/functions.def \ + | sed -e '/DEFFUNC/s|DEFFUNC.\([^,]*\).*|/\1/ { printf "#ifndef NEED_\1\\n#define NEED_\1\\n#endif\\n" }|' \ + >>needed2.awk + +dummy.o: $(srcdir)/dummy.c $(srcdir)/functions.def + $(CC) -c $(CFLAGS) -I. -I$(INCDIR) $(HDEFINES) $(srcdir)/dummy.c 2>/dev/null + +errors: dummy.o $(EXTRA_OFILES) + -($(ERRORS_CC) -o dummy $(CFLAGS) $(LDFLAGS) $(ERRORS_LDFLAGS) dummy.o $(EXTRA_OFILES) $(LOADLIBES)) >errors 2>&1 || true + +# required-list is used when building a shared bfd/opcodes/libiberty library. +required-list: Makefile + echo $(REQUIRED_OFILES) > required-list + +$(HOST_OFILES) $(REQUIRED_OFILES) : config.h + +RULE1 = $(TARGETLIB) +$(RULE1): $(REQUIRED_OFILES) $(DO_ALSO) .always. + @$(MAKE) RULE1=not-used RULE2=$(TARGETLIB) $(FLAGS_TO_PASS) \ + "HOST_OFILES=$(HOST_OFILES)" + +# Rule invoked by recursive make in $(RULE1). +RULE2 = not-used +$(RULE2): $(REQUIRED_OFILES) $(HOST_OFILES) + rm -rf $(TARGETLIB) + $(AR) $(AR_FLAGS) $(TARGETLIB) \ + $(REQUIRED_OFILES) $(HOST_OFILES) + $(RANLIB) $(TARGETLIB) + +stamp-picdir: + if [ -n "$(PICFLAG)" ] && [ ! -d pic ]; then \ + mkdir pic; \ + else true; fi + touch stamp-picdir + +.always.: +# Do nothing. + +.PHONY: all etags tags ls clean stage1 stage2 .always. + +etags tags: TAGS + +TAGS: $(CFILES) $(HFILES) + etags `for i in $(HFILES) $(CFILES); do echo $(srcdir)/$$i ; done` + +# The standalone demangler (c++filt) has been moved to binutils. +demangle: + @echo "The standalone demangler, now named c++filt, is now" + @echo "a part of binutils." + @false + +ls: + @echo Makefile $(HFILES) $(CFILES) + +# Need to deal with profiled libraries, too. + +mostlyclean: + rm -rf *.o pic core errs \#* *.E a.out + rm -f needed.awk needed2.awk errors dummy needed-list config.h stamp-* + rm -f $(CONFIG_H) $(NEEDED_LIST) stamp-picdir + @$(MULTICLEAN) multi-clean DO=mostlyclean +clean: mostlyclean + rm -f *.a required-list tmpmulti.out + @$(MULTICLEAN) multi-clean DO=clean +distclean: clean + rm -f *~ Makefile config.status alloca-conf.h xhost-mkfrag TAGS multilib.out + @$(MULTICLEAN) multi-clean DO=distclean +maintainer-clean realclean: distclean + +force: + +Makefile: $(srcdir)/Makefile.in $(host_makefile_frag) $(target_makefile_frag) + $(SHELL) ./config.status + +argv.o: $(INCDIR)/libiberty.h +basename.o: $(INCDIR)/libiberty.h +concat.o: $(INCDIR)/libiberty.h +cplus-dem.o: $(INCDIR)/demangle.h +fdmatch.o: $(INCDIR)/libiberty.h +fnmatch.o: $(INCDIR)/fnmatch.h +getopt.o: $(INCDIR)/getopt.h +getopt1.o: $(INCDIR)/getopt.h +getruntime.o: $(INCDIR)/libiberty.h +hex.o: $(INCDIR)/libiberty.h +floatformat.o: $(INCDIR)/floatformat.h +objalloc.o: $(INCDIR)/objalloc.h +obstack.o: $(INCDIR)/obstack.h +pexecute.o: $(INCDIR)/libiberty.h +spaces.o: $(INCDIR)/libiberty.h +strerror.o: $(INCDIR)/libiberty.h +strsignal.o: $(INCDIR)/libiberty.h +xatexit.o: $(INCDIR)/libiberty.h +xexit.o: $(INCDIR)/libiberty.h +xmalloc.o: $(INCDIR)/libiberty.h +xstrdup.o: $(INCDIR)/libiberty.h +xstrerror.o: $(INCDIR)/libiberty.h diff --git a/libiberty/README b/libiberty/README new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..5081bbac196 --- /dev/null +++ b/libiberty/README @@ -0,0 +1,129 @@ +This directory contains the -liberty library of free software. +It is a collection of subroutines used by various GNU programs. +Current members include: + + getopt -- get options from command line + obstack -- stacks of arbitrarily-sized objects + strerror -- error message strings corresponding to errno + strtol -- string-to-long conversion + strtoul -- string-to-unsigned-long conversion + +We expect many of the GNU subroutines that are floating around to +eventually arrive here. + +To build the library, do: + + ./configure HOSTTYPE + make + +Please report bugs and fixes to "bug-gnu-utils@prep.ai.mit.edu". Thank you. + +ADDING A NEW FILE +================= + +There are two sets of files: Those that are "required" will be +included in the library for all configurations, while those +that are "optional" will be included in the library only if "needed." + +To add a new required file, edit Makefile to add the source file +name to CFILES and the object file to REQUIRED_OFILES. + +Adding a new optional file is more fragile. As a general rule, +an optional file will be included in the library if it provides +functionality missing in the "standard" C library. +For most hosts, the Makefile automatically figures out which +functionality is missing by compiling and linking a dummy test +program, and examining the error messages. + +So to get this to work, you should do the following: + +1) Select one function defined in the file you're adding. +For example, the getcwd function. +2) Add that function to the list in the file functions.def. +3) The name of the new file must be the same as the function +you've chosen with the .c suffix added. E.g. getcwd() must be +defined in getcwd.c. (The file can define other functions as well.) +4) In Makefile.in, add the name of the source file (e.g. getcwd.c) +to CFILES. + +The file you've added (e.g. getcwd.c) should compile and work +on all hosts where it is needed (e.g. not found when linking +the dummy.c program). It does not have to work or even +compile on hosts where it is not needed. + +HOW THE AUTOMATIC CONFIGURATION WORKS +===================================== + +The libiberty.a target (in RULE1) depends on $(DO_ALSO). +For normal configurations, DO_ALSO=needed-list. + +So needed-list is first made. The needed-list rule compiles +dummy.c. Because dummy.c includes functions.def, the +resulting object file will contain a call to each of the +optional functions (for simplicity assume each optional file +defines a single function). This object file will be linked +against the standard libraries (as defined by using $(CC) +and various flags). Any function missing will causes the +linker to emit an error message. We assume the name +of the missing function(s) are in the error message(s). +The awk script find-needed.awk has been generated from +functions.def. It is used to search the linker output +messages for words that match the functions listed in +functions.def. The list of functions found is written +on a single line to the file needed-list. + +After needed-list has been generated, the libiberty.a +target (in RULE1) just calls 'make' recursively. +It passes the contents of needed-list using the +definition (expanded) HOST_OFILES="`cat needed-list`". +It also tells the inferior 'make' to use RULE2. + +The inferior 'make' is very conventional: The main +rule is $(RULE2) (which is libiberty.a). It depends +on a list of object files: $(REQUIRED_OFILES) $(HOST_OFILES) +(and $(EXTRA_OFILES), which is usually empty). The superior +'make' passes in $(HOST_OFILES); the others are fixed +in the Makefile. + +ADDING A NEW CONFIGURATION +========================== + +On most hosts you should be able to use the scheme for automatically +figuring out which files are needed. In that case, you probably +don't need a special Makefile stub for that configuration. + +If the fully automatic scheme doesn't work, you may be able to get +by with defining EXTRA_OFILES in your Makefile stub. This is +a list of object file names that should be treated as required +for this configuration - they will be included in libiberty.a, +regardless of whatever might be in the C library. Moreover, +when the dummy.c program is linked, it will be linked with +$(EXTRA_OFILES). Therefore, if a function in functions.def +is defined by one of the EXTRA_OFILES, it will not be listed as +"needed". Thus if your hal9000 host needs a special implementation +of getcwd, you can just create hal9000-getcwd.c, and define: + EXTRA_OFILES=hal9000-getcwd.o +Or if you want to use the libiberty version of strstr(), +even though there is a version in the C library (it might be +buggy or slow), just define: + EXTRA_OFILES=strstr.o + +You can create a "manual" host configuration FOO with a file +config/mh-FOO. In it, the HOST_OFILES macro should explicitly +list that subset of the optional files that should be in the +library. You should also set: + DO_ALSO = +This overrides all of the magic needed to automatically +determine which files are "needed." However, keeping that list +up to date is another matter... + +HOW THE MANUAL CONFIGURATION WORKS +================================== + +This also uses a recursive make, but the superior make +does not do anything interesting - it just calls the +inferior make with HOST_OFILES defined as $(HOST_OFILES), +which is the list you created in your configuration. + +You probably don't want to depend on manual configuration, +because keeping the HOST_OFILES list up-to-date will be a pain. diff --git a/libiberty/alloca-botch.h b/libiberty/alloca-botch.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..c909573f58c --- /dev/null +++ b/libiberty/alloca-botch.h @@ -0,0 +1,5 @@ +/* RS/6000 AIX botched alloca and requires a pragma, which ordinary compilers + throw up about, so we have to put it in a specially-configured file. + Like this one. */ + +#pragma alloca diff --git a/libiberty/alloca-norm.h b/libiberty/alloca-norm.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..394a6533277 --- /dev/null +++ b/libiberty/alloca-norm.h @@ -0,0 +1,23 @@ +/* "Normal" configuration for alloca. */ + +#ifdef __GNUC__ +#define alloca __builtin_alloca +#else /* ! defined (__GNUC__) */ +#if defined (sparc) && defined (sun) +#include <alloca.h> +#ifdef __STDC__ +extern void *__builtin_alloca(); +#else /* ! defined (__STDC__) */ +extern char *__builtin_alloca(); /* Stupid include file doesn't declare it */ +#endif /* ! defined (__STDC__) */ +#else /* ! defined (sparc) || ! defined (sun) */ +#ifdef __STDC__ +PTR alloca (size_t); +#else /* ! defined (__STDC__) */ +PTR alloca (); /* must agree with functions.def */ +#endif /* ! defined (__STDC__) */ +#endif /* ! defined (sparc) || ! defined (sun) */ +#ifdef _WIN32 +#include <malloc.h> +#endif +#endif /* ! defined (__GNUC__) */ diff --git a/libiberty/alloca.c b/libiberty/alloca.c new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..911d42fcb8c --- /dev/null +++ b/libiberty/alloca.c @@ -0,0 +1,479 @@ +/* alloca.c -- allocate automatically reclaimed memory + (Mostly) portable public-domain implementation -- D A Gwyn + + This implementation of the PWB library alloca function, + which is used to allocate space off the run-time stack so + that it is automatically reclaimed upon procedure exit, + was inspired by discussions with J. Q. Johnson of Cornell. + J.Otto Tennant <jot@cray.com> contributed the Cray support. + + There are some preprocessor constants that can + be defined when compiling for your specific system, for + improved efficiency; however, the defaults should be okay. + + The general concept of this implementation is to keep + track of all alloca-allocated blocks, and reclaim any + that are found to be deeper in the stack than the current + invocation. This heuristic does not reclaim storage as + soon as it becomes invalid, but it will do so eventually. + + As a special case, alloca(0) reclaims storage without + allocating any. It is a good idea to use alloca(0) in + your main control loop, etc. to force garbage collection. */ + +#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H +#include "config.h" +#endif + +/* If compiling with GCC, this file's not needed. */ +#ifndef alloca + +#ifdef emacs +#ifdef static +/* actually, only want this if static is defined as "" + -- this is for usg, in which emacs must undefine static + in order to make unexec workable + */ +#ifndef STACK_DIRECTION +you +lose +-- must know STACK_DIRECTION at compile-time +#endif /* STACK_DIRECTION undefined */ +#endif /* static */ +#endif /* emacs */ + +/* If your stack is a linked list of frames, you have to + provide an "address metric" ADDRESS_FUNCTION macro. */ + +#if defined (CRAY) && defined (CRAY_STACKSEG_END) +long i00afunc (); +#define ADDRESS_FUNCTION(arg) (char *) i00afunc (&(arg)) +#else +#define ADDRESS_FUNCTION(arg) &(arg) +#endif + +#if __STDC__ +#include <stddef.h> +typedef void *pointer; +#else +typedef char *pointer; +typedef unsigned size_t; +#endif + +#ifndef NULL +#define NULL 0 +#endif + +/* Different portions of Emacs need to call different versions of + malloc. The Emacs executable needs alloca to call xmalloc, because + ordinary malloc isn't protected from input signals. On the other + hand, the utilities in lib-src need alloca to call malloc; some of + them are very simple, and don't have an xmalloc routine. + + Non-Emacs programs expect this to call use xmalloc. + + Callers below should use malloc. */ + +#ifndef emacs +#define malloc xmalloc +extern pointer xmalloc (); +#endif + +/* Define STACK_DIRECTION if you know the direction of stack + growth for your system; otherwise it will be automatically + deduced at run-time. + + STACK_DIRECTION > 0 => grows toward higher addresses + STACK_DIRECTION < 0 => grows toward lower addresses + STACK_DIRECTION = 0 => direction of growth unknown */ + +#ifndef STACK_DIRECTION +#define STACK_DIRECTION 0 /* Direction unknown. */ +#endif + +#if STACK_DIRECTION != 0 + +#define STACK_DIR STACK_DIRECTION /* Known at compile-time. */ + +#else /* STACK_DIRECTION == 0; need run-time code. */ + +static int stack_dir; /* 1 or -1 once known. */ +#define STACK_DIR stack_dir + +static void +find_stack_direction () +{ + static char *addr = NULL; /* Address of first `dummy', once known. */ + auto char dummy; /* To get stack address. */ + + if (addr == NULL) + { /* Initial entry. */ + addr = ADDRESS_FUNCTION (dummy); + + find_stack_direction (); /* Recurse once. */ + } + else + { + /* Second entry. */ + if (ADDRESS_FUNCTION (dummy) > addr) + stack_dir = 1; /* Stack grew upward. */ + else + stack_dir = -1; /* Stack grew downward. */ + } +} + +#endif /* STACK_DIRECTION == 0 */ + +/* An "alloca header" is used to: + (a) chain together all alloca'ed blocks; + (b) keep track of stack depth. + + It is very important that sizeof(header) agree with malloc + alignment chunk size. The following default should work okay. */ + +#ifndef ALIGN_SIZE +#define ALIGN_SIZE sizeof(double) +#endif + +typedef union hdr +{ + char align[ALIGN_SIZE]; /* To force sizeof(header). */ + struct + { + union hdr *next; /* For chaining headers. */ + char *deep; /* For stack depth measure. */ + } h; +} header; + +static header *last_alloca_header = NULL; /* -> last alloca header. */ + +/* Return a pointer to at least SIZE bytes of storage, + which will be automatically reclaimed upon exit from + the procedure that called alloca. Originally, this space + was supposed to be taken from the current stack frame of the + caller, but that method cannot be made to work for some + implementations of C, for example under Gould's UTX/32. */ + +pointer +alloca (size) + size_t size; +{ + auto char probe; /* Probes stack depth: */ + register char *depth = ADDRESS_FUNCTION (probe); + +#if STACK_DIRECTION == 0 + if (STACK_DIR == 0) /* Unknown growth direction. */ + find_stack_direction (); +#endif + + /* Reclaim garbage, defined as all alloca'd storage that + was allocated from deeper in the stack than currently. */ + + { + register header *hp; /* Traverses linked list. */ + + for (hp = last_alloca_header; hp != NULL;) + if ((STACK_DIR > 0 && hp->h.deep > depth) + || (STACK_DIR < 0 && hp->h.deep < depth)) + { + register header *np = hp->h.next; + + free ((pointer) hp); /* Collect garbage. */ + + hp = np; /* -> next header. */ + } + else + break; /* Rest are not deeper. */ + + last_alloca_header = hp; /* -> last valid storage. */ + } + + if (size == 0) + return NULL; /* No allocation required. */ + + /* Allocate combined header + user data storage. */ + + { + register pointer new = malloc (sizeof (header) + size); + /* Address of header. */ + + ((header *) new)->h.next = last_alloca_header; + ((header *) new)->h.deep = depth; + + last_alloca_header = (header *) new; + + /* User storage begins just after header. */ + + return (pointer) ((char *) new + sizeof (header)); + } +} + +#if defined (CRAY) && defined (CRAY_STACKSEG_END) + +#ifdef DEBUG_I00AFUNC +#include <stdio.h> +#endif + +#ifndef CRAY_STACK +#define CRAY_STACK +#ifndef CRAY2 +/* Stack structures for CRAY-1, CRAY X-MP, and CRAY Y-MP */ +struct stack_control_header + { + long shgrow:32; /* Number of times stack has grown. */ + long shaseg:32; /* Size of increments to stack. */ + long shhwm:32; /* High water mark of stack. */ + long shsize:32; /* Current size of stack (all segments). */ + }; + +/* The stack segment linkage control information occurs at + the high-address end of a stack segment. (The stack + grows from low addresses to high addresses.) The initial + part of the stack segment linkage control information is + 0200 (octal) words. This provides for register storage + for the routine which overflows the stack. */ + +struct stack_segment_linkage + { + long ss[0200]; /* 0200 overflow words. */ + long sssize:32; /* Number of words in this segment. */ + long ssbase:32; /* Offset to stack base. */ + long:32; + long sspseg:32; /* Offset to linkage control of previous + segment of stack. */ + long:32; + long sstcpt:32; /* Pointer to task common address block. */ + long sscsnm; /* Private control structure number for + microtasking. */ + long ssusr1; /* Reserved for user. */ + long ssusr2; /* Reserved for user. */ + long sstpid; /* Process ID for pid based multi-tasking. */ + long ssgvup; /* Pointer to multitasking thread giveup. */ + long sscray[7]; /* Reserved for Cray Research. */ + long ssa0; + long ssa1; + long ssa2; + long ssa3; + long ssa4; + long ssa5; + long ssa6; + long ssa7; + long sss0; + long sss1; + long sss2; + long sss3; + long sss4; + long sss5; + long sss6; + long sss7; + }; + +#else /* CRAY2 */ +/* The following structure defines the vector of words + returned by the STKSTAT library routine. */ +struct stk_stat + { + long now; /* Current total stack size. */ + long maxc; /* Amount of contiguous space which would + be required to satisfy the maximum + stack demand to date. */ + long high_water; /* Stack high-water mark. */ + long overflows; /* Number of stack overflow ($STKOFEN) calls. */ + long hits; /* Number of internal buffer hits. */ + long extends; /* Number of block extensions. */ + long stko_mallocs; /* Block allocations by $STKOFEN. */ + long underflows; /* Number of stack underflow calls ($STKRETN). */ + long stko_free; /* Number of deallocations by $STKRETN. */ + long stkm_free; /* Number of deallocations by $STKMRET. */ + long segments; /* Current number of stack segments. */ + long maxs; /* Maximum number of stack segments so far. */ + long pad_size; /* Stack pad size. */ + long current_address; /* Current stack segment address. */ + long current_size; /* Current stack segment size. This + number is actually corrupted by STKSTAT to + include the fifteen word trailer area. */ + long initial_address; /* Address of initial segment. */ + long initial_size; /* Size of initial segment. */ + }; + +/* The following structure describes the data structure which trails + any stack segment. I think that the description in 'asdef' is + out of date. I only describe the parts that I am sure about. */ + +struct stk_trailer + { + long this_address; /* Address of this block. */ + long this_size; /* Size of this block (does not include + this trailer). */ + long unknown2; + long unknown3; + long link; /* Address of trailer block of previous + segment. */ + long unknown5; + long unknown6; + long unknown7; + long unknown8; + long unknown9; + long unknown10; + long unknown11; + long unknown12; + long unknown13; + long unknown14; + }; + +#endif /* CRAY2 */ +#endif /* not CRAY_STACK */ + +#ifdef CRAY2 +/* Determine a "stack measure" for an arbitrary ADDRESS. + I doubt that "lint" will like this much. */ + +static long +i00afunc (long *address) +{ + struct stk_stat status; + struct stk_trailer *trailer; + long *block, size; + long result = 0; + + /* We want to iterate through all of the segments. The first + step is to get the stack status structure. We could do this + more quickly and more directly, perhaps, by referencing the + $LM00 common block, but I know that this works. */ + + STKSTAT (&status); + + /* Set up the iteration. */ + + trailer = (struct stk_trailer *) (status.current_address + + status.current_size + - 15); + + /* There must be at least one stack segment. Therefore it is + a fatal error if "trailer" is null. */ + + if (trailer == 0) + abort (); + + /* Discard segments that do not contain our argument address. */ + + while (trailer != 0) + { + block = (long *) trailer->this_address; + size = trailer->this_size; + if (block == 0 || size == 0) + abort (); + trailer = (struct stk_trailer *) trailer->link; + if ((block <= address) && (address < (block + size))) + break; + } + + /* Set the result to the offset in this segment and add the sizes + of all predecessor segments. */ + + result = address - block; + + if (trailer == 0) + { + return result; + } + + do + { + if (trailer->this_size <= 0) + abort (); + result += trailer->this_size; + trailer = (struct stk_trailer *) trailer->link; + } + while (trailer != 0); + + /* We are done. Note that if you present a bogus address (one + not in any segment), you will get a different number back, formed + from subtracting the address of the first block. This is probably + not what you want. */ + + return (result); +} + +#else /* not CRAY2 */ +/* Stack address function for a CRAY-1, CRAY X-MP, or CRAY Y-MP. + Determine the number of the cell within the stack, + given the address of the cell. The purpose of this + routine is to linearize, in some sense, stack addresses + for alloca. */ + +static long +i00afunc (long address) +{ + long stkl = 0; + + long size, pseg, this_segment, stack; + long result = 0; + + struct stack_segment_linkage *ssptr; + + /* Register B67 contains the address of the end of the + current stack segment. If you (as a subprogram) store + your registers on the stack and find that you are past + the contents of B67, you have overflowed the segment. + + B67 also points to the stack segment linkage control + area, which is what we are really interested in. */ + + stkl = CRAY_STACKSEG_END (); + ssptr = (struct stack_segment_linkage *) stkl; + + /* If one subtracts 'size' from the end of the segment, + one has the address of the first word of the segment. + + If this is not the first segment, 'pseg' will be + nonzero. */ + + pseg = ssptr->sspseg; + size = ssptr->sssize; + + this_segment = stkl - size; + + /* It is possible that calling this routine itself caused + a stack overflow. Discard stack segments which do not + contain the target address. */ + + while (!(this_segment <= address && address <= stkl)) + { +#ifdef DEBUG_I00AFUNC + fprintf (stderr, "%011o %011o %011o\n", this_segment, address, stkl); +#endif + if (pseg == 0) + break; + stkl = stkl - pseg; + ssptr = (struct stack_segment_linkage *) stkl; + size = ssptr->sssize; + pseg = ssptr->sspseg; + this_segment = stkl - size; + } + + result = address - this_segment; + + /* If you subtract pseg from the current end of the stack, + you get the address of the previous stack segment's end. + This seems a little convoluted to me, but I'll bet you save + a cycle somewhere. */ + + while (pseg != 0) + { +#ifdef DEBUG_I00AFUNC + fprintf (stderr, "%011o %011o\n", pseg, size); +#endif + stkl = stkl - pseg; + ssptr = (struct stack_segment_linkage *) stkl; + size = ssptr->sssize; + pseg = ssptr->sspseg; + result += size; + } + return (result); +} + +#endif /* not CRAY2 */ +#endif /* CRAY */ + +#endif /* no alloca */ diff --git a/libiberty/argv.c b/libiberty/argv.c new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..60694f919bb --- /dev/null +++ b/libiberty/argv.c @@ -0,0 +1,333 @@ +/* Create and destroy argument vectors (argv's) + Copyright (C) 1992 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + Written by Fred Fish @ Cygnus Support + +This file is part of the libiberty library. +Libiberty is free software; you can redistribute it and/or +modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public +License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either +version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + +Libiberty is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, +but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU +Library General Public License for more details. + +You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public +License along with libiberty; see the file COPYING.LIB. If +not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, +Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */ + + +/* Create and destroy argument vectors. An argument vector is simply an + array of string pointers, terminated by a NULL pointer. */ + +#include "ansidecl.h" +#include "libiberty.h" + +#ifdef isspace +#undef isspace +#endif +#define isspace(ch) ((ch) == ' ' || (ch) == '\t') + +/* Routines imported from standard C runtime libraries. */ + +#ifdef __STDC__ + +#include <stddef.h> +extern void *memcpy (void *s1, const void *s2, size_t n); /* 4.11.2.1 */ +extern size_t strlen (const char *s); /* 4.11.6.3 */ +extern void *malloc (size_t size); /* 4.10.3.3 */ +extern void *realloc (void *ptr, size_t size); /* 4.10.3.4 */ +extern void free (void *ptr); /* 4.10.3.2 */ +extern char *strdup (const char *s); /* Non-ANSI */ + +#else /* !__STDC__ */ + +#if !defined _WIN32 || defined __GNUC__ +extern char *memcpy (); /* Copy memory region */ +extern int strlen (); /* Count length of string */ +extern char *malloc (); /* Standard memory allocater */ +extern char *realloc (); /* Standard memory reallocator */ +extern void free (); /* Free malloc'd memory */ +extern char *strdup (); /* Duplicate a string */ +#endif + +#endif /* __STDC__ */ + +#include "alloca-conf.h" + +#ifndef NULL +#define NULL 0 +#endif + +#ifndef EOS +#define EOS '\0' +#endif + +#define INITIAL_MAXARGC 8 /* Number of args + NULL in initial argv */ + + +/* + +NAME + + freeargv -- free an argument vector + +SYNOPSIS + + void freeargv (vector) + char **vector; + +DESCRIPTION + + Free an argument vector that was built using buildargv. Simply scans + through the vector, freeing the memory for each argument until the + terminating NULL is found, and then frees the vector itself. + +RETURNS + + No value. + +*/ + +void freeargv (vector) +char **vector; +{ + register char **scan; + + if (vector != NULL) + { + for (scan = vector; *scan != NULL; scan++) + { + free (*scan); + } + free (vector); + } +} + +/* + +NAME + + buildargv -- build an argument vector from a string + +SYNOPSIS + + char **buildargv (sp) + char *sp; + +DESCRIPTION + + Given a pointer to a string, parse the string extracting fields + separated by whitespace and optionally enclosed within either single + or double quotes (which are stripped off), and build a vector of + pointers to copies of the string for each field. The input string + remains unchanged. + + All of the memory for the pointer array and copies of the string + is obtained from malloc. All of the memory can be returned to the + system with the single function call freeargv, which takes the + returned result of buildargv, as it's argument. + + The memory for the argv array is dynamically expanded as necessary. + +RETURNS + + Returns a pointer to the argument vector if successful. Returns NULL + if the input string pointer is NULL or if there is insufficient + memory to complete building the argument vector. + +NOTES + + In order to provide a working buffer for extracting arguments into, + with appropriate stripping of quotes and translation of backslash + sequences, we allocate a working buffer at least as long as the input + string. This ensures that we always have enough space in which to + work, since the extracted arg is never larger than the input string. + + If the input is a null string (as opposed to a NULL pointer), then + buildarg returns an argv that has one arg, a null string. + + Argv is always kept terminated with a NULL arg pointer, so it can + be passed to freeargv at any time, or returned, as appropriate. +*/ + +char **buildargv (input) +char *input; +{ + char *arg; + char *copybuf; + int squote = 0; + int dquote = 0; + int bsquote = 0; + int argc = 0; + int maxargc = 0; + char **argv = NULL; + char **nargv; + + if (input != NULL) + { + copybuf = alloca (strlen (input) + 1); + /* Is a do{}while to always execute the loop once. Always return an + argv, even for null strings. See NOTES above, test case below. */ + do + { + /* Pick off argv[argc] */ + while (isspace (*input)) + { + input++; + } + if ((maxargc == 0) || (argc >= (maxargc - 1))) + { + /* argv needs initialization, or expansion */ + if (argv == NULL) + { + maxargc = INITIAL_MAXARGC; + nargv = (char **) malloc (maxargc * sizeof (char *)); + } + else + { + maxargc *= 2; + nargv = (char **) realloc (argv, maxargc * sizeof (char *)); + } + if (nargv == NULL) + { + if (argv != NULL) + { + freeargv (argv); + argv = NULL; + } + break; + } + argv = nargv; + argv[argc] = NULL; + } + /* Begin scanning arg */ + arg = copybuf; + while (*input != EOS) + { + if (isspace (*input) && !squote && !dquote && !bsquote) + { + break; + } + else + { + if (bsquote) + { + bsquote = 0; + *arg++ = *input; + } + else if (*input == '\\') + { + bsquote = 1; + } + else if (squote) + { + if (*input == '\'') + { + squote = 0; + } + else + { + *arg++ = *input; + } + } + else if (dquote) + { + if (*input == '"') + { + dquote = 0; + } + else + { + *arg++ = *input; + } + } + else + { + if (*input == '\'') + { + squote = 1; + } + else if (*input == '"') + { + dquote = 1; + } + else + { + *arg++ = *input; + } + } + input++; + } + } + *arg = EOS; + argv[argc] = strdup (copybuf); + if (argv[argc] == NULL) + { + freeargv (argv); + argv = NULL; + break; + } + argc++; + argv[argc] = NULL; + + while (isspace (*input)) + { + input++; + } + } + while (*input != EOS); + } + return (argv); +} + +#ifdef MAIN + +/* Simple little test driver. */ + +static char *tests[] = +{ + "a simple command line", + "arg 'foo' is single quoted", + "arg \"bar\" is double quoted", + "arg \"foo bar\" has embedded whitespace", + "arg 'Jack said \\'hi\\'' has single quotes", + "arg 'Jack said \\\"hi\\\"' has double quotes", + "a b c d e f g h i j k l m n o p q r s t u v w x y z 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9", + + /* This should be expanded into only one argument. */ + "trailing-whitespace ", + + "", + NULL +}; + +main () +{ + char **argv; + char **test; + char **targs; + + for (test = tests; *test != NULL; test++) + { + printf ("buildargv(\"%s\")\n", *test); + if ((argv = buildargv (*test)) == NULL) + { + printf ("failed!\n\n"); + } + else + { + for (targs = argv; *targs != NULL; targs++) + { + printf ("\t\"%s\"\n", *targs); + } + printf ("\n"); + } + freeargv (argv); + } + +} + +#endif /* MAIN */ diff --git a/libiberty/atexit.c b/libiberty/atexit.c new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..4463cb69501 --- /dev/null +++ b/libiberty/atexit.c @@ -0,0 +1,14 @@ +/* Wrapper to implement ANSI C's atexit using SunOS's on_exit. */ +/* This function is in the public domain. --Mike Stump. */ + +#ifndef NEED_on_exit +int +atexit(f) + void (*f)(); +{ + /* If the system doesn't provide a definition for atexit, use on_exit + if the system provides that. */ + on_exit (f, 0); + return 0; +} +#endif diff --git a/libiberty/basename.c b/libiberty/basename.c new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..689b0c2d39a --- /dev/null +++ b/libiberty/basename.c @@ -0,0 +1,43 @@ +/* Return the basename of a pathname. + This file is in the public domain. */ + +/* +NAME + basename -- return pointer to last component of a pathname + +SYNOPSIS + char *basename (const char *name) + +DESCRIPTION + Given a pointer to a string containing a typical pathname + (/usr/src/cmd/ls/ls.c for example), returns a pointer to the + last component of the pathname ("ls.c" in this case). + +BUGS + Presumes a UNIX style path with UNIX style separators. +*/ + +#include "ansidecl.h" +#include "libiberty.h" + +#include "config.h" + +#ifdef NEED_basename + +char * +basename (name) + const char *name; +{ + const char *base = name; + + while (*name) + { + if (*name++ == '/') + { + base = name; + } + } + return (char *) base; +} + +#endif diff --git a/libiberty/bcmp.c b/libiberty/bcmp.c new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..11e4417db15 --- /dev/null +++ b/libiberty/bcmp.c @@ -0,0 +1,49 @@ +/* bcmp + This function is in the public domain. */ + +/* + +NAME + + bcmp -- compare two memory regions + +SYNOPSIS + + int bcmp (char *from, char *to, int count) + +DESCRIPTION + + Compare two memory regions and return zero if they are identical, + non-zero otherwise. If count is zero, return zero. + +NOTES + + No guarantee is made about the non-zero returned value. In + particular, the results may be signficantly different than + strcmp(), where the return value is guaranteed to be less than, + equal to, or greater than zero, according to lexicographical + sorting of the compared regions. + +BUGS + +*/ + + +int +bcmp (from, to, count) + char *from, *to; + int count; +{ + int rtnval = 0; + + while (count-- > 0) + { + if (*from++ != *to++) + { + rtnval = 1; + break; + } + } + return (rtnval); +} + diff --git a/libiberty/bcopy.c b/libiberty/bcopy.c new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..b655363d879 --- /dev/null +++ b/libiberty/bcopy.c @@ -0,0 +1,35 @@ +/* bcopy -- copy memory regions of arbitary length + +NAME + bcopy -- copy memory regions of arbitrary length + +SYNOPSIS + void bcopy (char *in, char *out, int length) + +DESCRIPTION + Copy LENGTH bytes from memory region pointed to by IN to memory + region pointed to by OUT. + +BUGS + Significant speed improvements can be made in some cases by + implementing copies of multiple bytes simultaneously, or unrolling + the copy loop. + +*/ + +void +bcopy (src, dest, len) + register char *src, *dest; + int len; +{ + if (dest < src) + while (len--) + *dest++ = *src++; + else + { + char *lasts = src + (len-1); + char *lastd = dest + (len-1); + while (len--) + *(char *)lastd-- = *(char *)lasts--; + } +} diff --git a/libiberty/bzero.c b/libiberty/bzero.c new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..d01644b7f4b --- /dev/null +++ b/libiberty/bzero.c @@ -0,0 +1,31 @@ +/* Portable version of bzero for systems without it. + This function is in the public domain. */ + +/* +NAME + bzero -- zero the contents of a specified memory region + +SYNOPSIS + void bzero (char *to, int count) + +DESCRIPTION + Zero COUNT bytes of memory pointed to by TO. + +BUGS + Significant speed enhancements may be made in some environments + by zeroing more than a single byte at a time, or by unrolling the + loop. + +*/ + + +void +bzero (to, count) + char *to; + int count; +{ + while (count-- > 0) + { + *to++ = 0; + } +} diff --git a/libiberty/choose-temp.c b/libiberty/choose-temp.c new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..798de4822a5 --- /dev/null +++ b/libiberty/choose-temp.c @@ -0,0 +1,147 @@ +/* Utility to pick a temporary filename prefix. + Copyright (C) 1996 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + +This file is part of the libiberty library. +Libiberty is free software; you can redistribute it and/or +modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public +License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either +version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + +Libiberty is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, +but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU +Library General Public License for more details. + +You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public +License along with libiberty; see the file COPYING.LIB. If not, +write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, +Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */ + +/* This file exports one function: choose_temp_base. */ + +/* This file lives in at least two places: libiberty and gcc. + Don't change one without the other. */ + +#ifndef NO_SYS_FILE_H +#include <sys/types.h> +#include <sys/file.h> /* May get R_OK, etc. on some systems. */ +#endif + +#ifndef R_OK +#define R_OK 4 +#define W_OK 2 +#define X_OK 1 +#endif + +#include <stdio.h> /* May get P_tmpdir. */ + +#ifdef IN_GCC +#include "config.h" +#include "gansidecl.h" +extern char *xmalloc (); +#else +#include "ansidecl.h" +#include "libiberty.h" +#if defined (__MSDOS__) || defined (_WIN32) +#define DIR_SEPARATOR '\\' +#endif +#endif + +#ifndef DIR_SEPARATOR +#define DIR_SEPARATOR '/' +#endif + +/* On MSDOS, write temp files in current dir + because there's no place else we can expect to use. */ +/* ??? Although the current directory is tried as a last resort, + this is left in so that on MSDOS it is prefered to /tmp on the + off chance that someone requires this, since that was the previous + behaviour. */ +#ifdef __MSDOS__ +#ifndef P_tmpdir +#define P_tmpdir "." +#endif +#endif + +/* Name of temporary file. + mktemp requires 6 trailing X's. */ +#define TEMP_FILE "ccXXXXXX" + +/* Subroutine of choose_temp_base. + If BASE is non-NULL, returh it. + Otherwise it checks if DIR is a usable directory. + If success, DIR is returned. + Otherwise NULL is returned. */ + +static char * +try (dir, base) + char *dir, *base; +{ + if (base != 0) + return base; + if (dir != 0 + && access (dir, R_OK | W_OK | X_OK) == 0) + return dir; + return 0; +} + +/* Return a prefix for temporary file names or NULL if unable to find one. + The current directory is chosen if all else fails so the program is + exited if a temporary directory can't be found (mktemp fails). + The buffer for the result is obtained with xmalloc. */ + +char * +choose_temp_base () +{ + char *base = 0; + char *temp_filename; + int len; + static char tmp[] = { DIR_SEPARATOR, 't', 'm', 'p', 0 }; + static char usrtmp[] = { DIR_SEPARATOR, 'u', 's', 'r', DIR_SEPARATOR, 't', 'm', 'p', 0 }; + +#ifndef MPW + base = try (getenv ("TMPDIR"), base); + base = try (getenv ("TMP"), base); + base = try (getenv ("TEMP"), base); + +#ifdef P_tmpdir + base = try (P_tmpdir, base); +#endif + + /* Try /usr/tmp, then /tmp. */ + base = try (usrtmp, base); + base = try (tmp, base); + + /* If all else fails, use the current directory! */ + if (base == 0) +#ifdef VMS + base = "["; +#else + base = "."; +#endif + +#else /* MPW */ + base = ":"; +#endif + + len = strlen (base); + temp_filename = xmalloc (len + 1 /*DIR_SEPARATOR*/ + + strlen (TEMP_FILE) + 1); + strcpy (temp_filename, base); + +#ifndef MPW + if (len != 0 + && temp_filename[len-1] != '/' + && temp_filename[len-1] != DIR_SEPARATOR) + temp_filename[len++] = DIR_SEPARATOR; +#else /* MPW */ + if (temp_filename[len-1] != ':') + temp_filename[len++] = ':'; +#endif /* MPW */ + strcpy (temp_filename + len, TEMP_FILE); + + mktemp (temp_filename); + if (strlen (temp_filename) == 0) + abort (); + return temp_filename; +} diff --git a/libiberty/clock.c b/libiberty/clock.c new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..b60de1657a4 --- /dev/null +++ b/libiberty/clock.c @@ -0,0 +1,73 @@ +/* ANSI-compatible clock function. + Copyright (C) 1994, 1995 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + +This file is part of the libiberty library. This library is free +software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the +terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the +Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) +any later version. + +This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, +but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the +GNU General Public License for more details. + +You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License +along with GNU CC; see the file COPYING. If not, write to +the Free Software Foundation, 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. + +As a special exception, if you link this library with files +compiled with a GNU compiler to produce an executable, this does not cause +the resulting executable to be covered by the GNU General Public License. +This exception does not however invalidate any other reasons why +the executable file might be covered by the GNU General Public License. */ + +#ifdef HAVE_GETRUSAGE +#include <sys/time.h> +#include <sys/resource.h> +#endif + +#ifdef HAVE_TIMES +#ifndef NO_SYS_PARAM_H +#include <sys/param.h> +#endif +#include <sys/times.h> +#endif + +/* FIXME: should be able to declare as clock_t. */ + +long +clock () +{ +#ifdef HAVE_GETRUSAGE + struct rusage rusage; + + getrusage (0, &rusage); + return (rusage.ru_utime.tv_sec * 1000000 + rusage.ru_utime.tv_usec + + rusage.ru_stime.tv_sec * 1000000 + rusage.ru_stime.tv_usec); +#else +#ifdef HAVE_TIMES + struct tms tms; + + times (&tms); + return (tms.tms_utime + tms.tms_stime) * (1000000 / HZ); +#else +#ifdef VMS + struct + { + int proc_user_time; + int proc_system_time; + int child_user_time; + int child_system_time; + } vms_times; + + times (&vms_times); + return (vms_times.proc_user_time + vms_times.proc_system_time) * 10000; +#else + /* A fallback, if nothing else available. */ + return 0; +#endif /* VMS */ +#endif /* HAVE_TIMES */ +#endif /* HAVE_GETRUSAGE */ +} + diff --git a/libiberty/concat.c b/libiberty/concat.c new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..5b132c85764 --- /dev/null +++ b/libiberty/concat.c @@ -0,0 +1,167 @@ +/* Concatenate variable number of strings. + Copyright (C) 1991, 1994 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + Written by Fred Fish @ Cygnus Support + +This file is part of the libiberty library. +Libiberty is free software; you can redistribute it and/or +modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public +License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either +version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + +Libiberty is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, +but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU +Library General Public License for more details. + +You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public +License along with libiberty; see the file COPYING.LIB. If +not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, +Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */ + + +/* + +NAME + + concat -- concatenate a variable number of strings + +SYNOPSIS + + #include <varargs.h> + + char *concat (s1, s2, s3, ..., NULL) + +DESCRIPTION + + Concatenate a variable number of strings and return the result + in freshly malloc'd memory. + + Returns NULL if insufficient memory is available. The argument + list is terminated by the first NULL pointer encountered. Pointers + to empty strings are ignored. + +NOTES + + This function uses xmalloc() which is expected to be a front end + function to malloc() that deals with low memory situations. In + typical use, if malloc() returns NULL then xmalloc() diverts to an + error handler routine which never returns, and thus xmalloc will + never return a NULL pointer. If the client application wishes to + deal with low memory situations itself, it should supply an xmalloc + that just directly invokes malloc and blindly returns whatever + malloc returns. +*/ + + +#include "ansidecl.h" +#include "libiberty.h" + +#ifdef ANSI_PROTOTYPES +#include <stdarg.h> +#else +#include <varargs.h> +#endif + +#ifdef __STDC__ +#include <stddef.h> +extern size_t strlen (const char *s); +#else +extern int strlen (); +#endif + +#define NULLP (char *)0 + +/* VARARGS */ +#ifdef ANSI_PROTOTYPES +char * +concat (const char *first, ...) +#else +char * +concat (va_alist) + va_dcl +#endif +{ + register int length; + register char *newstr; + register char *end; + register const char *arg; + va_list args; +#ifndef ANSI_PROTOTYPES + const char *first; +#endif + + /* First compute the size of the result and get sufficient memory. */ + +#ifdef ANSI_PROTOTYPES + va_start (args, first); +#else + va_start (args); + first = va_arg (args, const char *); +#endif + + if (first == NULLP) + length = 0; + else + { + length = strlen (first); + while ((arg = va_arg (args, const char *)) != NULLP) + { + length += strlen (arg); + } + } + newstr = (char *) xmalloc (length + 1); + va_end (args); + + /* Now copy the individual pieces to the result string. */ + + if (newstr != NULLP) + { +#ifdef ANSI_PROTOTYPES + va_start (args, first); +#else + va_start (args); + first = va_arg (args, const char *); +#endif + end = newstr; + if (first != NULLP) + { + arg = first; + while (*arg) + { + *end++ = *arg++; + } + while ((arg = va_arg (args, const char *)) != NULLP) + { + while (*arg) + { + *end++ = *arg++; + } + } + } + *end = '\000'; + va_end (args); + } + + return (newstr); +} + +#ifdef MAIN + +/* Simple little test driver. */ + +#include <stdio.h> + +int +main () +{ + printf ("\"\" = \"%s\"\n", concat (NULLP)); + printf ("\"a\" = \"%s\"\n", concat ("a", NULLP)); + printf ("\"ab\" = \"%s\"\n", concat ("a", "b", NULLP)); + printf ("\"abc\" = \"%s\"\n", concat ("a", "b", "c", NULLP)); + printf ("\"abcd\" = \"%s\"\n", concat ("ab", "cd", NULLP)); + printf ("\"abcde\" = \"%s\"\n", concat ("ab", "c", "de", NULLP)); + printf ("\"abcdef\" = \"%s\"\n", concat ("", "a", "", "bcd", "ef", NULLP)); + return 0; +} + +#endif diff --git a/libiberty/config.h-vms b/libiberty/config.h-vms new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..ccac6a2bcc7 --- /dev/null +++ b/libiberty/config.h-vms @@ -0,0 +1,13 @@ +#ifndef NEED_strerror +#define NEED_strerror +#endif +#ifndef NEED_basename +#define NEED_basename +#endif +#ifndef NEED_psignal +#define NEED_psignal +#endif +#ifndef NEED_on_exit +#define NEED_on_exit +#endif + diff --git a/libiberty/config.table b/libiberty/config.table new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..dba783b489f --- /dev/null +++ b/libiberty/config.table @@ -0,0 +1,69 @@ +case "${host}" in + rs6000-ibm-aix3.1 | rs6000-ibm-aix) + frag=mh-aix + files=${xsrcdir}alloca-botch.h ;; + *-ibm-aix*) files=${xsrcdir}alloca-botch.h ;; + arm-*-riscix*) frag=mh-riscix ;; + m68k-apollo-bsd*) frag=mh-a68bsd ;; + m68k-apollo-sysv*) frag=mh-apollo68 ;; + i[3456]86-ncr-sysv4*) frag=mh-ncr3000 ;; + *-*-cxux7*) frag=mh-cxux7 ;; + *-*-cygwin32) frag=mh-cygwin32 ;; + *-*-dgux*) frag=mh-sysv ;; + hppa*-hp-bsd*) frag=mh-hpbsd ;; + *-*-hpux*) frag=mh-hpux ;; + *-*-hiux*) frag=mh-hpux ;; + *-*-irix4*) frag=mh-irix4 ;; + *-*-irix*) frag=mh-sysv ;; + *-*-m88kbcs*) frag=mh-sysv ;; + *-*-solaris2*) frag=mh-sysv4 ;; + *-*-sysv4*) frag=mh-sysv4 ;; + *-*-sysv*) frag=mh-sysv ;; + *-*-go32) frag=mh-go32 ;; + i[345]86-*-windows*) frag=mh-windows ;; + + *-*-vxworks5*) + # VxWorks 5 needs special action, because the usual + # autoconfiguration scheme does not work. + frag=mt-vxworks5 + ;; +esac + +# Try to handle funky case of solaris 2 -> sun 4. +case "${host}" in + sparc-sun-sunos4.1.3) + if [ "${with_cross_host}" != "${host}" ] ; then + frag=mt-sunos4 + fi + ;; +esac + +frags=$frag + +# If they didn't specify --enable-shared, don't generate shared libs. +case "${enable_shared}" in + yes) shared=yes ;; + no) shared=no ;; + *) shared=yes ;; +esac +if [ "${shared}" = "yes" ]; then + case "${host}" in + hppa*-*-*) frags="${frags} ../../config/mh-papic" ;; + i[3456]86-*-*) frags="${frags} ../../config/mh-x86pic" ;; + *-*-*) frags="${frags} ../../config/mh-${host_cpu}pic" ;; + esac +fi + +echo "# Warning: this fragment is automatically generated" > temp-frag + +for frag in ${frags}; do + frag=${srcdir}/${xsrcdir}config/$frag + if [ -f ${frag} ]; then + echo "Appending ${frag} to xhost-mkfrag" + echo "# Following fragment copied from ${frag}" >> temp-frag + cat ${frag} >> temp-frag + fi +done + +frag=xhost-mkfrag +${config_shell} ${moveifchange} temp-frag xhost-mkfrag diff --git a/libiberty/config/mh-a68bsd b/libiberty/config/mh-a68bsd new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..3c5a237e60b --- /dev/null +++ b/libiberty/config/mh-a68bsd @@ -0,0 +1,2 @@ +RANLIB=ranlib +CC= cc -A ansi -A runtype,any -A systype,any -U__STDC__ diff --git a/libiberty/config/mh-aix b/libiberty/config/mh-aix new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..c7b848d976a --- /dev/null +++ b/libiberty/config/mh-aix @@ -0,0 +1,10 @@ +HDEFINES = -D__IEEE_BIG_ENDIAN +RANLIB=true +INSTALL=cp + +# Most releases of AIX 3.1 include an incorrect internal version of copysign +# in libc.a for use by some libc public functions including modf. The public +# version of copysign in libm.a is usable. For the sake of libg++ (which +# uses modf), we add copysign here. Supposedly, this problem is fixed in AIX +# 3.1.8 and above, including all releases of AIX 3.2. +EXTRA_OFILES = copysign.o diff --git a/libiberty/config/mh-apollo68 b/libiberty/config/mh-apollo68 new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..651770ce31c --- /dev/null +++ b/libiberty/config/mh-apollo68 @@ -0,0 +1,2 @@ +RANLIB=true +CC= cc -A ansi -A runtype,any -A systype,any -U__STDC__ diff --git a/libiberty/config/mh-cxux7 b/libiberty/config/mh-cxux7 new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..6d4d30bf46f --- /dev/null +++ b/libiberty/config/mh-cxux7 @@ -0,0 +1,3 @@ +HDEFINES = -DHAVE_SYSCONF -DHARRIS_FLOAT_FORMAT +RANLIB=true +INSTALL = cp diff --git a/libiberty/config/mh-cygwin32 b/libiberty/config/mh-cygwin32 new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..f45bdc8bad7 --- /dev/null +++ b/libiberty/config/mh-cygwin32 @@ -0,0 +1,2 @@ +HDEFINES=-DNEED_sys_siglist -DNEED_basename -DNEED_strsignal +EXTRA_OFILES=vasprintf.o random.o diff --git a/libiberty/config/mh-go32 b/libiberty/config/mh-go32 new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..919290ef539 --- /dev/null +++ b/libiberty/config/mh-go32 @@ -0,0 +1 @@ +HDEFINES=-DHAVE_GETRUSAGE diff --git a/libiberty/config/mh-hpbsd b/libiberty/config/mh-hpbsd new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..ce11dcd6ac9 --- /dev/null +++ b/libiberty/config/mh-hpbsd @@ -0,0 +1,2 @@ +# HPPA hosts using BSD +RANLIB=true diff --git a/libiberty/config/mh-irix4 b/libiberty/config/mh-irix4 new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..ace76782712 --- /dev/null +++ b/libiberty/config/mh-irix4 @@ -0,0 +1,4 @@ +CC = cc -cckr +RANLIB = true +INSTALL = cp +EXTRA_OFILES = alloca.o diff --git a/libiberty/config/mh-ncr3000 b/libiberty/config/mh-ncr3000 new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..3a45c22b128 --- /dev/null +++ b/libiberty/config/mh-ncr3000 @@ -0,0 +1,19 @@ +# Host configuration file for an NCR 3000 (i486/SVR4) system. + +# The NCR 3000 ships with a MetaWare compiler installed as /bin/cc. +# This compiler not only emits obnoxious copyright messages every time +# you run it, but it chokes and dies on a whole bunch of GNU source +# files. Default to using the AT&T compiler installed in /usr/ccs/ATT/cc. +# Unfortunately though, the AT&T compiler sometimes generates code that +# the assembler barfs on if -g is used, so disable it by default as well. +CC = /usr/ccs/ATT/cc +CFLAGS = + +RANLIB = true + +# The /usr/ucb/install program is incompatible (complains about unknown +# group staff). Use good old cp... +INSTALL = cp + +# The l flag generates a warning from the SVR4 archiver, remove it. +AR_FLAGS = cq diff --git a/libiberty/config/mh-riscix b/libiberty/config/mh-riscix new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..0209279de56 --- /dev/null +++ b/libiberty/config/mh-riscix @@ -0,0 +1,6 @@ +# The native linker only reports the first undefined symbol if linking with a +# shared library. So build using gcc and link statically (this requires +# gcc 2.6.0 or above). + +ERRORS_CC = gcc +ERRORS_LDFLAGS = -static diff --git a/libiberty/config/mh-sysv b/libiberty/config/mh-sysv new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..eb102d55010 --- /dev/null +++ b/libiberty/config/mh-sysv @@ -0,0 +1 @@ +RANLIB=true diff --git a/libiberty/config/mh-sysv4 b/libiberty/config/mh-sysv4 new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..4d1aa3cd61d --- /dev/null +++ b/libiberty/config/mh-sysv4 @@ -0,0 +1,3 @@ +HDEFINES = -DHAVE_SYSCONF +RANLIB=true +INSTALL = cp diff --git a/libiberty/config/mh-windows b/libiberty/config/mh-windows new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..f20c51f2191 --- /dev/null +++ b/libiberty/config/mh-windows @@ -0,0 +1,2 @@ +HDEFINES=-DNEED_basename -DNEED_sys_siglist -DNEED_strsignal -DNO_SYS_FILE_H +EXTRA_OFILES=strcasecmp.o vasprintf.o diff --git a/libiberty/config/mt-sunos4 b/libiberty/config/mt-sunos4 new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..c25baa6ead6 --- /dev/null +++ b/libiberty/config/mt-sunos4 @@ -0,0 +1,2 @@ +XTRAFLAGS = -isystem /s1/cygnus/dejagnu/sparc-sun-sunos4.1.3/include/ +LOADLIBES = -L/s1/cygnus/dejagnu/sparc-sun-sunos4.1.3/lib diff --git a/libiberty/config/mt-vxworks5 b/libiberty/config/mt-vxworks5 new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..916d69e5521 --- /dev/null +++ b/libiberty/config/mt-vxworks5 @@ -0,0 +1,28 @@ +# VxWorks 5.x target Makefile fragment. +# The autoconfiguration fails for a VxWorks target, because the +# libraries are actually on the target board, not in the file system. +# Therefore, we compute the dependencies by hand. + +HDEFINES = -DNO_SYS_PARAM_H -DNO_SYS_FILE_H +CONFIG_H = vxconfig.h +NEEDED_LIST = vxneeded-list + +vxconfig.h: Makefile + if [ -f ../newlib/Makefile ]; then \ + $(MAKE) $(FLAGS_TO_PASS) xconfig.h; \ + cp xconfig.h vxconfig.h; \ + else \ + echo "#define NEED_sys_nerr 1" >vxconfig.h; \ + echo "#define NEED_sys_errlist 1" >>vxconfig.h; \ + echo "#define NEED_sys_siglist 1" >>vxconfig.h; \ + echo "#define NEED_strsignal 1" >>vxconfig.h; \ + echo "#define NEED_psignal 1" >>vxconfig.h; \ + fi + +vxneeded-list: Makefile + if [ -f ../newlib/Makefile ]; then \ + $(MAKE) $(FLAGS_TO_PASS) xneeded-list; \ + cp xneeded-list vxneeded-list; \ + else \ + echo getopt.o getpagesize.o insque.o random.o strcasecmp.o strncasecmp.o strdup.o vfork.o waitpid.o vasprintf.o >vxneeded-list; \ + fi diff --git a/libiberty/configure.bat b/libiberty/configure.bat new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..ed33777174b --- /dev/null +++ b/libiberty/configure.bat @@ -0,0 +1,15 @@ +@echo off
+if "%1" == "h8/300" goto h8300
+
+echo Configuring libiberty for go32
+copy Makefile.dos Makefile
+echo #define NEED_sys_siglist 1 >> config.h
+echo #define NEED_psignal 1 >> config.h
+update alloca-normal.h alloca-conf.h
+goto exit
+
+:h8300
+echo Configuring libiberty for H8/300
+copy Makefile.dos Makefile
+
+:exit
diff --git a/libiberty/configure.in b/libiberty/configure.in new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..b0020d8bab4 --- /dev/null +++ b/libiberty/configure.in @@ -0,0 +1,66 @@ +# This file is a shell script fragment that supplies the information +# necessary for a configure script to process the program in +# this directory. For more information, look at ../configure. + +configdirs= +srctrigger=getopt1.c +srcname="-liberty library" + +# per-host: + +files="alloca-norm.h" +links="alloca-conf.h" + +. ${srcdir}/config.table +host_makefile_frag=${frag} + +# per-target: + +# post-target: + +# If this is the target libiberty, check at compile time whether we are using +# newlib. If we are, we already know the files we need, since the linker +# will fail when run on some of the newlib targets. +if [ -n "${with_target_subdir}" ] ; then + cat > Makefile.tem <<'!EOF!' +CONFIG_H = xconfig.h +NEEDED_LIST = xneeded-list + +xconfig.h: Makefile + if [ -f ../newlib/Makefile ]; then \ + echo "#define NEED_sys_nerr 1" >xconfig.h; \ + echo "#define NEED_sys_errlist 1" >>xconfig.h; \ + echo "#define NEED_sys_siglist 1" >>xconfig.h; \ + echo "#define NEED_strsignal 1" >>xconfig.h; \ + echo "#define NEED_psignal 1" >>xconfig.h; \ + else \ + $(MAKE) $(FLAGS_TO_PASS) lconfig.h; \ + cp lconfig.h xconfig.h; \ + fi + +xneeded-list: Makefile + if [ -f ../newlib/Makefile ]; then \ + echo insque.o random.o strdup.o alloca.o vasprintf.o >xneeded-list; \ + else \ + $(MAKE) $(FLAGS_TO_PASS) lneeded-list; \ + cp lneeded-list xneeded-list; \ + fi +!EOF! +sed -e "/^####/ r Makefile.tem" \ + -e '/INSTALL_DEST =/s/libdir/tooldir/' ${Makefile} > Makefile.tem3 +mv Makefile.tem3 ${Makefile} +rm -f Makefile.tem +fi + +# We need multilib support, but only if configuring for the target. +if [ -n "${with_target_subdir}" ] ; then + if [ "${srcdir}" = "." ] ; then + if [ "${with_target_subdir}" != "." ] ; then + . ${with_multisrctop}../../config-ml.in + else + . ${with_multisrctop}../config-ml.in + fi + else + . ${srcdir}/../config-ml.in + fi +fi diff --git a/libiberty/copysign.c b/libiberty/copysign.c new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..0b5f8c3d9df --- /dev/null +++ b/libiberty/copysign.c @@ -0,0 +1,140 @@ +#include <ansidecl.h> + +#ifdef __IEEE_BIG_ENDIAN + +typedef union +{ + double value; + struct + { + unsigned int sign : 1; + unsigned int exponent: 11; + unsigned int fraction0:4; + unsigned int fraction1:16; + unsigned int fraction2:16; + unsigned int fraction3:16; + + } number; + struct + { + unsigned int sign : 1; + unsigned int exponent: 11; + unsigned int quiet:1; + unsigned int function0:3; + unsigned int function1:16; + unsigned int function2:16; + unsigned int function3:16; + } nan; + struct + { + unsigned long msw; + unsigned long lsw; + } parts; + long aslong[2]; +} __ieee_double_shape_type; + +#endif + +#ifdef __IEEE_LITTLE_ENDIAN + +typedef union +{ + double value; + struct + { +#ifdef __SMALL_BITFIELDS + unsigned int fraction3:16; + unsigned int fraction2:16; + unsigned int fraction1:16; + unsigned int fraction0: 4; +#else + unsigned int fraction1:32; + unsigned int fraction0:20; +#endif + unsigned int exponent :11; + unsigned int sign : 1; + } number; + struct + { +#ifdef __SMALL_BITFIELDS + unsigned int function3:16; + unsigned int function2:16; + unsigned int function1:16; + unsigned int function0:3; +#else + unsigned int function1:32; + unsigned int function0:19; +#endif + unsigned int quiet:1; + unsigned int exponent: 11; + unsigned int sign : 1; + } nan; + struct + { + unsigned long lsw; + unsigned long msw; + } parts; + + long aslong[2]; + +} __ieee_double_shape_type; + +#endif + +#ifdef __IEEE_BIG_ENDIAN +typedef union +{ + float value; + struct + { + unsigned int sign : 1; + unsigned int exponent: 8; + unsigned int fraction0: 7; + unsigned int fraction1: 16; + } number; + struct + { + unsigned int sign:1; + unsigned int exponent:8; + unsigned int quiet:1; + unsigned int function0:6; + unsigned int function1:16; + } nan; + long p1; + +} __ieee_float_shape_type; +#endif + +#ifdef __IEEE_LITTLE_ENDIAN +typedef union +{ + float value; + struct + { + unsigned int fraction0: 7; + unsigned int fraction1: 16; + unsigned int exponent: 8; + unsigned int sign : 1; + } number; + struct + { + unsigned int function1:16; + unsigned int function0:6; + unsigned int quiet:1; + unsigned int exponent:8; + unsigned int sign:1; + } nan; + long p1; + +} __ieee_float_shape_type; +#endif + + +double DEFUN(copysign, (x, y), double x AND double y) +{ + __ieee_double_shape_type a,b; + b.value = y; + a.value = x; + a.number.sign =b.number.sign; + return a.value; +} diff --git a/libiberty/cplus-dem.c b/libiberty/cplus-dem.c new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..5794a5bb869 --- /dev/null +++ b/libiberty/cplus-dem.c @@ -0,0 +1,3087 @@ +/* Demangler for GNU C++ + Copyright 1989, 1991, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + Written by James Clark (jjc@jclark.uucp) + Rewritten by Fred Fish (fnf@cygnus.com) for ARM and Lucid demangling + +This file is part of the libiberty library. +Libiberty is free software; you can redistribute it and/or +modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public +License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either +version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + +Libiberty is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, +but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU +Library General Public License for more details. + +You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public +License along with libiberty; see the file COPYING.LIB. If +not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, +Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */ + +/* This file exports two functions; cplus_mangle_opname and cplus_demangle. + + This file imports xmalloc and xrealloc, which are like malloc and + realloc except that they generate a fatal error if there is no + available memory. */ + +/* This file lives in both GCC and libiberty. When making changes, please + try not to break either. */ + +#include <ctype.h> +#include <string.h> +#include <stdio.h> + +#include <demangle.h> +#undef CURRENT_DEMANGLING_STYLE +#define CURRENT_DEMANGLING_STYLE work->options + +extern char *xmalloc PARAMS((unsigned)); +extern char *xrealloc PARAMS((char *, unsigned)); + +static const char *mystrstr PARAMS ((const char *, const char *)); + +static const char * +mystrstr (s1, s2) + const char *s1, *s2; +{ + register const char *p = s1; + register int len = strlen (s2); + + for (; (p = strchr (p, *s2)) != 0; p++) + { + if (strncmp (p, s2, len) == 0) + { + return (p); + } + } + return (0); +} + +/* In order to allow a single demangler executable to demangle strings + using various common values of CPLUS_MARKER, as well as any specific + one set at compile time, we maintain a string containing all the + commonly used ones, and check to see if the marker we are looking for + is in that string. CPLUS_MARKER is usually '$' on systems where the + assembler can deal with that. Where the assembler can't, it's usually + '.' (but on many systems '.' is used for other things). We put the + current defined CPLUS_MARKER first (which defaults to '$'), followed + by the next most common value, followed by an explicit '$' in case + the value of CPLUS_MARKER is not '$'. + + We could avoid this if we could just get g++ to tell us what the actual + cplus marker character is as part of the debug information, perhaps by + ensuring that it is the character that terminates the gcc<n>_compiled + marker symbol (FIXME). */ + +#if !defined (CPLUS_MARKER) +#define CPLUS_MARKER '$' +#endif + +enum demangling_styles current_demangling_style = gnu_demangling; + +static char cplus_markers[] = { CPLUS_MARKER, '.', '$', '\0' }; + +void +set_cplus_marker_for_demangling (ch) + int ch; +{ + cplus_markers[0] = ch; +} + +/* Stuff that is shared between sub-routines. + Using a shared structure allows cplus_demangle to be reentrant. */ + +struct work_stuff +{ + int options; + char **typevec; + int ntypes; + int typevec_size; + int constructor; + int destructor; + int static_type; /* A static member function */ + int const_type; /* A const member function */ +}; + +#define PRINT_ANSI_QUALIFIERS (work -> options & DMGL_ANSI) +#define PRINT_ARG_TYPES (work -> options & DMGL_PARAMS) + +static const struct optable +{ + const char *in; + const char *out; + int flags; +} optable[] = { + {"nw", " new", DMGL_ANSI}, /* new (1.92, ansi) */ + {"dl", " delete", DMGL_ANSI}, /* new (1.92, ansi) */ + {"new", " new", 0}, /* old (1.91, and 1.x) */ + {"delete", " delete", 0}, /* old (1.91, and 1.x) */ + {"vn", " new []", DMGL_ANSI}, /* GNU, pending ansi */ + {"vd", " delete []", DMGL_ANSI}, /* GNU, pending ansi */ + {"as", "=", DMGL_ANSI}, /* ansi */ + {"ne", "!=", DMGL_ANSI}, /* old, ansi */ + {"eq", "==", DMGL_ANSI}, /* old, ansi */ + {"ge", ">=", DMGL_ANSI}, /* old, ansi */ + {"gt", ">", DMGL_ANSI}, /* old, ansi */ + {"le", "<=", DMGL_ANSI}, /* old, ansi */ + {"lt", "<", DMGL_ANSI}, /* old, ansi */ + {"plus", "+", 0}, /* old */ + {"pl", "+", DMGL_ANSI}, /* ansi */ + {"apl", "+=", DMGL_ANSI}, /* ansi */ + {"minus", "-", 0}, /* old */ + {"mi", "-", DMGL_ANSI}, /* ansi */ + {"ami", "-=", DMGL_ANSI}, /* ansi */ + {"mult", "*", 0}, /* old */ + {"ml", "*", DMGL_ANSI}, /* ansi */ + {"amu", "*=", DMGL_ANSI}, /* ansi (ARM/Lucid) */ + {"aml", "*=", DMGL_ANSI}, /* ansi (GNU/g++) */ + {"convert", "+", 0}, /* old (unary +) */ + {"negate", "-", 0}, /* old (unary -) */ + {"trunc_mod", "%", 0}, /* old */ + {"md", "%", DMGL_ANSI}, /* ansi */ + {"amd", "%=", DMGL_ANSI}, /* ansi */ + {"trunc_div", "/", 0}, /* old */ + {"dv", "/", DMGL_ANSI}, /* ansi */ + {"adv", "/=", DMGL_ANSI}, /* ansi */ + {"truth_andif", "&&", 0}, /* old */ + {"aa", "&&", DMGL_ANSI}, /* ansi */ + {"truth_orif", "||", 0}, /* old */ + {"oo", "||", DMGL_ANSI}, /* ansi */ + {"truth_not", "!", 0}, /* old */ + {"nt", "!", DMGL_ANSI}, /* ansi */ + {"postincrement","++", 0}, /* old */ + {"pp", "++", DMGL_ANSI}, /* ansi */ + {"postdecrement","--", 0}, /* old */ + {"mm", "--", DMGL_ANSI}, /* ansi */ + {"bit_ior", "|", 0}, /* old */ + {"or", "|", DMGL_ANSI}, /* ansi */ + {"aor", "|=", DMGL_ANSI}, /* ansi */ + {"bit_xor", "^", 0}, /* old */ + {"er", "^", DMGL_ANSI}, /* ansi */ + {"aer", "^=", DMGL_ANSI}, /* ansi */ + {"bit_and", "&", 0}, /* old */ + {"ad", "&", DMGL_ANSI}, /* ansi */ + {"aad", "&=", DMGL_ANSI}, /* ansi */ + {"bit_not", "~", 0}, /* old */ + {"co", "~", DMGL_ANSI}, /* ansi */ + {"call", "()", 0}, /* old */ + {"cl", "()", DMGL_ANSI}, /* ansi */ + {"alshift", "<<", 0}, /* old */ + {"ls", "<<", DMGL_ANSI}, /* ansi */ + {"als", "<<=", DMGL_ANSI}, /* ansi */ + {"arshift", ">>", 0}, /* old */ + {"rs", ">>", DMGL_ANSI}, /* ansi */ + {"ars", ">>=", DMGL_ANSI}, /* ansi */ + {"component", "->", 0}, /* old */ + {"pt", "->", DMGL_ANSI}, /* ansi; Lucid C++ form */ + {"rf", "->", DMGL_ANSI}, /* ansi; ARM/GNU form */ + {"indirect", "*", 0}, /* old */ + {"method_call", "->()", 0}, /* old */ + {"addr", "&", 0}, /* old (unary &) */ + {"array", "[]", 0}, /* old */ + {"vc", "[]", DMGL_ANSI}, /* ansi */ + {"compound", ", ", 0}, /* old */ + {"cm", ", ", DMGL_ANSI}, /* ansi */ + {"cond", "?:", 0}, /* old */ + {"cn", "?:", DMGL_ANSI}, /* pseudo-ansi */ + {"max", ">?", 0}, /* old */ + {"mx", ">?", DMGL_ANSI}, /* pseudo-ansi */ + {"min", "<?", 0}, /* old */ + {"mn", "<?", DMGL_ANSI}, /* pseudo-ansi */ + {"nop", "", 0}, /* old (for operator=) */ + {"rm", "->*", DMGL_ANSI} /* ansi */ +}; + + +typedef struct string /* Beware: these aren't required to be */ +{ /* '\0' terminated. */ + char *b; /* pointer to start of string */ + char *p; /* pointer after last character */ + char *e; /* pointer after end of allocated space */ +} string; + +#define STRING_EMPTY(str) ((str) -> b == (str) -> p) +#define PREPEND_BLANK(str) {if (!STRING_EMPTY(str)) \ + string_prepend(str, " ");} +#define APPEND_BLANK(str) {if (!STRING_EMPTY(str)) \ + string_append(str, " ");} + +#define ARM_VTABLE_STRING "__vtbl__" /* Lucid/ARM virtual table prefix */ +#define ARM_VTABLE_STRLEN 8 /* strlen (ARM_VTABLE_STRING) */ + +/* Prototypes for local functions */ + +static char * +mop_up PARAMS ((struct work_stuff *, string *, int)); + +#if 0 +static int +demangle_method_args PARAMS ((struct work_stuff *work, const char **, string *)); +#endif + +static int +demangle_template PARAMS ((struct work_stuff *work, const char **, string *, + string *)); + +static int +arm_pt PARAMS ((struct work_stuff *, const char *, int, const char **, + const char **)); + +static void +demangle_arm_pt PARAMS ((struct work_stuff *, const char **, int, string *)); + +static int +demangle_class_name PARAMS ((struct work_stuff *, const char **, string *)); + +static int +demangle_qualified PARAMS ((struct work_stuff *, const char **, string *, + int, int)); + +static int +demangle_class PARAMS ((struct work_stuff *, const char **, string *)); + +static int +demangle_fund_type PARAMS ((struct work_stuff *, const char **, string *)); + +static int +demangle_signature PARAMS ((struct work_stuff *, const char **, string *)); + +static int +demangle_prefix PARAMS ((struct work_stuff *, const char **, string *)); + +static int +gnu_special PARAMS ((struct work_stuff *, const char **, string *)); + +static int +arm_special PARAMS ((struct work_stuff *, const char **, string *)); + +static void +string_need PARAMS ((string *, int)); + +static void +string_delete PARAMS ((string *)); + +static void +string_init PARAMS ((string *)); + +static void +string_clear PARAMS ((string *)); + +#if 0 +static int +string_empty PARAMS ((string *)); +#endif + +static void +string_append PARAMS ((string *, const char *)); + +static void +string_appends PARAMS ((string *, string *)); + +static void +string_appendn PARAMS ((string *, const char *, int)); + +static void +string_prepend PARAMS ((string *, const char *)); + +static void +string_prependn PARAMS ((string *, const char *, int)); + +static int +get_count PARAMS ((const char **, int *)); + +static int +consume_count PARAMS ((const char **)); + +static int +demangle_args PARAMS ((struct work_stuff *, const char **, string *)); + +static int +do_type PARAMS ((struct work_stuff *, const char **, string *)); + +static int +do_arg PARAMS ((struct work_stuff *, const char **, string *)); + +static void +demangle_function_name PARAMS ((struct work_stuff *, const char **, string *, + const char *)); + +static void +remember_type PARAMS ((struct work_stuff *, const char *, int)); + +static void +forget_types PARAMS ((struct work_stuff *)); + +static void +string_prepends PARAMS ((string *, string *)); + +/* Translate count to integer, consuming tokens in the process. + Conversion terminates on the first non-digit character. + Trying to consume something that isn't a count results in + no consumption of input and a return of 0. */ + +static int +consume_count (type) + const char **type; +{ + int count = 0; + + while (isdigit (**type)) + { + count *= 10; + count += **type - '0'; + (*type)++; + } + return (count); +} + +int +cplus_demangle_opname (opname, result, options) + const char *opname; + char *result; + int options; +{ + int len, i, len1, ret; + string type; + struct work_stuff work[1]; + const char *tem; + + len = strlen(opname); + result[0] = '\0'; + ret = 0; + work->options = options; + + if (opname[0] == '_' && opname[1] == '_' + && opname[2] == 'o' && opname[3] == 'p') + { + /* ANSI. */ + /* type conversion operator. */ + tem = opname + 4; + if (do_type (work, &tem, &type)) + { + strcat (result, "operator "); + strncat (result, type.b, type.p - type.b); + string_delete (&type); + ret = 1; + } + } + else if (opname[0] == '_' && opname[1] == '_' + && opname[2] >= 'a' && opname[2] <= 'z' + && opname[3] >= 'a' && opname[3] <= 'z') + { + if (opname[4] == '\0') + { + /* Operator. */ + for (i = 0; i < sizeof (optable) / sizeof (optable[0]); i++) + { + if (strlen (optable[i].in) == 2 + && memcmp (optable[i].in, opname + 2, 2) == 0) + { + strcat (result, "operator"); + strcat (result, optable[i].out); + ret = 1; + break; + } + } + } + else + { + if (opname[2] == 'a' && opname[5] == '\0') + { + /* Assignment. */ + for (i = 0; i < sizeof (optable) / sizeof (optable[0]); i++) + { + if (strlen (optable[i].in) == 3 + && memcmp (optable[i].in, opname + 2, 3) == 0) + { + strcat (result, "operator"); + strcat (result, optable[i].out); + ret = 1; + break; + } + } + } + } + } + else if (len >= 3 + && opname[0] == 'o' + && opname[1] == 'p' + && strchr (cplus_markers, opname[2]) != NULL) + { + /* see if it's an assignment expression */ + if (len >= 10 /* op$assign_ */ + && memcmp (opname + 3, "assign_", 7) == 0) + { + for (i = 0; i < sizeof (optable) / sizeof (optable[0]); i++) + { + len1 = len - 10; + if (strlen (optable[i].in) == len1 + && memcmp (optable[i].in, opname + 10, len1) == 0) + { + strcat (result, "operator"); + strcat (result, optable[i].out); + strcat (result, "="); + ret = 1; + break; + } + } + } + else + { + for (i = 0; i < sizeof (optable) / sizeof (optable[0]); i++) + { + len1 = len - 3; + if (strlen (optable[i].in) == len1 + && memcmp (optable[i].in, opname + 3, len1) == 0) + { + strcat (result, "operator"); + strcat (result, optable[i].out); + ret = 1; + break; + } + } + } + } + else if (len >= 5 && memcmp (opname, "type", 4) == 0 + && strchr (cplus_markers, opname[4]) != NULL) + { + /* type conversion operator */ + tem = opname + 5; + if (do_type (work, &tem, &type)) + { + strcat (result, "operator "); + strncat (result, type.b, type.p - type.b); + string_delete (&type); + ret = 1; + } + } + return ret; + +} +/* Takes operator name as e.g. "++" and returns mangled + operator name (e.g. "postincrement_expr"), or NULL if not found. + + If OPTIONS & DMGL_ANSI == 1, return the ANSI name; + if OPTIONS & DMGL_ANSI == 0, return the old GNU name. */ + +const char * +cplus_mangle_opname (opname, options) + const char *opname; + int options; +{ + int i; + int len; + + len = strlen (opname); + for (i = 0; i < sizeof (optable) / sizeof (optable[0]); i++) + { + if (strlen (optable[i].out) == len + && (options & DMGL_ANSI) == (optable[i].flags & DMGL_ANSI) + && memcmp (optable[i].out, opname, len) == 0) + return optable[i].in; + } + return (0); +} + +/* char *cplus_demangle (const char *mangled, int options) + + If MANGLED is a mangled function name produced by GNU C++, then + a pointer to a malloced string giving a C++ representation + of the name will be returned; otherwise NULL will be returned. + It is the caller's responsibility to free the string which + is returned. + + The OPTIONS arg may contain one or more of the following bits: + + DMGL_ANSI ANSI qualifiers such as `const' and `void' are + included. + DMGL_PARAMS Function parameters are included. + + For example, + + cplus_demangle ("foo__1Ai", DMGL_PARAMS) => "A::foo(int)" + cplus_demangle ("foo__1Ai", DMGL_PARAMS | DMGL_ANSI) => "A::foo(int)" + cplus_demangle ("foo__1Ai", 0) => "A::foo" + + cplus_demangle ("foo__1Afe", DMGL_PARAMS) => "A::foo(float,...)" + cplus_demangle ("foo__1Afe", DMGL_PARAMS | DMGL_ANSI)=> "A::foo(float,...)" + cplus_demangle ("foo__1Afe", 0) => "A::foo" + + Note that any leading underscores, or other such characters prepended by + the compilation system, are presumed to have already been stripped from + MANGLED. */ + +char * +cplus_demangle (mangled, options) + const char *mangled; + int options; +{ + string decl; + int success = 0; + struct work_stuff work[1]; + char *demangled = NULL; + + if ((mangled != NULL) && (*mangled != '\0')) + { + memset ((char *) work, 0, sizeof (work)); + work -> options = options; + if ((work->options & DMGL_STYLE_MASK) == 0) + work->options |= (int)current_demangling_style & DMGL_STYLE_MASK; + + string_init (&decl); + + /* First check to see if gnu style demangling is active and if the + string to be demangled contains a CPLUS_MARKER. If so, attempt to + recognize one of the gnu special forms rather than looking for a + standard prefix. In particular, don't worry about whether there + is a "__" string in the mangled string. Consider "_$_5__foo" for + example. */ + + if ((AUTO_DEMANGLING || GNU_DEMANGLING)) + { + success = gnu_special (work, &mangled, &decl); + } + if (!success) + { + success = demangle_prefix (work, &mangled, &decl); + } + if (success && (*mangled != '\0')) + { + success = demangle_signature (work, &mangled, &decl); + } + if (work->constructor == 2) + { + string_prepend(&decl, "global constructors keyed to "); + work->constructor = 0; + } + else if (work->destructor == 2) + { + string_prepend(&decl, "global destructors keyed to "); + work->destructor = 0; + } + demangled = mop_up (work, &decl, success); + } + return (demangled); +} + +static char * +mop_up (work, declp, success) + struct work_stuff *work; + string *declp; + int success; +{ + char *demangled = NULL; + + /* Discard the remembered types, if any. */ + + forget_types (work); + if (work -> typevec != NULL) + { + free ((char *) work -> typevec); + } + + /* If demangling was successful, ensure that the demangled string is null + terminated and return it. Otherwise, free the demangling decl. */ + + if (!success) + { + string_delete (declp); + } + else + { + string_appendn (declp, "", 1); + demangled = declp -> b; + } + return (demangled); +} + +/* + +LOCAL FUNCTION + + demangle_signature -- demangle the signature part of a mangled name + +SYNOPSIS + + static int + demangle_signature (struct work_stuff *work, const char **mangled, + string *declp); + +DESCRIPTION + + Consume and demangle the signature portion of the mangled name. + + DECLP is the string where demangled output is being built. At + entry it contains the demangled root name from the mangled name + prefix. I.E. either a demangled operator name or the root function + name. In some special cases, it may contain nothing. + + *MANGLED points to the current unconsumed location in the mangled + name. As tokens are consumed and demangling is performed, the + pointer is updated to continuously point at the next token to + be consumed. + + Demangling GNU style mangled names is nasty because there is no + explicit token that marks the start of the outermost function + argument list. */ + +static int +demangle_signature (work, mangled, declp) + struct work_stuff *work; + const char **mangled; + string *declp; +{ + int success = 1; + int func_done = 0; + int expect_func = 0; + const char *oldmangled = NULL; + string trawname; + string tname; + + while (success && (**mangled != '\0')) + { + switch (**mangled) + { + case 'Q': + oldmangled = *mangled; + success = demangle_qualified (work, mangled, declp, 1, 0); + if (success) + { + remember_type (work, oldmangled, *mangled - oldmangled); + } + if (AUTO_DEMANGLING || GNU_DEMANGLING) + { + expect_func = 1; + } + oldmangled = NULL; + break; + + case 'S': + /* Static member function */ + if (oldmangled == NULL) + { + oldmangled = *mangled; + } + (*mangled)++; + work -> static_type = 1; + break; + + case 'C': + /* a const member function */ + if (oldmangled == NULL) + { + oldmangled = *mangled; + } + (*mangled)++; + work -> const_type = 1; + break; + + case '0': case '1': case '2': case '3': case '4': + case '5': case '6': case '7': case '8': case '9': + if (oldmangled == NULL) + { + oldmangled = *mangled; + } + success = demangle_class (work, mangled, declp); + if (success) + { + remember_type (work, oldmangled, *mangled - oldmangled); + } + if (AUTO_DEMANGLING || GNU_DEMANGLING) + { + expect_func = 1; + } + oldmangled = NULL; + break; + + case 'F': + /* Function */ + /* ARM style demangling includes a specific 'F' character after + the class name. For GNU style, it is just implied. So we can + safely just consume any 'F' at this point and be compatible + with either style. */ + + oldmangled = NULL; + func_done = 1; + (*mangled)++; + + /* For lucid/ARM style we have to forget any types we might + have remembered up to this point, since they were not argument + types. GNU style considers all types seen as available for + back references. See comment in demangle_args() */ + + if (LUCID_DEMANGLING || ARM_DEMANGLING) + { + forget_types (work); + } + success = demangle_args (work, mangled, declp); + break; + + case 't': + /* G++ Template */ + string_init(&trawname); + string_init(&tname); + if (oldmangled == NULL) + { + oldmangled = *mangled; + } + success = demangle_template (work, mangled, &tname, &trawname); + if (success) + { + remember_type (work, oldmangled, *mangled - oldmangled); + } + string_append(&tname, (work -> options & DMGL_JAVA) ? "." : "::"); + string_prepends(declp, &tname); + if (work -> destructor & 1) + { + string_prepend (&trawname, "~"); + string_appends (declp, &trawname); + work->destructor -= 1; + } + if ((work->constructor & 1) || (work->destructor & 1)) + { + string_appends (declp, &trawname); + work->constructor -= 1; + } + string_delete(&trawname); + string_delete(&tname); + oldmangled = NULL; + expect_func = 1; + break; + + case '_': + /* At the outermost level, we cannot have a return type specified, + so if we run into another '_' at this point we are dealing with + a mangled name that is either bogus, or has been mangled by + some algorithm we don't know how to deal with. So just + reject the entire demangling. */ + success = 0; + break; + + default: + if (AUTO_DEMANGLING || GNU_DEMANGLING) + { + /* Assume we have stumbled onto the first outermost function + argument token, and start processing args. */ + func_done = 1; + success = demangle_args (work, mangled, declp); + } + else + { + /* Non-GNU demanglers use a specific token to mark the start + of the outermost function argument tokens. Typically 'F', + for ARM-demangling, for example. So if we find something + we are not prepared for, it must be an error. */ + success = 0; + } + break; + } + /* + if (AUTO_DEMANGLING || GNU_DEMANGLING) + */ + { + if (success && expect_func) + { + func_done = 1; + success = demangle_args (work, mangled, declp); + } + } + } + if (success && !func_done) + { + if (AUTO_DEMANGLING || GNU_DEMANGLING) + { + /* With GNU style demangling, bar__3foo is 'foo::bar(void)', and + bar__3fooi is 'foo::bar(int)'. We get here when we find the + first case, and need to ensure that the '(void)' gets added to + the current declp. Note that with ARM, the first case + represents the name of a static data member 'foo::bar', + which is in the current declp, so we leave it alone. */ + success = demangle_args (work, mangled, declp); + } + } + if (success && work -> static_type && PRINT_ARG_TYPES) + { + string_append (declp, " static"); + } + if (success && work -> const_type && PRINT_ARG_TYPES) + { + string_append (declp, " const"); + } + return (success); +} + +#if 0 + +static int +demangle_method_args (work, mangled, declp) + struct work_stuff *work; + const char **mangled; + string *declp; +{ + int success = 0; + + if (work -> static_type) + { + string_append (declp, *mangled + 1); + *mangled += strlen (*mangled); + success = 1; + } + else + { + success = demangle_args (work, mangled, declp); + } + return (success); +} + +#endif + +static int +demangle_template (work, mangled, tname, trawname) + struct work_stuff *work; + const char **mangled; + string *tname; + string *trawname; +{ + int i; + int is_pointer; + int is_real; + int is_integral; + int is_char; + int is_bool; + int r; + int need_comma = 0; + int success = 0; + int done; + const char *old_p; + const char *start; + int symbol_len; + int is_java_array; + string temp; + + (*mangled)++; + start = *mangled; + /* get template name */ + if ((r = consume_count (mangled)) == 0 || strlen (*mangled) < r) + { + return (0); + } + if (trawname) + string_appendn (trawname, *mangled, r); + is_java_array = (work -> options & DMGL_JAVA) + && strncmp (*mangled, "JArray1Z", 8) == 0; + if (! is_java_array) + { + string_appendn (tname, *mangled, r); + string_append (tname, "<"); + } + *mangled += r; + /* get size of template parameter list */ + if (!get_count (mangled, &r)) + { + return (0); + } + for (i = 0; i < r; i++) + { + if (need_comma) + { + string_append (tname, ", "); + } + /* Z for type parameters */ + if (**mangled == 'Z') + { + (*mangled)++; + /* temp is initialized in do_type */ + success = do_type (work, mangled, &temp); + if (success) + { + string_appends (tname, &temp); + } + string_delete(&temp); + if (!success) + { + break; + } + } + else + { + /* otherwise, value parameter */ + old_p = *mangled; + is_pointer = 0; + is_real = 0; + is_integral = 0; + is_char = 0; + is_bool = 0; + done = 0; + /* temp is initialized in do_type */ + success = do_type (work, mangled, &temp); + /* + if (success) + { + string_appends (tname, &temp); + } + */ + string_delete(&temp); + if (!success) + { + break; + } + /* + string_append (tname, "="); + */ + while (*old_p && !done) + { + switch (*old_p) + { + case 'P': + case 'p': + case 'R': + done = is_pointer = 1; + break; + case 'C': /* const */ + case 'S': /* explicitly signed [char] */ + case 'U': /* unsigned */ + case 'V': /* volatile */ + case 'F': /* function */ + case 'M': /* member function */ + case 'O': /* ??? */ + case 'J': /* complex */ + old_p++; + continue; + case 'Q': /* qualified name */ + done = is_integral = 1; + break; + case 'T': /* remembered type */ + abort (); + break; + case 'v': /* void */ + abort (); + break; + case 'x': /* long long */ + case 'l': /* long */ + case 'i': /* int */ + case 's': /* short */ + case 'w': /* wchar_t */ + done = is_integral = 1; + break; + case 'b': /* bool */ + done = is_bool = 1; + break; + case 'c': /* char */ + done = is_char = 1; + break; + case 'r': /* long double */ + case 'd': /* double */ + case 'f': /* float */ + done = is_real = 1; + break; + default: + /* it's probably user defined type, let's assume + it's integral, it seems hard to figure out + what it really is */ + done = is_integral = 1; + } + } + if (is_integral) + { + if (**mangled == 'm') + { + string_appendn (tname, "-", 1); + (*mangled)++; + } + while (isdigit (**mangled)) + { + string_appendn (tname, *mangled, 1); + (*mangled)++; + } + } + else if (is_char) + { + char tmp[2]; + int val; + if (**mangled == 'm') + { + string_appendn (tname, "-", 1); + (*mangled)++; + } + string_appendn (tname, "'", 1); + val = consume_count(mangled); + if (val == 0) + { + success = 0; + break; + } + tmp[0] = (char)val; + tmp[1] = '\0'; + string_appendn (tname, &tmp[0], 1); + string_appendn (tname, "'", 1); + } + else if (is_bool) + { + int val = consume_count (mangled); + if (val == 0) + string_appendn (tname, "false", 5); + else if (val == 1) + string_appendn (tname, "true", 4); + else + success = 0; + } + else if (is_real) + { + if (**mangled == 'm') + { + string_appendn (tname, "-", 1); + (*mangled)++; + } + while (isdigit (**mangled)) + { + string_appendn (tname, *mangled, 1); + (*mangled)++; + } + if (**mangled == '.') /* fraction */ + { + string_appendn (tname, ".", 1); + (*mangled)++; + while (isdigit (**mangled)) + { + string_appendn (tname, *mangled, 1); + (*mangled)++; + } + } + if (**mangled == 'e') /* exponent */ + { + string_appendn (tname, "e", 1); + (*mangled)++; + while (isdigit (**mangled)) + { + string_appendn (tname, *mangled, 1); + (*mangled)++; + } + } + } + else if (is_pointer) + { + symbol_len = consume_count (mangled); + if (symbol_len == 0) + { + success = 0; + break; + } + if (symbol_len == 0) + string_appendn (tname, "0", 1); + else + { + char *p = xmalloc (symbol_len + 1), *q; + strncpy (p, *mangled, symbol_len); + p [symbol_len] = '\0'; + q = cplus_demangle (p, work->options); + string_appendn (tname, "&", 1); + if (q) + { + string_append (tname, q); + free (q); + } + else + string_append (tname, p); + free (p); + } + *mangled += symbol_len; + } + } + need_comma = 1; + } + if (is_java_array) + { + string_append (tname, "[]"); + } + else + { + if (tname->p[-1] == '>') + string_append (tname, " "); + string_append (tname, ">"); + } + + /* + if (work -> static_type) + { + string_append (declp, *mangled + 1); + *mangled += strlen (*mangled); + success = 1; + } + else + { + success = demangle_args (work, mangled, declp); + } + } + */ + return (success); +} + +static int +arm_pt (work, mangled, n, anchor, args) + struct work_stuff *work; + const char *mangled; + int n; + const char **anchor, **args; +{ + /* ARM template? */ + if (ARM_DEMANGLING && (*anchor = mystrstr (mangled, "__pt__"))) + { + int len; + *args = *anchor + 6; + len = consume_count (args); + if (*args + len == mangled + n && **args == '_') + { + ++*args; + return 1; + } + } + return 0; +} + +static void +demangle_arm_pt (work, mangled, n, declp) + struct work_stuff *work; + const char **mangled; + int n; + string *declp; +{ + const char *p; + const char *args; + const char *e = *mangled + n; + + /* ARM template? */ + if (arm_pt (work, *mangled, n, &p, &args)) + { + string arg; + string_init (&arg); + string_appendn (declp, *mangled, p - *mangled); + string_append (declp, "<"); + /* should do error checking here */ + while (args < e) { + string_clear (&arg); + do_type (work, &args, &arg); + string_appends (declp, &arg); + string_append (declp, ","); + } + string_delete (&arg); + --declp->p; + string_append (declp, ">"); + } + else + { + string_appendn (declp, *mangled, n); + } + *mangled += n; +} + +static int +demangle_class_name (work, mangled, declp) + struct work_stuff *work; + const char **mangled; + string *declp; +{ + int n; + int success = 0; + + n = consume_count (mangled); + if (strlen (*mangled) >= n) + { + demangle_arm_pt (work, mangled, n, declp); + success = 1; + } + + return (success); +} + +/* + +LOCAL FUNCTION + + demangle_class -- demangle a mangled class sequence + +SYNOPSIS + + static int + demangle_class (struct work_stuff *work, const char **mangled, + strint *declp) + +DESCRIPTION + + DECLP points to the buffer into which demangling is being done. + + *MANGLED points to the current token to be demangled. On input, + it points to a mangled class (I.E. "3foo", "13verylongclass", etc.) + On exit, it points to the next token after the mangled class on + success, or the first unconsumed token on failure. + + If the CONSTRUCTOR or DESTRUCTOR flags are set in WORK, then + we are demangling a constructor or destructor. In this case + we prepend "class::class" or "class::~class" to DECLP. + + Otherwise, we prepend "class::" to the current DECLP. + + Reset the constructor/destructor flags once they have been + "consumed". This allows demangle_class to be called later during + the same demangling, to do normal class demangling. + + Returns 1 if demangling is successful, 0 otherwise. + +*/ + +static int +demangle_class (work, mangled, declp) + struct work_stuff *work; + const char **mangled; + string *declp; +{ + int success = 0; + string class_name; + + string_init (&class_name); + if (demangle_class_name (work, mangled, &class_name)) + { + if ((work->constructor & 1) || (work->destructor & 1)) + { + string_prepends (declp, &class_name); + if (work -> destructor & 1) + { + string_prepend (declp, "~"); + work -> destructor -= 1; + } + else + { + work -> constructor -= 1; + } + } + string_prepend (declp, (work -> options & DMGL_JAVA) ? "." : "::"); + string_prepends (declp, &class_name); + success = 1; + } + string_delete (&class_name); + return (success); +} + +/* + +LOCAL FUNCTION + + demangle_prefix -- consume the mangled name prefix and find signature + +SYNOPSIS + + static int + demangle_prefix (struct work_stuff *work, const char **mangled, + string *declp); + +DESCRIPTION + + Consume and demangle the prefix of the mangled name. + + DECLP points to the string buffer into which demangled output is + placed. On entry, the buffer is empty. On exit it contains + the root function name, the demangled operator name, or in some + special cases either nothing or the completely demangled result. + + MANGLED points to the current pointer into the mangled name. As each + token of the mangled name is consumed, it is updated. Upon entry + the current mangled name pointer points to the first character of + the mangled name. Upon exit, it should point to the first character + of the signature if demangling was successful, or to the first + unconsumed character if demangling of the prefix was unsuccessful. + + Returns 1 on success, 0 otherwise. + */ + +static int +demangle_prefix (work, mangled, declp) + struct work_stuff *work; + const char **mangled; + string *declp; +{ + int success = 1; + const char *scan; + int i; + + if (strlen(*mangled) >= 11 && strncmp(*mangled, "_GLOBAL_", 8) == 0) + { + char *marker = strchr (cplus_markers, (*mangled)[8]); + if (marker != NULL && *marker == (*mangled)[10]) + { + if ((*mangled)[9] == 'D') + { + /* it's a GNU global destructor to be executed at program exit */ + (*mangled) += 11; + work->destructor = 2; + if (gnu_special (work, mangled, declp)) + return success; + } + else if ((*mangled)[9] == 'I') + { + /* it's a GNU global constructor to be executed at program init */ + (*mangled) += 11; + work->constructor = 2; + if (gnu_special (work, mangled, declp)) + return success; + } + } + } + else if (ARM_DEMANGLING && strncmp(*mangled, "__std__", 7) == 0) + { + /* it's a ARM global destructor to be executed at program exit */ + (*mangled) += 7; + work->destructor = 2; + } + else if (ARM_DEMANGLING && strncmp(*mangled, "__sti__", 7) == 0) + { + /* it's a ARM global constructor to be executed at program initial */ + (*mangled) += 7; + work->constructor = 2; + } + + /* This block of code is a reduction in strength time optimization + of: + scan = mystrstr (*mangled, "__"); */ + + { + scan = *mangled; + + do { + scan = strchr (scan, '_'); + } while (scan != NULL && *++scan != '_'); + + if (scan != NULL) --scan; + } + + if (scan != NULL) + { + /* We found a sequence of two or more '_', ensure that we start at + the last pair in the sequence. */ + i = strspn (scan, "_"); + if (i > 2) + { + scan += (i - 2); + } + } + + if (scan == NULL) + { + success = 0; + } + else if (work -> static_type) + { + if (!isdigit (scan[0]) && (scan[0] != 't')) + { + success = 0; + } + } + else if ((scan == *mangled) + && (isdigit (scan[2]) || (scan[2] == 'Q') || (scan[2] == 't'))) + { + /* The ARM says nothing about the mangling of local variables. + But cfront mangles local variables by prepending __<nesting_level> + to them. As an extension to ARM demangling we handle this case. */ + if ((LUCID_DEMANGLING || ARM_DEMANGLING) && isdigit (scan[2])) + { + *mangled = scan + 2; + consume_count (mangled); + string_append (declp, *mangled); + *mangled += strlen (*mangled); + success = 1; + } + else + { + /* A GNU style constructor starts with __[0-9Qt]. But cfront uses + names like __Q2_3foo3bar for nested type names. So don't accept + this style of constructor for cfront demangling. */ + if (!(LUCID_DEMANGLING || ARM_DEMANGLING)) + work -> constructor += 1; + *mangled = scan + 2; + } + } + else if ((scan == *mangled) && !isdigit (scan[2]) && (scan[2] != 't')) + { + /* Mangled name starts with "__". Skip over any leading '_' characters, + then find the next "__" that separates the prefix from the signature. + */ + if (!(ARM_DEMANGLING || LUCID_DEMANGLING) + || (arm_special (work, mangled, declp) == 0)) + { + while (*scan == '_') + { + scan++; + } + if ((scan = mystrstr (scan, "__")) == NULL || (*(scan + 2) == '\0')) + { + /* No separator (I.E. "__not_mangled"), or empty signature + (I.E. "__not_mangled_either__") */ + success = 0; + } + else + { + demangle_function_name (work, mangled, declp, scan); + } + } + } + else if (ARM_DEMANGLING && scan[2] == 'p' && scan[3] == 't') + { + /* Cfront-style parameterized type. Handled later as a signature. */ + success = 1; + + /* ARM template? */ + demangle_arm_pt (work, mangled, strlen (*mangled), declp); + } + else if (*(scan + 2) != '\0') + { + /* Mangled name does not start with "__" but does have one somewhere + in there with non empty stuff after it. Looks like a global + function name. */ + demangle_function_name (work, mangled, declp, scan); + } + else + { + /* Doesn't look like a mangled name */ + success = 0; + } + + if (!success && (work->constructor == 2 || work->destructor == 2)) + { + string_append (declp, *mangled); + *mangled += strlen (*mangled); + success = 1; + } + return (success); +} + +/* + +LOCAL FUNCTION + + gnu_special -- special handling of gnu mangled strings + +SYNOPSIS + + static int + gnu_special (struct work_stuff *work, const char **mangled, + string *declp); + + +DESCRIPTION + + Process some special GNU style mangling forms that don't fit + the normal pattern. For example: + + _$_3foo (destructor for class foo) + _vt$foo (foo virtual table) + _vt$foo$bar (foo::bar virtual table) + __vt_foo (foo virtual table, new style with thunks) + _3foo$varname (static data member) + _Q22rs2tu$vw (static data member) + __t6vector1Zii (constructor with template) + __thunk_4__$_7ostream (virtual function thunk) + */ + +static int +gnu_special (work, mangled, declp) + struct work_stuff *work; + const char **mangled; + string *declp; +{ + int n; + int success = 1; + const char *p; + + if ((*mangled)[0] == '_' + && strchr (cplus_markers, (*mangled)[1]) != NULL + && (*mangled)[2] == '_') + { + /* Found a GNU style destructor, get past "_<CPLUS_MARKER>_" */ + (*mangled) += 3; + work -> destructor += 1; + } + else if ((*mangled)[0] == '_' + && (((*mangled)[1] == '_' + && (*mangled)[2] == 'v' + && (*mangled)[3] == 't' + && (*mangled)[4] == '_') + || ((*mangled)[1] == 'v' + && (*mangled)[2] == 't' + && strchr (cplus_markers, (*mangled)[3]) != NULL))) + { + /* Found a GNU style virtual table, get past "_vt<CPLUS_MARKER>" + and create the decl. Note that we consume the entire mangled + input string, which means that demangle_signature has no work + to do. */ + if ((*mangled)[2] == 'v') + (*mangled) += 5; /* New style, with thunks: "__vt_" */ + else + (*mangled) += 4; /* Old style, no thunks: "_vt<CPLUS_MARKER>" */ + while (**mangled != '\0') + { + p = strpbrk (*mangled, cplus_markers); + switch (**mangled) + { + case 'Q': + success = demangle_qualified (work, mangled, declp, 0, 1); + break; + case 't': + success = demangle_template (work, mangled, declp, 0); + break; + default: + if (isdigit(*mangled[0])) + { + n = consume_count(mangled); + } + else + { + n = strcspn (*mangled, cplus_markers); + } + string_appendn (declp, *mangled, n); + (*mangled) += n; + } + + if (success && ((p == NULL) || (p == *mangled))) + { + if (p != NULL) + { + string_append (declp, + (work -> options & DMGL_JAVA) ? "." : "::"); + (*mangled)++; + } + } + else + { + success = 0; + break; + } + } + if (success) + string_append (declp, " virtual table"); + } + else if ((*mangled)[0] == '_' + && (strchr("0123456789Qt", (*mangled)[1]) != NULL) + && (p = strpbrk (*mangled, cplus_markers)) != NULL) + { + /* static data member, "_3foo$varname" for example */ + (*mangled)++; + switch (**mangled) + { + case 'Q': + success = demangle_qualified (work, mangled, declp, 0, 1); + break; + case 't': + success = demangle_template (work, mangled, declp, 0); + break; + default: + n = consume_count (mangled); + string_appendn (declp, *mangled, n); + (*mangled) += n; + } + if (success && (p == *mangled)) + { + /* Consumed everything up to the cplus_marker, append the + variable name. */ + (*mangled)++; + string_append (declp, (work -> options & DMGL_JAVA) ? "." : "::"); + n = strlen (*mangled); + string_appendn (declp, *mangled, n); + (*mangled) += n; + } + else + { + success = 0; + } + } + else if (strncmp (*mangled, "__thunk_", 8) == 0) + { + int delta = ((*mangled) += 8, consume_count (mangled)); + char *method = cplus_demangle (++*mangled, work->options); + if (method) + { + char buf[50]; + sprintf (buf, "virtual function thunk (delta:%d) for ", -delta); + string_append (declp, buf); + string_append (declp, method); + free (method); + n = strlen (*mangled); + (*mangled) += n; + } + else + { + success = 0; + } + } + else if (strncmp (*mangled, "__t", 3) == 0 + && ((*mangled)[3] == 'i' || (*mangled)[3] == 'f')) + { + p = (*mangled)[3] == 'i' ? " type_info node" : " type_info function"; + (*mangled) += 4; + switch (**mangled) + { + case 'Q': + success = demangle_qualified (work, mangled, declp, 0, 1); + break; + case 't': + success = demangle_template (work, mangled, declp, 0); + break; + default: + success = demangle_fund_type (work, mangled, declp); + break; + } + if (success && **mangled != '\0') + success = 0; + if (success) + string_append (declp, p); + } + else + { + success = 0; + } + return (success); +} + +/* + +LOCAL FUNCTION + + arm_special -- special handling of ARM/lucid mangled strings + +SYNOPSIS + + static int + arm_special (struct work_stuff *work, const char **mangled, + string *declp); + + +DESCRIPTION + + Process some special ARM style mangling forms that don't fit + the normal pattern. For example: + + __vtbl__3foo (foo virtual table) + __vtbl__3foo__3bar (bar::foo virtual table) + + */ + +static int +arm_special (work, mangled, declp) + struct work_stuff *work; + const char **mangled; + string *declp; +{ + int n; + int success = 1; + const char *scan; + + if (strncmp (*mangled, ARM_VTABLE_STRING, ARM_VTABLE_STRLEN) == 0) + { + /* Found a ARM style virtual table, get past ARM_VTABLE_STRING + and create the decl. Note that we consume the entire mangled + input string, which means that demangle_signature has no work + to do. */ + scan = *mangled + ARM_VTABLE_STRLEN; + while (*scan != '\0') /* first check it can be demangled */ + { + n = consume_count (&scan); + if (n==0) + { + return (0); /* no good */ + } + scan += n; + if (scan[0] == '_' && scan[1] == '_') + { + scan += 2; + } + } + (*mangled) += ARM_VTABLE_STRLEN; + while (**mangled != '\0') + { + n = consume_count (mangled); + string_prependn (declp, *mangled, n); + (*mangled) += n; + if ((*mangled)[0] == '_' && (*mangled)[1] == '_') + { + string_prepend (declp, "::"); + (*mangled) += 2; + } + } + string_append (declp, " virtual table"); + } + else + { + success = 0; + } + return (success); +} + +/* + +LOCAL FUNCTION + + demangle_qualified -- demangle 'Q' qualified name strings + +SYNOPSIS + + static int + demangle_qualified (struct work_stuff *, const char *mangled, + string *result, int isfuncname, int append); + +DESCRIPTION + + Demangle a qualified name, such as "Q25Outer5Inner" which is + the mangled form of "Outer::Inner". The demangled output is + prepended or appended to the result string according to the + state of the append flag. + + If isfuncname is nonzero, then the qualified name we are building + is going to be used as a member function name, so if it is a + constructor or destructor function, append an appropriate + constructor or destructor name. I.E. for the above example, + the result for use as a constructor is "Outer::Inner::Inner" + and the result for use as a destructor is "Outer::Inner::~Inner". + +BUGS + + Numeric conversion is ASCII dependent (FIXME). + + */ + +static int +demangle_qualified (work, mangled, result, isfuncname, append) + struct work_stuff *work; + const char **mangled; + string *result; + int isfuncname; + int append; +{ + int qualifiers; + int namelength; + int success = 1; + const char *p; + char num[2]; + string temp; + + string_init (&temp); + switch ((*mangled)[1]) + { + case '_': + /* GNU mangled name with more than 9 classes. The count is preceded + by an underscore (to distinguish it from the <= 9 case) and followed + by an underscore. */ + p = *mangled + 2; + qualifiers = atoi (p); + if (!isdigit (*p) || *p == '0') + success = 0; + + /* Skip the digits. */ + while (isdigit (*p)) + ++p; + + if (*p != '_') + success = 0; + + *mangled = p + 1; + break; + + case '1': + case '2': + case '3': + case '4': + case '5': + case '6': + case '7': + case '8': + case '9': + /* The count is in a single digit. */ + num[0] = (*mangled)[1]; + num[1] = '\0'; + qualifiers = atoi (num); + + /* If there is an underscore after the digit, skip it. This is + said to be for ARM-qualified names, but the ARM makes no + mention of such an underscore. Perhaps cfront uses one. */ + if ((*mangled)[2] == '_') + { + (*mangled)++; + } + (*mangled) += 2; + break; + + case '0': + default: + success = 0; + } + + if (!success) + return success; + + /* Pick off the names and collect them in the temp buffer in the order + in which they are found, separated by '::'. */ + + while (qualifiers-- > 0) + { + if (*mangled[0] == '_') + *mangled = *mangled + 1; + if (*mangled[0] == 't') + { + success = demangle_template(work, mangled, &temp, 0); + if (!success) break; + } + else + { + namelength = consume_count (mangled); + if (strlen (*mangled) < namelength) + { + /* Simple sanity check failed */ + success = 0; + break; + } + string_appendn (&temp, *mangled, namelength); + *mangled += namelength; + } + if (qualifiers > 0) + { + string_append (&temp, (work -> options & DMGL_JAVA) ? "." : "::"); + } + } + + /* If we are using the result as a function name, we need to append + the appropriate '::' separated constructor or destructor name. + We do this here because this is the most convenient place, where + we already have a pointer to the name and the length of the name. */ + + if (isfuncname && (work->constructor & 1 || work->destructor & 1)) + { + string_append (&temp, (work -> options & DMGL_JAVA) ? "." : "::"); + if (work -> destructor & 1) + { + string_append (&temp, "~"); + } + string_appendn (&temp, (*mangled) - namelength, namelength); + } + + /* Now either prepend the temp buffer to the result, or append it, + depending upon the state of the append flag. */ + + if (append) + { + string_appends (result, &temp); + } + else + { + if (!STRING_EMPTY (result)) + { + string_append (&temp, (work -> options & DMGL_JAVA) ? "." : "::"); + } + string_prepends (result, &temp); + } + + string_delete (&temp); + return (success); +} + +/* + +LOCAL FUNCTION + + get_count -- convert an ascii count to integer, consuming tokens + +SYNOPSIS + + static int + get_count (const char **type, int *count) + +DESCRIPTION + + Return 0 if no conversion is performed, 1 if a string is converted. +*/ + +static int +get_count (type, count) + const char **type; + int *count; +{ + const char *p; + int n; + + if (!isdigit (**type)) + { + return (0); + } + else + { + *count = **type - '0'; + (*type)++; + if (isdigit (**type)) + { + p = *type; + n = *count; + do + { + n *= 10; + n += *p - '0'; + p++; + } + while (isdigit (*p)); + if (*p == '_') + { + *type = p + 1; + *count = n; + } + } + } + return (1); +} + +/* result will be initialised here; it will be freed on failure */ + +static int +do_type (work, mangled, result) + struct work_stuff *work; + const char **mangled; + string *result; +{ + int n; + int done; + int success; + string decl; + const char *remembered_type; + int constp; + int volatilep; + + string_init (&decl); + string_init (result); + + done = 0; + success = 1; + while (success && !done) + { + int member; + switch (**mangled) + { + + /* A pointer type */ + case 'P': + case 'p': + (*mangled)++; + if (! (work -> options & DMGL_JAVA)) + string_prepend (&decl, "*"); + break; + + /* A reference type */ + case 'R': + (*mangled)++; + string_prepend (&decl, "&"); + break; + + /* An array */ + case 'A': + { + const char *p = ++(*mangled); + + string_prepend (&decl, "("); + string_append (&decl, ")["); + /* Copy anything up until the next underscore (the size of the + array). */ + while (**mangled && **mangled != '_') + ++(*mangled); + if (**mangled == '_') + { + string_appendn (&decl, p, *mangled - p); + string_append (&decl, "]"); + *mangled += 1; + } + else + success = 0; + break; + } + + /* A back reference to a previously seen type */ + case 'T': + (*mangled)++; + if (!get_count (mangled, &n) || n >= work -> ntypes) + { + success = 0; + } + else + { + remembered_type = work -> typevec[n]; + mangled = &remembered_type; + } + break; + + /* A function */ + case 'F': + (*mangled)++; + if (!STRING_EMPTY (&decl) && decl.b[0] == '*') + { + string_prepend (&decl, "("); + string_append (&decl, ")"); + } + /* After picking off the function args, we expect to either find the + function return type (preceded by an '_') or the end of the + string. */ + if (!demangle_args (work, mangled, &decl) + || (**mangled != '_' && **mangled != '\0')) + { + success = 0; + } + if (success && (**mangled == '_')) + { + (*mangled)++; + } + break; + + case 'M': + case 'O': + { + constp = 0; + volatilep = 0; + + member = **mangled == 'M'; + (*mangled)++; + if (!isdigit (**mangled) && **mangled != 't') + { + success = 0; + break; + } + + string_append (&decl, ")"); + string_prepend (&decl, (work -> options & DMGL_JAVA) ? "." : "::"); + if (isdigit (**mangled)) + { + n = consume_count (mangled); + if (strlen (*mangled) < n) + { + success = 0; + break; + } + string_prependn (&decl, *mangled, n); + *mangled += n; + } + else + { + string temp; + string_init (&temp); + success = demangle_template (work, mangled, &temp, NULL); + if (success) + { + string_prependn (&decl, temp.b, temp.p - temp.b); + string_clear (&temp); + } + else + break; + } + string_prepend (&decl, "("); + if (member) + { + if (**mangled == 'C') + { + (*mangled)++; + constp = 1; + } + if (**mangled == 'V') + { + (*mangled)++; + volatilep = 1; + } + if (*(*mangled)++ != 'F') + { + success = 0; + break; + } + } + if ((member && !demangle_args (work, mangled, &decl)) + || **mangled != '_') + { + success = 0; + break; + } + (*mangled)++; + if (! PRINT_ANSI_QUALIFIERS) + { + break; + } + if (constp) + { + APPEND_BLANK (&decl); + string_append (&decl, "const"); + } + if (volatilep) + { + APPEND_BLANK (&decl); + string_append (&decl, "volatile"); + } + break; + } + case 'G': + (*mangled)++; + break; + + case 'C': + (*mangled)++; + /* + if ((*mangled)[1] == 'P') + { + */ + if (PRINT_ANSI_QUALIFIERS) + { + if (!STRING_EMPTY (&decl)) + { + string_prepend (&decl, " "); + } + string_prepend (&decl, "const"); + } + break; + /* + } + */ + + /* fall through */ + default: + done = 1; + break; + } + } + + switch (**mangled) + { + /* A qualified name, such as "Outer::Inner". */ + case 'Q': + success = demangle_qualified (work, mangled, result, 0, 1); + break; + + default: + success = demangle_fund_type (work, mangled, result); + break; + } + + if (success) + { + if (!STRING_EMPTY (&decl)) + { + string_append (result, " "); + string_appends (result, &decl); + } + } + else + { + string_delete (result); + } + string_delete (&decl); + return (success); +} + +/* Given a pointer to a type string that represents a fundamental type + argument (int, long, unsigned int, etc) in TYPE, a pointer to the + string in which the demangled output is being built in RESULT, and + the WORK structure, decode the types and add them to the result. + + For example: + + "Ci" => "const int" + "Sl" => "signed long" + "CUs" => "const unsigned short" + + */ + +static int +demangle_fund_type (work, mangled, result) + struct work_stuff *work; + const char **mangled; + string *result; +{ + int done = 0; + int success = 1; + + /* First pick off any type qualifiers. There can be more than one. */ + + while (!done) + { + switch (**mangled) + { + case 'C': + (*mangled)++; + if (PRINT_ANSI_QUALIFIERS) + { + APPEND_BLANK (result); + string_append (result, "const"); + } + break; + case 'U': + (*mangled)++; + APPEND_BLANK (result); + string_append (result, "unsigned"); + break; + case 'S': /* signed char only */ + (*mangled)++; + APPEND_BLANK (result); + string_append (result, "signed"); + break; + case 'V': + (*mangled)++; + if (PRINT_ANSI_QUALIFIERS) + { + APPEND_BLANK (result); + string_append (result, "volatile"); + } + break; + case 'J': + (*mangled)++; + APPEND_BLANK (result); + string_append (result, "complex"); + break; + default: + done = 1; + break; + } + } + + /* Now pick off the fundamental type. There can be only one. */ + + switch (**mangled) + { + case '\0': + case '_': + break; + case 'v': + (*mangled)++; + APPEND_BLANK (result); + string_append (result, "void"); + break; + case 'x': + (*mangled)++; + APPEND_BLANK (result); + string_append (result, "long long"); + break; + case 'l': + (*mangled)++; + APPEND_BLANK (result); + string_append (result, "long"); + break; + case 'i': + (*mangled)++; + APPEND_BLANK (result); + string_append (result, "int"); + break; + case 's': + (*mangled)++; + APPEND_BLANK (result); + string_append (result, "short"); + break; + case 'b': + (*mangled)++; + APPEND_BLANK (result); + string_append (result, "bool"); + break; + case 'c': + (*mangled)++; + APPEND_BLANK (result); + string_append (result, "char"); + break; + case 'w': + (*mangled)++; + APPEND_BLANK (result); + string_append (result, "wchar_t"); + break; + case 'r': + (*mangled)++; + APPEND_BLANK (result); + string_append (result, "long double"); + break; + case 'd': + (*mangled)++; + APPEND_BLANK (result); + string_append (result, "double"); + break; + case 'f': + (*mangled)++; + APPEND_BLANK (result); + string_append (result, "float"); + break; + case 'G': + (*mangled)++; + if (!isdigit (**mangled)) + { + success = 0; + break; + } + /* fall through */ + /* An explicit type, such as "6mytype" or "7integer" */ + case '0': + case '1': + case '2': + case '3': + case '4': + case '5': + case '6': + case '7': + case '8': + case '9': + APPEND_BLANK (result); + if (!demangle_class_name (work, mangled, result)) { + --result->p; + success = 0; + } + break; + case 't': + success = demangle_template(work,mangled, result, 0); + break; + default: + success = 0; + break; + } + + return (success); +} + +/* `result' will be initialized in do_type; it will be freed on failure */ + +static int +do_arg (work, mangled, result) + struct work_stuff *work; + const char **mangled; + string *result; +{ + const char *start = *mangled; + + if (!do_type (work, mangled, result)) + { + return (0); + } + else + { + remember_type (work, start, *mangled - start); + return (1); + } +} + +static void +remember_type (work, start, len) + struct work_stuff *work; + const char *start; + int len; +{ + char *tem; + + if (work -> ntypes >= work -> typevec_size) + { + if (work -> typevec_size == 0) + { + work -> typevec_size = 3; + work -> typevec + = (char **) xmalloc (sizeof (char *) * work -> typevec_size); + } + else + { + work -> typevec_size *= 2; + work -> typevec + = (char **) xrealloc ((char *)work -> typevec, + sizeof (char *) * work -> typevec_size); + } + } + tem = xmalloc (len + 1); + memcpy (tem, start, len); + tem[len] = '\0'; + work -> typevec[work -> ntypes++] = tem; +} + +/* Forget the remembered types, but not the type vector itself. */ + +static void +forget_types (work) + struct work_stuff *work; +{ + int i; + + while (work -> ntypes > 0) + { + i = --(work -> ntypes); + if (work -> typevec[i] != NULL) + { + free (work -> typevec[i]); + work -> typevec[i] = NULL; + } + } +} + +/* Process the argument list part of the signature, after any class spec + has been consumed, as well as the first 'F' character (if any). For + example: + + "__als__3fooRT0" => process "RT0" + "complexfunc5__FPFPc_PFl_i" => process "PFPc_PFl_i" + + DECLP must be already initialised, usually non-empty. It won't be freed + on failure. + + Note that g++ differs significantly from ARM and lucid style mangling + with regards to references to previously seen types. For example, given + the source fragment: + + class foo { + public: + foo::foo (int, foo &ia, int, foo &ib, int, foo &ic); + }; + + foo::foo (int, foo &ia, int, foo &ib, int, foo &ic) { ia = ib = ic; } + void foo (int, foo &ia, int, foo &ib, int, foo &ic) { ia = ib = ic; } + + g++ produces the names: + + __3fooiRT0iT2iT2 + foo__FiR3fooiT1iT1 + + while lcc (and presumably other ARM style compilers as well) produces: + + foo__FiR3fooT1T2T1T2 + __ct__3fooFiR3fooT1T2T1T2 + + Note that g++ bases it's type numbers starting at zero and counts all + previously seen types, while lucid/ARM bases it's type numbers starting + at one and only considers types after it has seen the 'F' character + indicating the start of the function args. For lucid/ARM style, we + account for this difference by discarding any previously seen types when + we see the 'F' character, and subtracting one from the type number + reference. + + */ + +static int +demangle_args (work, mangled, declp) + struct work_stuff *work; + const char **mangled; + string *declp; +{ + string arg; + int need_comma = 0; + int r; + int t; + const char *tem; + char temptype; + + if (PRINT_ARG_TYPES) + { + string_append (declp, "("); + if (**mangled == '\0') + { + string_append (declp, "void"); + } + } + + while (**mangled != '_' && **mangled != '\0' && **mangled != 'e') + { + if ((**mangled == 'N') || (**mangled == 'T')) + { + temptype = *(*mangled)++; + + if (temptype == 'N') + { + if (!get_count (mangled, &r)) + { + return (0); + } + } + else + { + r = 1; + } + if (ARM_DEMANGLING && work -> ntypes >= 10) + { + /* If we have 10 or more types we might have more than a 1 digit + index so we'll have to consume the whole count here. This + will lose if the next thing is a type name preceded by a + count but it's impossible to demangle that case properly + anyway. Eg if we already have 12 types is T12Pc "(..., type1, + Pc, ...)" or "(..., type12, char *, ...)" */ + if ((t = consume_count(mangled)) == 0) + { + return (0); + } + } + else + { + if (!get_count (mangled, &t)) + { + return (0); + } + } + if (LUCID_DEMANGLING || ARM_DEMANGLING) + { + t--; + } + /* Validate the type index. Protect against illegal indices from + malformed type strings. */ + if ((t < 0) || (t >= work -> ntypes)) + { + return (0); + } + while (--r >= 0) + { + tem = work -> typevec[t]; + if (need_comma && PRINT_ARG_TYPES) + { + string_append (declp, ", "); + } + if (!do_arg (work, &tem, &arg)) + { + return (0); + } + if (PRINT_ARG_TYPES) + { + string_appends (declp, &arg); + } + string_delete (&arg); + need_comma = 1; + } + } + else + { + if (need_comma & PRINT_ARG_TYPES) + { + string_append (declp, ", "); + } + if (!do_arg (work, mangled, &arg)) + { + return (0); + } + if (PRINT_ARG_TYPES) + { + string_appends (declp, &arg); + } + string_delete (&arg); + need_comma = 1; + } + } + + if (**mangled == 'e') + { + (*mangled)++; + if (PRINT_ARG_TYPES) + { + if (need_comma) + { + string_append (declp, ","); + } + string_append (declp, "..."); + } + } + + if (PRINT_ARG_TYPES) + { + string_append (declp, ")"); + } + return (1); +} + +static void +demangle_function_name (work, mangled, declp, scan) + struct work_stuff *work; + const char **mangled; + string *declp; + const char *scan; +{ + int i; + int len; + string type; + const char *tem; + + string_appendn (declp, (*mangled), scan - (*mangled)); + string_need (declp, 1); + *(declp -> p) = '\0'; + + /* Consume the function name, including the "__" separating the name + from the signature. We are guaranteed that SCAN points to the + separator. */ + + (*mangled) = scan + 2; + + if (LUCID_DEMANGLING || ARM_DEMANGLING) + { + + /* See if we have an ARM style constructor or destructor operator. + If so, then just record it, clear the decl, and return. + We can't build the actual constructor/destructor decl until later, + when we recover the class name from the signature. */ + + if (strcmp (declp -> b, "__ct") == 0) + { + work -> constructor += 1; + string_clear (declp); + return; + } + else if (strcmp (declp -> b, "__dt") == 0) + { + work -> destructor += 1; + string_clear (declp); + return; + } + } + + if (declp->p - declp->b >= 3 + && declp->b[0] == 'o' + && declp->b[1] == 'p' + && strchr (cplus_markers, declp->b[2]) != NULL) + { + /* see if it's an assignment expression */ + if (declp->p - declp->b >= 10 /* op$assign_ */ + && memcmp (declp->b + 3, "assign_", 7) == 0) + { + for (i = 0; i < sizeof (optable) / sizeof (optable[0]); i++) + { + len = declp->p - declp->b - 10; + if (strlen (optable[i].in) == len + && memcmp (optable[i].in, declp->b + 10, len) == 0) + { + string_clear (declp); + string_append (declp, "operator"); + string_append (declp, optable[i].out); + string_append (declp, "="); + break; + } + } + } + else + { + for (i = 0; i < sizeof (optable) / sizeof (optable[0]); i++) + { + int len = declp->p - declp->b - 3; + if (strlen (optable[i].in) == len + && memcmp (optable[i].in, declp->b + 3, len) == 0) + { + string_clear (declp); + string_append (declp, "operator"); + string_append (declp, optable[i].out); + break; + } + } + } + } + else if (declp->p - declp->b >= 5 && memcmp (declp->b, "type", 4) == 0 + && strchr (cplus_markers, declp->b[4]) != NULL) + { + /* type conversion operator */ + tem = declp->b + 5; + if (do_type (work, &tem, &type)) + { + string_clear (declp); + string_append (declp, "operator "); + string_appends (declp, &type); + string_delete (&type); + } + } + else if (declp->b[0] == '_' && declp->b[1] == '_' + && declp->b[2] == 'o' && declp->b[3] == 'p') + { + /* ANSI. */ + /* type conversion operator. */ + tem = declp->b + 4; + if (do_type (work, &tem, &type)) + { + string_clear (declp); + string_append (declp, "operator "); + string_appends (declp, &type); + string_delete (&type); + } + } + else if (declp->b[0] == '_' && declp->b[1] == '_' + && declp->b[2] >= 'a' && declp->b[2] <= 'z' + && declp->b[3] >= 'a' && declp->b[3] <= 'z') + { + if (declp->b[4] == '\0') + { + /* Operator. */ + for (i = 0; i < sizeof (optable) / sizeof (optable[0]); i++) + { + if (strlen (optable[i].in) == 2 + && memcmp (optable[i].in, declp->b + 2, 2) == 0) + { + string_clear (declp); + string_append (declp, "operator"); + string_append (declp, optable[i].out); + break; + } + } + } + else + { + if (declp->b[2] == 'a' && declp->b[5] == '\0') + { + /* Assignment. */ + for (i = 0; i < sizeof (optable) / sizeof (optable[0]); i++) + { + if (strlen (optable[i].in) == 3 + && memcmp (optable[i].in, declp->b + 2, 3) == 0) + { + string_clear (declp); + string_append (declp, "operator"); + string_append (declp, optable[i].out); + break; + } + } + } + } + } +} + +/* a mini string-handling package */ + +static void +string_need (s, n) + string *s; + int n; +{ + int tem; + + if (s->b == NULL) + { + if (n < 32) + { + n = 32; + } + s->p = s->b = xmalloc (n); + s->e = s->b + n; + } + else if (s->e - s->p < n) + { + tem = s->p - s->b; + n += tem; + n *= 2; + s->b = xrealloc (s->b, n); + s->p = s->b + tem; + s->e = s->b + n; + } +} + +static void +string_delete (s) + string *s; +{ + if (s->b != NULL) + { + free (s->b); + s->b = s->e = s->p = NULL; + } +} + +static void +string_init (s) + string *s; +{ + s->b = s->p = s->e = NULL; +} + +static void +string_clear (s) + string *s; +{ + s->p = s->b; +} + +#if 0 + +static int +string_empty (s) + string *s; +{ + return (s->b == s->p); +} + +#endif + +static void +string_append (p, s) + string *p; + const char *s; +{ + int n; + if (s == NULL || *s == '\0') + return; + n = strlen (s); + string_need (p, n); + memcpy (p->p, s, n); + p->p += n; +} + +static void +string_appends (p, s) + string *p, *s; +{ + int n; + + if (s->b != s->p) + { + n = s->p - s->b; + string_need (p, n); + memcpy (p->p, s->b, n); + p->p += n; + } +} + +static void +string_appendn (p, s, n) + string *p; + const char *s; + int n; +{ + if (n != 0) + { + string_need (p, n); + memcpy (p->p, s, n); + p->p += n; + } +} + +static void +string_prepend (p, s) + string *p; + const char *s; +{ + if (s != NULL && *s != '\0') + { + string_prependn (p, s, strlen (s)); + } +} + +static void +string_prepends (p, s) + string *p, *s; +{ + if (s->b != s->p) + { + string_prependn (p, s->b, s->p - s->b); + } +} + +static void +string_prependn (p, s, n) + string *p; + const char *s; + int n; +{ + char *q; + + if (n != 0) + { + string_need (p, n); + for (q = p->p - 1; q >= p->b; q--) + { + q[n] = q[0]; + } + memcpy (p->b, s, n); + p->p += n; + } +} + +/* To generate a standalone demangler program for testing purposes, + just compile and link this file with -DMAIN and libiberty.a. When + run, it demangles each command line arg, or each stdin string, and + prints the result on stdout. */ + +#ifdef MAIN + +#include "getopt.h" + +static char *program_name; +static char *program_version = VERSION; +static int flags = DMGL_PARAMS | DMGL_ANSI; + +static void demangle_it PARAMS ((char *)); +static void usage PARAMS ((FILE *, int)); +static void fatal PARAMS ((char *)); + +static void +demangle_it (mangled_name) + char *mangled_name; +{ + char *result; + + result = cplus_demangle (mangled_name, flags); + if (result == NULL) + { + printf ("%s\n", mangled_name); + } + else + { + printf ("%s\n", result); + free (result); + } +} + +static void +usage (stream, status) + FILE *stream; + int status; +{ + fprintf (stream, "\ +Usage: %s [-_] [-n] [-s {gnu,lucid,arm}] [--strip-underscores]\n\ + [--no-strip-underscores] [--format={gnu,lucid,arm}]\n\ + [--help] [--version] [arg...]\n", + program_name); + exit (status); +} + +#define MBUF_SIZE 512 +char mbuffer[MBUF_SIZE]; + +/* Defined in the automatically-generated underscore.c. */ +extern int prepends_underscore; + +int strip_underscore = 0; + +static struct option long_options[] = { + {"strip-underscores", no_argument, 0, '_'}, + {"format", required_argument, 0, 's'}, + {"help", no_argument, 0, 'h'}, + {"java", no_argument, 0, 'j'}, + {"no-strip-underscores", no_argument, 0, 'n'}, + {"version", no_argument, 0, 'v'}, + {0, no_argument, 0, 0} +}; + +int +main (argc, argv) + int argc; + char **argv; +{ + char *result; + int c; + + program_name = argv[0]; + + strip_underscore = prepends_underscore; + + while ((c = getopt_long (argc, argv, "_ns:j", long_options, (int *) 0)) != EOF) + { + switch (c) + { + case '?': + usage (stderr, 1); + break; + case 'h': + usage (stdout, 0); + case 'n': + strip_underscore = 0; + break; + case 'v': + printf ("GNU %s version %s\n", program_name, program_version); + exit (0); + case '_': + strip_underscore = 1; + break; + case 'j': + flags |= DMGL_JAVA; + break; + case 's': + if (strcmp (optarg, "gnu") == 0) + { + current_demangling_style = gnu_demangling; + } + else if (strcmp (optarg, "lucid") == 0) + { + current_demangling_style = lucid_demangling; + } + else if (strcmp (optarg, "arm") == 0) + { + current_demangling_style = arm_demangling; + } + else + { + fprintf (stderr, "%s: unknown demangling style `%s'\n", + program_name, optarg); + exit (1); + } + break; + } + } + + if (optind < argc) + { + for ( ; optind < argc; optind++) + { + demangle_it (argv[optind]); + } + } + else + { + for (;;) + { + int i = 0; + c = getchar (); + /* Try to read a label. */ + while (c != EOF && (isalnum(c) || c == '_' || c == '$' || c == '.')) + { + if (i >= MBUF_SIZE-1) + break; + mbuffer[i++] = c; + c = getchar (); + } + if (i > 0) + { + int skip_first = 0; + + if (mbuffer[0] == '.') + ++skip_first; + if (strip_underscore && mbuffer[skip_first] == '_') + ++skip_first; + + if (skip_first > i) + skip_first = i; + + mbuffer[i] = 0; + + result = cplus_demangle (mbuffer + skip_first, flags); + if (result) + { + if (mbuffer[0] == '.') + putc ('.', stdout); + fputs (result, stdout); + free (result); + } + else + fputs (mbuffer, stdout); + + fflush (stdout); + } + if (c == EOF) + break; + putchar (c); + } + } + + exit (0); +} + +static void +fatal (str) + char *str; +{ + fprintf (stderr, "%s: %s\n", program_name, str); + exit (1); +} + +char * malloc (); +char * realloc (); + +char * +xmalloc (size) + unsigned size; +{ + register char *value = (char *) malloc (size); + if (value == 0) + fatal ("virtual memory exhausted"); + return value; +} + +char * +xrealloc (ptr, size) + char *ptr; + unsigned size; +{ + register char *value = (char *) realloc (ptr, size); + if (value == 0) + fatal ("virtual memory exhausted"); + return value; +} +#endif /* main */ diff --git a/libiberty/dummy.c b/libiberty/dummy.c new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..08da647e30e --- /dev/null +++ b/libiberty/dummy.c @@ -0,0 +1,49 @@ +#include <ansidecl.h> + +#ifdef __STDC__ +#include <stddef.h> +#define clock_t unsigned long +#define DEF(NAME, RETURN_TYPE, ARGLIST, ARGS) extern RETURN_TYPE NAME (ARGS); +#define DEFFUNC(NAME, RETURN_TYPE, ARGLIST, ARGS) extern RETURN_TYPE NAME (ARGS); +#else +#define void int +#define size_t unsigned long +#define clock_t unsigned long +#define DEF(NAME, RETURN_TYPE, ARGLIST, ARGS) extern RETURN_TYPE NAME (); +#define DEFFUNC(NAME, RETURN_TYPE, ARGLIST, ARGS) extern RETURN_TYPE NAME (); +#endif + +#define DEFVAR(NAME,DECL,USE) extern DECL; + +#define NOTHING /*nothing*/ + +#include "alloca-conf.h" +#include "functions.def" + +/* Always use our: getopt.o getopt1.o obstack.o spaces.o */ + +int +main (argc, argv) + int argc; char **argv; +{ + +/* Create a dummy function call for each DEF-defined function. */ + +#undef DEF +#undef DEFVAR +#undef DEFFUNC +#undef AND +#define AND = 0; +/* ARGS expands into a set of declaration. NAME ARG_LIST expands + info a function call that uses those variables as actual parameters. + If the function has been DEF'ed correctly, we can pass the right + number and types of parameters, which is nice. (E.g. gcc may + otherwise complain about the wrong number of parameters to certain + builtins.) */ +#define DEF(NAME, RETURN_TYPE, ARG_LIST, ARGS) { ARGS; NAME ARG_LIST; } +#define DEFVAR(NAME, DECL, USE) { USE; } +#define DEFFUNC(NAME, RETURN_TYPE, ARG_LIST, ARGS) { ARGS; NAME ARG_LIST; } +#include "functions.def" + + return (0); +} diff --git a/libiberty/fdmatch.c b/libiberty/fdmatch.c new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..7af039f5a2b --- /dev/null +++ b/libiberty/fdmatch.c @@ -0,0 +1,73 @@ +/* Compare two open file descriptors to see if they refer to the same file. + Copyright (C) 1991 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + +This file is part of the libiberty library. +Libiberty is free software; you can redistribute it and/or +modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public +License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either +version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + +Libiberty is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, +but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU +Library General Public License for more details. + +You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public +License along with libiberty; see the file COPYING.LIB. If +not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, +Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */ + + +/* + +NAME + + fdmatch -- see if two file descriptors refer to same file + +SYNOPSIS + + int fdmatch (int fd1, int fd2) + +DESCRIPTION + + Check to see if two open file descriptors refer to the same file. + This is useful, for example, when we have an open file descriptor + for an unnamed file, and the name of a file that we believe to + correspond to that fd. This can happen when we are exec'd with + an already open file (stdout for example) or from the SVR4 /proc + calls that return open file descriptors for mapped address spaces. + All we have to do is open the file by name and check the two file + descriptors for a match, which is done by comparing major&minor + device numbers and inode numbers. + +BUGS + + (FIXME: does this work for networks?) + It works for NFS, which assigns a device number to each mount. + +*/ + +#include "ansidecl.h" +#include "libiberty.h" +#include <sys/types.h> +#include <sys/stat.h> + +int fdmatch (fd1, fd2) + int fd1; + int fd2; +{ + struct stat sbuf1; + struct stat sbuf2; + + if ((fstat (fd1, &sbuf1) == 0) && + (fstat (fd2, &sbuf2) == 0) && + (sbuf1.st_dev == sbuf2.st_dev) && + (sbuf1.st_ino == sbuf2.st_ino)) + { + return (1); + } + else + { + return (0); + } +} diff --git a/libiberty/floatformat.c b/libiberty/floatformat.c new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..7f6086f4306 --- /dev/null +++ b/libiberty/floatformat.c @@ -0,0 +1,401 @@ +/* IEEE floating point support routines, for GDB, the GNU Debugger. + Copyright (C) 1991, 1994 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + +This file is part of GDB. + +This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify +it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by +the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or +(at your option) any later version. + +This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, +but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the +GNU General Public License for more details. + +You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License +along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software +Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */ + +#include "floatformat.h" +#include <math.h> /* ldexp */ +#ifdef __STDC__ +#include <stddef.h> +extern void *memcpy (void *s1, const void *s2, size_t n); +extern void *memset (void *s, int c, size_t n); +#else +extern char *memcpy (); +extern char *memset (); +#endif + +/* The odds that CHAR_BIT will be anything but 8 are low enough that I'm not + going to bother with trying to muck around with whether it is defined in + a system header, what we do if not, etc. */ +#define FLOATFORMAT_CHAR_BIT 8 + +/* floatformats for IEEE single and double, big and little endian. */ +const struct floatformat floatformat_ieee_single_big = +{ + floatformat_big, 32, 0, 1, 8, 127, 255, 9, 23, floatformat_intbit_no +}; +const struct floatformat floatformat_ieee_single_little = +{ + floatformat_little, 32, 0, 1, 8, 127, 255, 9, 23, floatformat_intbit_no +}; +const struct floatformat floatformat_ieee_double_big = +{ + floatformat_big, 64, 0, 1, 11, 1023, 2047, 12, 52, floatformat_intbit_no +}; +const struct floatformat floatformat_ieee_double_little = +{ + floatformat_little, 64, 0, 1, 11, 1023, 2047, 12, 52, floatformat_intbit_no +}; + +/* floatformat for IEEE double, little endian byte order, with big endian word + ordering, as on the ARM. */ + +const struct floatformat floatformat_ieee_double_littlebyte_bigword = +{ + floatformat_littlebyte_bigword, 64, 0, 1, 11, 1023, 2047, 12, 52, floatformat_intbit_no +}; + +const struct floatformat floatformat_i387_ext = +{ + floatformat_little, 80, 0, 1, 15, 0x3fff, 0x7fff, 16, 64, + floatformat_intbit_yes +}; +const struct floatformat floatformat_m68881_ext = +{ + /* Note that the bits from 16 to 31 are unused. */ + floatformat_big, 96, 0, 1, 15, 0x3fff, 0x7fff, 32, 64, floatformat_intbit_yes +}; +const struct floatformat floatformat_i960_ext = +{ + /* Note that the bits from 0 to 15 are unused. */ + floatformat_little, 96, 16, 17, 15, 0x3fff, 0x7fff, 32, 64, + floatformat_intbit_yes +}; +const struct floatformat floatformat_m88110_ext = +{ +#ifdef HARRIS_FLOAT_FORMAT + /* Harris uses raw format 128 bytes long, but the number is just an ieee + double, and the last 64 bits are wasted. */ + floatformat_big,128, 0, 1, 11, 0x3ff, 0x7ff, 12, 52, + floatformat_intbit_no +#else + floatformat_big, 80, 0, 1, 15, 0x3fff, 0x7fff, 16, 64, + floatformat_intbit_yes +#endif /* HARRIS_FLOAT_FORMAT */ +}; +const struct floatformat floatformat_arm_ext = +{ + /* Bits 1 to 16 are unused. */ + floatformat_big, 96, 0, 17, 15, 0x3fff, 0x7fff, 32, 64, + floatformat_intbit_yes +}; + +static unsigned long get_field PARAMS ((unsigned char *, + enum floatformat_byteorders, + unsigned int, + unsigned int, + unsigned int)); + +/* Extract a field which starts at START and is LEN bytes long. DATA and + TOTAL_LEN are the thing we are extracting it from, in byteorder ORDER. */ +static unsigned long +get_field (data, order, total_len, start, len) + unsigned char *data; + enum floatformat_byteorders order; + unsigned int total_len; + unsigned int start; + unsigned int len; +{ + unsigned long result; + unsigned int cur_byte; + int cur_bitshift; + + /* Start at the least significant part of the field. */ + cur_byte = (start + len) / FLOATFORMAT_CHAR_BIT; + if (order == floatformat_little) + cur_byte = (total_len / FLOATFORMAT_CHAR_BIT) - cur_byte - 1; + cur_bitshift = + ((start + len) % FLOATFORMAT_CHAR_BIT) - FLOATFORMAT_CHAR_BIT; + result = *(data + cur_byte) >> (-cur_bitshift); + cur_bitshift += FLOATFORMAT_CHAR_BIT; + if (order == floatformat_little) + ++cur_byte; + else + --cur_byte; + + /* Move towards the most significant part of the field. */ + while (cur_bitshift < len) + { + if (len - cur_bitshift < FLOATFORMAT_CHAR_BIT) + /* This is the last byte; zero out the bits which are not part of + this field. */ + result |= + (*(data + cur_byte) & ((1 << (len - cur_bitshift)) - 1)) + << cur_bitshift; + else + result |= *(data + cur_byte) << cur_bitshift; + cur_bitshift += FLOATFORMAT_CHAR_BIT; + if (order == floatformat_little) + ++cur_byte; + else + --cur_byte; + } + return result; +} + +#ifndef min +#define min(a, b) ((a) < (b) ? (a) : (b)) +#endif + +/* Convert from FMT to a double. + FROM is the address of the extended float. + Store the double in *TO. */ + +void +floatformat_to_double (fmt, from, to) + const struct floatformat *fmt; + char *from; + double *to; +{ + unsigned char *ufrom = (unsigned char *)from; + double dto; + long exponent; + unsigned long mant; + unsigned int mant_bits, mant_off; + int mant_bits_left; + int special_exponent; /* It's a NaN, denorm or zero */ + + exponent = get_field (ufrom, fmt->byteorder, fmt->totalsize, + fmt->exp_start, fmt->exp_len); + /* Note that if exponent indicates a NaN, we can't really do anything useful + (not knowing if the host has NaN's, or how to build one). So it will + end up as an infinity or something close; that is OK. */ + + mant_bits_left = fmt->man_len; + mant_off = fmt->man_start; + dto = 0.0; + + special_exponent = exponent == 0 || exponent == fmt->exp_nan; + + /* Don't bias zero's, denorms or NaNs. */ + if (!special_exponent) + exponent -= fmt->exp_bias; + + /* Build the result algebraically. Might go infinite, underflow, etc; + who cares. */ + + /* If this format uses a hidden bit, explicitly add it in now. Otherwise, + increment the exponent by one to account for the integer bit. */ + + if (!special_exponent) + if (fmt->intbit == floatformat_intbit_no) + dto = ldexp (1.0, exponent); + else + exponent++; + + while (mant_bits_left > 0) + { + mant_bits = min (mant_bits_left, 32); + + mant = get_field (ufrom, fmt->byteorder, fmt->totalsize, + mant_off, mant_bits); + + dto += ldexp ((double)mant, exponent - mant_bits); + exponent -= mant_bits; + mant_off += mant_bits; + mant_bits_left -= mant_bits; + } + + /* Negate it if negative. */ + if (get_field (ufrom, fmt->byteorder, fmt->totalsize, fmt->sign_start, 1)) + dto = -dto; + *to = dto; +} + +static void put_field PARAMS ((unsigned char *, enum floatformat_byteorders, + unsigned int, + unsigned int, + unsigned int, + unsigned long)); + +/* Set a field which starts at START and is LEN bytes long. DATA and + TOTAL_LEN are the thing we are extracting it from, in byteorder ORDER. */ +static void +put_field (data, order, total_len, start, len, stuff_to_put) + unsigned char *data; + enum floatformat_byteorders order; + unsigned int total_len; + unsigned int start; + unsigned int len; + unsigned long stuff_to_put; +{ + unsigned int cur_byte; + int cur_bitshift; + + /* Start at the least significant part of the field. */ + cur_byte = (start + len) / FLOATFORMAT_CHAR_BIT; + if (order == floatformat_little) + cur_byte = (total_len / FLOATFORMAT_CHAR_BIT) - cur_byte - 1; + cur_bitshift = + ((start + len) % FLOATFORMAT_CHAR_BIT) - FLOATFORMAT_CHAR_BIT; + *(data + cur_byte) &= + ~(((1 << ((start + len) % FLOATFORMAT_CHAR_BIT)) - 1) << (-cur_bitshift)); + *(data + cur_byte) |= + (stuff_to_put & ((1 << FLOATFORMAT_CHAR_BIT) - 1)) << (-cur_bitshift); + cur_bitshift += FLOATFORMAT_CHAR_BIT; + if (order == floatformat_little) + ++cur_byte; + else + --cur_byte; + + /* Move towards the most significant part of the field. */ + while (cur_bitshift < len) + { + if (len - cur_bitshift < FLOATFORMAT_CHAR_BIT) + { + /* This is the last byte. */ + *(data + cur_byte) &= + ~((1 << (len - cur_bitshift)) - 1); + *(data + cur_byte) |= (stuff_to_put >> cur_bitshift); + } + else + *(data + cur_byte) = ((stuff_to_put >> cur_bitshift) + & ((1 << FLOATFORMAT_CHAR_BIT) - 1)); + cur_bitshift += FLOATFORMAT_CHAR_BIT; + if (order == floatformat_little) + ++cur_byte; + else + --cur_byte; + } +} + +/* The converse: convert the double *FROM to an extended float + and store where TO points. Neither FROM nor TO have any alignment + restrictions. */ + +void +floatformat_from_double (fmt, from, to) + CONST struct floatformat *fmt; + double *from; + char *to; +{ + double dfrom; + int exponent; + double mant; + unsigned int mant_bits, mant_off; + int mant_bits_left; + unsigned char *uto = (unsigned char *)to; + + memcpy (&dfrom, from, sizeof (dfrom)); + memset (uto, 0, fmt->totalsize / FLOATFORMAT_CHAR_BIT); + if (dfrom == 0) + return; /* Result is zero */ + if (dfrom != dfrom) + { + /* From is NaN */ + put_field (uto, fmt->byteorder, fmt->totalsize, fmt->exp_start, + fmt->exp_len, fmt->exp_nan); + /* Be sure it's not infinity, but NaN value is irrel */ + put_field (uto, fmt->byteorder, fmt->totalsize, fmt->man_start, + 32, 1); + return; + } + + /* If negative, set the sign bit. */ + if (dfrom < 0) + { + put_field (uto, fmt->byteorder, fmt->totalsize, fmt->sign_start, 1, 1); + dfrom = -dfrom; + } + + /* How to tell an infinity from an ordinary number? FIXME-someday */ + + mant = frexp (dfrom, &exponent); + put_field (uto, fmt->byteorder, fmt->totalsize, fmt->exp_start, fmt->exp_len, + exponent + fmt->exp_bias - 1); + + mant_bits_left = fmt->man_len; + mant_off = fmt->man_start; + while (mant_bits_left > 0) + { + unsigned long mant_long; + mant_bits = mant_bits_left < 32 ? mant_bits_left : 32; + + mant *= 4294967296.0; + mant_long = (unsigned long)mant; + mant -= mant_long; + + /* If the integer bit is implicit, then we need to discard it. + If we are discarding a zero, we should be (but are not) creating + a denormalized number which means adjusting the exponent + (I think). */ + if (mant_bits_left == fmt->man_len + && fmt->intbit == floatformat_intbit_no) + { + mant_long &= 0x7fffffff; + mant_bits -= 1; + } + else if (mant_bits < 32) + { + /* The bits we want are in the most significant MANT_BITS bits of + mant_long. Move them to the least significant. */ + mant_long >>= 32 - mant_bits; + } + + put_field (uto, fmt->byteorder, fmt->totalsize, + mant_off, mant_bits, mant_long); + mant_off += mant_bits; + mant_bits_left -= mant_bits; + } +} + + +#ifdef IEEE_DEBUG + +/* This is to be run on a host which uses IEEE floating point. */ + +void +ieee_test (n) + double n; +{ + double result; + char exten[16]; + + floatformat_to_double (&floatformat_ieee_double_big, &n, &result); + if (n != result) + printf ("Differ(to): %.20g -> %.20g\n", n, result); + floatformat_from_double (&floatformat_ieee_double_big, &n, &result); + if (n != result) + printf ("Differ(from): %.20g -> %.20g\n", n, result); + + floatformat_from_double (&floatformat_m68881_ext, &n, exten); + floatformat_to_double (&floatformat_m68881_ext, exten, &result); + if (n != result) + printf ("Differ(to+from): %.20g -> %.20g\n", n, result); + +#if IEEE_DEBUG > 1 + /* This is to be run on a host which uses 68881 format. */ + { + long double ex = *(long double *)exten; + if (ex != n) + printf ("Differ(from vs. extended): %.20g\n", n); + } +#endif +} + +int +main () +{ + ieee_test (0.5); + ieee_test (256.0); + ieee_test (0.12345); + ieee_test (234235.78907234); + ieee_test (-512.0); + ieee_test (-0.004321); + return 0; +} +#endif diff --git a/libiberty/fnmatch.c b/libiberty/fnmatch.c new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..685d9e40edc --- /dev/null +++ b/libiberty/fnmatch.c @@ -0,0 +1,223 @@ +/* Copyright (C) 1991, 1992, 1993 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + +NOTE: The canonical source of this file is maintained with the GNU C Library. +Bugs can be reported to bug-glibc@prep.ai.mit.edu. + +This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it +under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the +Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) any +later version. + +This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, +but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the +GNU General Public License for more details. + +You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License +along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software +Foundation, 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA. */ + +#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H +#if defined (CONFIG_BROKETS) +/* We use <config.h> instead of "config.h" so that a compilation + using -I. -I$srcdir will use ./config.h rather than $srcdir/config.h + (which it would do because it found this file in $srcdir). */ +#include <config.h> +#else +#include "config.h" +#endif +#endif + + +#ifndef _GNU_SOURCE +#define _GNU_SOURCE +#endif + +/* This code to undef const added in libiberty. */ +#ifndef __STDC__ +/* This is a separate conditional since some stdc systems + reject `defined (const)'. */ +#ifndef const +#define const +#endif +#endif + +#include <errno.h> +#include <fnmatch.h> +#include <ctype.h> + + +/* Comment out all this code if we are using the GNU C Library, and are not + actually compiling the library itself. This code is part of the GNU C + Library, but also included in many other GNU distributions. Compiling + and linking in this code is a waste when using the GNU C library + (especially if it is a shared library). Rather than having every GNU + program understand `configure --with-gnu-libc' and omit the object files, + it is simpler to just do this in the source for each such file. */ + +#if defined (_LIBC) || !defined (__GNU_LIBRARY__) + + +#if !defined(__GNU_LIBRARY__) && !defined(STDC_HEADERS) +extern int errno; +#endif + +/* Match STRING against the filename pattern PATTERN, returning zero if + it matches, nonzero if not. */ +int +fnmatch (pattern, string, flags) + const char *pattern; + const char *string; + int flags; +{ + register const char *p = pattern, *n = string; + register char c; + +/* Note that this evalutes C many times. */ +#define FOLD(c) ((flags & FNM_CASEFOLD) && isupper (c) ? tolower (c) : (c)) + + while ((c = *p++) != '\0') + { + c = FOLD (c); + + switch (c) + { + case '?': + if (*n == '\0') + return FNM_NOMATCH; + else if ((flags & FNM_FILE_NAME) && *n == '/') + return FNM_NOMATCH; + else if ((flags & FNM_PERIOD) && *n == '.' && + (n == string || ((flags & FNM_FILE_NAME) && n[-1] == '/'))) + return FNM_NOMATCH; + break; + + case '\\': + if (!(flags & FNM_NOESCAPE)) + { + c = *p++; + c = FOLD (c); + } + if (FOLD (*n) != c) + return FNM_NOMATCH; + break; + + case '*': + if ((flags & FNM_PERIOD) && *n == '.' && + (n == string || ((flags & FNM_FILE_NAME) && n[-1] == '/'))) + return FNM_NOMATCH; + + for (c = *p++; c == '?' || c == '*'; c = *p++, ++n) + if (((flags & FNM_FILE_NAME) && *n == '/') || + (c == '?' && *n == '\0')) + return FNM_NOMATCH; + + if (c == '\0') + return 0; + + { + char c1 = (!(flags & FNM_NOESCAPE) && c == '\\') ? *p : c; + c1 = FOLD (c1); + for (--p; *n != '\0'; ++n) + if ((c == '[' || FOLD (*n) == c1) && + fnmatch (p, n, flags & ~FNM_PERIOD) == 0) + return 0; + return FNM_NOMATCH; + } + + case '[': + { + /* Nonzero if the sense of the character class is inverted. */ + register int not; + + if (*n == '\0') + return FNM_NOMATCH; + + if ((flags & FNM_PERIOD) && *n == '.' && + (n == string || ((flags & FNM_FILE_NAME) && n[-1] == '/'))) + return FNM_NOMATCH; + + not = (*p == '!' || *p == '^'); + if (not) + ++p; + + c = *p++; + for (;;) + { + register char cstart = c, cend = c; + + if (!(flags & FNM_NOESCAPE) && c == '\\') + cstart = cend = *p++; + + cstart = cend = FOLD (cstart); + + if (c == '\0') + /* [ (unterminated) loses. */ + return FNM_NOMATCH; + + c = *p++; + c = FOLD (c); + + if ((flags & FNM_FILE_NAME) && c == '/') + /* [/] can never match. */ + return FNM_NOMATCH; + + if (c == '-' && *p != ']') + { + cend = *p++; + if (!(flags & FNM_NOESCAPE) && cend == '\\') + cend = *p++; + if (cend == '\0') + return FNM_NOMATCH; + cend = FOLD (cend); + + c = *p++; + } + + if (FOLD (*n) >= cstart && FOLD (*n) <= cend) + goto matched; + + if (c == ']') + break; + } + if (!not) + return FNM_NOMATCH; + break; + + matched:; + /* Skip the rest of the [...] that already matched. */ + while (c != ']') + { + if (c == '\0') + /* [... (unterminated) loses. */ + return FNM_NOMATCH; + + c = *p++; + if (!(flags & FNM_NOESCAPE) && c == '\\') + /* XXX 1003.2d11 is unclear if this is right. */ + ++p; + } + if (not) + return FNM_NOMATCH; + } + break; + + default: + if (c != FOLD (*n)) + return FNM_NOMATCH; + } + + ++n; + } + + if (*n == '\0') + return 0; + + if ((flags & FNM_LEADING_DIR) && *n == '/') + /* The FNM_LEADING_DIR flag says that "foo*" matches "foobar/frobozz". */ + return 0; + + return FNM_NOMATCH; +} + +#endif /* _LIBC or not __GNU_LIBRARY__. */ diff --git a/libiberty/functions.def b/libiberty/functions.def new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..aeed4c69c3b --- /dev/null +++ b/libiberty/functions.def @@ -0,0 +1,69 @@ +/* + * List of function definitions that may *optionally* be included + * in libiberty.a. The function names must match the filenames, + * e.g. bzero() is defined in bzero.c. (While each file can contain + * extra functions, do not list them.) + * + * In the default libiberty configuration, these object files + * (e.g bzero.o) are included if and only if cc fails to find + * the corresponding function in libc. + */ + +DEF(atexit, int, (f), void (*f)()) +DEF(bcmp, int, (s1, s2, length), char *s1 AND char *s2 AND int length ) +DEF(bcopy, void, (s1, s2, length), char *s1 AND char *s2 AND int length ) +DEF(bzero, void, (s, length), char *s AND int length) +DEF(clock, clock_t, (), NOTHING) +DEF(getopt, int, (argc, argv, optstring), + int argc AND char **argv AND CONST char *optstring) +DEF(getpagesize, int , (), NOTHING) +DEF(getcwd, char*, (buf, len), char *buf AND int len) +DEF(index, char*, (s, c), char *s AND int c) +DEF(insque, void, (), NOTHING) +DEF(memchr, PTR, (s, c, length), CONST PTR s AND int c AND size_t length) +DEF(memcmp, int, (s1, s2, length), + CONST PTR s1 AND CONST PTR s2 AND size_t length) +DEF(memcpy, PTR, (s1, s2, length), PTR s1 AND CONST PTR s2 AND size_t length) +DEF(memmove, PTR, (s1, s2, length), PTR s1 AND CONST PTR s2 AND size_t length) +DEF(memset, PTR, (s, val, length), PTR s AND int val AND size_t length ) +DEF(random, long int, (), NOTHING) +DEF(rename, int, (f, t), char *f AND char *t) +DEF(rindex, char*, (s, c), char *s AND int c) +DEF(strcasecmp, int, (s1, s2), char *s1 AND char *s2) +DEF(strncasecmp, int, (s1, s2, n), char *s1 AND char *s2 AND int n) +DEF(strchr, char*, (s, c), CONST char *s AND int c) +DEF(strdup, char*, (s1), char * s1) +DEF(strrchr, char*, (s, c), CONST char *s AND int c) +DEF(strstr, char*, (), NOTHING) +DEF(strtod, double, (), NOTHING) +DEF(strtol, long, (), NOTHING) +DEF(strtoul, unsigned long, (), NOTHING) +DEF(tmpnam, char *, (s), char * s) +DEF(vfork, int, (), NOTHING) +DEF(vfprintf, int, (), NOTHING) +DEF(vprintf, int, (), NOTHING) +DEF(vsprintf, int, (), NOTHING) +DEF(sigsetmask, int, (), NOTHING) +DEF(alloca, PTR, (size), size_t size) +DEF(waitpid, int, (pid, statp, opts), int pid AND int* statp AND int opts ) +DEF(vasprintf, int, (), NOTHING) + +/* List of global variables that we want to look for in the host + environment, and to generate an entry NEED_<variable> in config.h + if they are not found. The first arg is the variable name, the + second arg is how to declare the variable, and the third is how to + use it. */ + +DEFVAR(sys_nerr, int sys_nerr, sys_nerr = 0) +DEFVAR(sys_errlist, char *sys_errlist[], sys_errlist[0] = 0) +DEFVAR(sys_siglist, char *sys_siglist[], sys_siglist[0] = 0) + +/* List of global functions that we want to look for in the host + environment, and to generate an entry NEED_<funcname> in config.h + if they are not found. */ + +DEFFUNC(strerror, char*, (), NOTHING) +DEFFUNC(psignal, void, (signo, message), unsigned signo AND char *message) +DEFFUNC(basename, char *, (name), CONST char *name) +DEFFUNC(on_exit, void, (f, arg), void (*f)() AND char *arg) +DEFFUNC(strsignal, char *, (), NOTHING) diff --git a/libiberty/getcwd.c b/libiberty/getcwd.c new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..60c1dd84eed --- /dev/null +++ b/libiberty/getcwd.c @@ -0,0 +1,52 @@ +/* Emulate getcwd using getwd. + This function is in the public domain. */ + +/* +NAME + getcwd -- get absolute pathname for current working directory + +SYNOPSIS + char *getcwd (char pathname[len], len) + +DESCRIPTION + Copy the absolute pathname for the current working directory into + the supplied buffer and return a pointer to the buffer. If the + current directory's path doesn't fit in LEN characters, the result + is NULL and errno is set. + +BUGS + Emulated via the getwd() call, which is reasonable for most + systems that do not have getcwd(). + +*/ + +#ifndef NO_SYS_PARAM_H +#include <sys/param.h> +#endif +#include <errno.h> + +extern char *getwd (); +extern int errno; + +#ifndef MAXPATHLEN +#define MAXPATHLEN 1024 +#endif + +char * +getcwd (buf, len) + char *buf; + int len; +{ + char ourbuf[MAXPATHLEN]; + char *result; + + result = getwd (ourbuf); + if (result) { + if (strlen (ourbuf) >= len) { + errno = ERANGE; + return 0; + } + strcpy (buf, ourbuf); + } + return buf; +} diff --git a/libiberty/getopt.c b/libiberty/getopt.c new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..79080aa54b3 --- /dev/null +++ b/libiberty/getopt.c @@ -0,0 +1,760 @@ +/* Getopt for GNU. + NOTE: getopt is now part of the C library, so if you don't know what + "Keep this file name-space clean" means, talk to roland@gnu.ai.mit.edu + before changing it! + + Copyright (C) 1987, 88, 89, 90, 91, 92, 93, 94, 95 + Free Software Foundation, Inc. + +This file is part of the libiberty library. This library is free +software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the +terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the +Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) +any later version. + +This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, +but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the +GNU General Public License for more details. + +You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License +along with GNU CC; see the file COPYING. If not, write to +the Free Software Foundation, 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. + +As a special exception, if you link this library with files +compiled with a GNU compiler to produce an executable, this does not cause +the resulting executable to be covered by the GNU General Public License. +This exception does not however invalidate any other reasons why +the executable file might be covered by the GNU General Public License. */ + +/* This tells Alpha OSF/1 not to define a getopt prototype in <stdio.h>. + Ditto for AIX 3.2 and <stdlib.h>. */ +#ifndef _NO_PROTO +#define _NO_PROTO +#endif + +#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H +#if defined (emacs) || defined (CONFIG_BROKETS) +/* We use <config.h> instead of "config.h" so that a compilation + using -I. -I$srcdir will use ./config.h rather than $srcdir/config.h + (which it would do because it found this file in $srcdir). */ +#include <config.h> +#else +#include "config.h" +#endif +#endif + +#ifndef __STDC__ +/* This is a separate conditional since some stdc systems + reject `defined (const)'. */ +#ifndef const +#define const +#endif +#endif + +#include <stdio.h> + +/* Comment out all this code if we are using the GNU C Library, and are not + actually compiling the library itself. This code is part of the GNU C + Library, but also included in many other GNU distributions. Compiling + and linking in this code is a waste when using the GNU C library + (especially if it is a shared library). Rather than having every GNU + program understand `configure --with-gnu-libc' and omit the object files, + it is simpler to just do this in the source for each such file. */ +/* Many versions of the Linux C library include older, broken versions + of these routines, which will break the linker's command-line + parsing. */ + +#if defined (_LIBC) || !defined (__GNU_LIBRARY__) || defined (__linux__) + + +/* This needs to come after some library #include + to get __GNU_LIBRARY__ defined. */ +#ifdef __GNU_LIBRARY__ +/* Don't include stdlib.h for non-GNU C libraries because some of them + contain conflicting prototypes for getopt. */ +#include <stdlib.h> +#endif /* GNU C library. */ + +/* This version of `getopt' appears to the caller like standard Unix `getopt' + but it behaves differently for the user, since it allows the user + to intersperse the options with the other arguments. + + As `getopt' works, it permutes the elements of ARGV so that, + when it is done, all the options precede everything else. Thus + all application programs are extended to handle flexible argument order. + + Setting the environment variable POSIXLY_CORRECT disables permutation. + Then the behavior is completely standard. + + GNU application programs can use a third alternative mode in which + they can distinguish the relative order of options and other arguments. */ + +#include "getopt.h" + +/* For communication from `getopt' to the caller. + When `getopt' finds an option that takes an argument, + the argument value is returned here. + Also, when `ordering' is RETURN_IN_ORDER, + each non-option ARGV-element is returned here. */ + +char *optarg = NULL; + +/* Index in ARGV of the next element to be scanned. + This is used for communication to and from the caller + and for communication between successive calls to `getopt'. + + On entry to `getopt', zero means this is the first call; initialize. + + When `getopt' returns EOF, this is the index of the first of the + non-option elements that the caller should itself scan. + + Otherwise, `optind' communicates from one call to the next + how much of ARGV has been scanned so far. */ + +/* XXX 1003.2 says this must be 1 before any call. */ +int optind = 0; + +/* The next char to be scanned in the option-element + in which the last option character we returned was found. + This allows us to pick up the scan where we left off. + + If this is zero, or a null string, it means resume the scan + by advancing to the next ARGV-element. */ + +static char *nextchar; + +/* Callers store zero here to inhibit the error message + for unrecognized options. */ + +int opterr = 1; + +/* Set to an option character which was unrecognized. + This must be initialized on some systems to avoid linking in the + system's own getopt implementation. */ + +int optopt = '?'; + +/* Describe how to deal with options that follow non-option ARGV-elements. + + If the caller did not specify anything, + the default is REQUIRE_ORDER if the environment variable + POSIXLY_CORRECT is defined, PERMUTE otherwise. + + REQUIRE_ORDER means don't recognize them as options; + stop option processing when the first non-option is seen. + This is what Unix does. + This mode of operation is selected by either setting the environment + variable POSIXLY_CORRECT, or using `+' as the first character + of the list of option characters. + + PERMUTE is the default. We permute the contents of ARGV as we scan, + so that eventually all the non-options are at the end. This allows options + to be given in any order, even with programs that were not written to + expect this. + + RETURN_IN_ORDER is an option available to programs that were written + to expect options and other ARGV-elements in any order and that care about + the ordering of the two. We describe each non-option ARGV-element + as if it were the argument of an option with character code 1. + Using `-' as the first character of the list of option characters + selects this mode of operation. + + The special argument `--' forces an end of option-scanning regardless + of the value of `ordering'. In the case of RETURN_IN_ORDER, only + `--' can cause `getopt' to return EOF with `optind' != ARGC. */ + +static enum +{ + REQUIRE_ORDER, PERMUTE, RETURN_IN_ORDER +} ordering; + +#ifdef __GNU_LIBRARY__ +/* We want to avoid inclusion of string.h with non-GNU libraries + because there are many ways it can cause trouble. + On some systems, it contains special magic macros that don't work + in GCC. */ +#include <string.h> +#define my_index strchr +#else + +/* Avoid depending on library functions or files + whose names are inconsistent. */ + +char *getenv (); + +static char * +my_index (str, chr) + const char *str; + int chr; +{ + while (*str) + { + if (*str == chr) + return (char *) str; + str++; + } + return 0; +} + +/* If using GCC, we can safely declare strlen this way. + If not using GCC, it is ok not to declare it. */ +#ifdef __GNUC__ +/* Note that Motorola Delta 68k R3V7 comes with GCC but not stddef.h. + That was relevant to code that was here before. */ +#ifndef __STDC__ +/* gcc with -traditional declares the built-in strlen to return int, + and has done so at least since version 2.4.5. -- rms. */ +extern int strlen (const char *); +#endif /* not __STDC__ */ +#endif /* __GNUC__ */ + +#endif /* not __GNU_LIBRARY__ */ + +/* Handle permutation of arguments. */ + +/* Describe the part of ARGV that contains non-options that have + been skipped. `first_nonopt' is the index in ARGV of the first of them; + `last_nonopt' is the index after the last of them. */ + +static int first_nonopt; +static int last_nonopt; + +/* Exchange two adjacent subsequences of ARGV. + One subsequence is elements [first_nonopt,last_nonopt) + which contains all the non-options that have been skipped so far. + The other is elements [last_nonopt,optind), which contains all + the options processed since those non-options were skipped. + + `first_nonopt' and `last_nonopt' are relocated so that they describe + the new indices of the non-options in ARGV after they are moved. */ + +static void +exchange (argv) + char **argv; +{ + int bottom = first_nonopt; + int middle = last_nonopt; + int top = optind; + char *tem; + + /* Exchange the shorter segment with the far end of the longer segment. + That puts the shorter segment into the right place. + It leaves the longer segment in the right place overall, + but it consists of two parts that need to be swapped next. */ + + while (top > middle && middle > bottom) + { + if (top - middle > middle - bottom) + { + /* Bottom segment is the short one. */ + int len = middle - bottom; + register int i; + + /* Swap it with the top part of the top segment. */ + for (i = 0; i < len; i++) + { + tem = argv[bottom + i]; + argv[bottom + i] = argv[top - (middle - bottom) + i]; + argv[top - (middle - bottom) + i] = tem; + } + /* Exclude the moved bottom segment from further swapping. */ + top -= len; + } + else + { + /* Top segment is the short one. */ + int len = top - middle; + register int i; + + /* Swap it with the bottom part of the bottom segment. */ + for (i = 0; i < len; i++) + { + tem = argv[bottom + i]; + argv[bottom + i] = argv[middle + i]; + argv[middle + i] = tem; + } + /* Exclude the moved top segment from further swapping. */ + bottom += len; + } + } + + /* Update records for the slots the non-options now occupy. */ + + first_nonopt += (optind - last_nonopt); + last_nonopt = optind; +} + +/* Initialize the internal data when the first call is made. */ + +static const char * +_getopt_initialize (optstring) + const char *optstring; +{ + /* Start processing options with ARGV-element 1 (since ARGV-element 0 + is the program name); the sequence of previously skipped + non-option ARGV-elements is empty. */ + + first_nonopt = last_nonopt = optind = 1; + + nextchar = NULL; + + /* Determine how to handle the ordering of options and nonoptions. */ + + if (optstring[0] == '-') + { + ordering = RETURN_IN_ORDER; + ++optstring; + } + else if (optstring[0] == '+') + { + ordering = REQUIRE_ORDER; + ++optstring; + } + else if (getenv ("POSIXLY_CORRECT") != NULL) + ordering = REQUIRE_ORDER; + else + ordering = PERMUTE; + + return optstring; +} + +/* Scan elements of ARGV (whose length is ARGC) for option characters + given in OPTSTRING. + + If an element of ARGV starts with '-', and is not exactly "-" or "--", + then it is an option element. The characters of this element + (aside from the initial '-') are option characters. If `getopt' + is called repeatedly, it returns successively each of the option characters + from each of the option elements. + + If `getopt' finds another option character, it returns that character, + updating `optind' and `nextchar' so that the next call to `getopt' can + resume the scan with the following option character or ARGV-element. + + If there are no more option characters, `getopt' returns `EOF'. + Then `optind' is the index in ARGV of the first ARGV-element + that is not an option. (The ARGV-elements have been permuted + so that those that are not options now come last.) + + OPTSTRING is a string containing the legitimate option characters. + If an option character is seen that is not listed in OPTSTRING, + return '?' after printing an error message. If you set `opterr' to + zero, the error message is suppressed but we still return '?'. + + If a char in OPTSTRING is followed by a colon, that means it wants an arg, + so the following text in the same ARGV-element, or the text of the following + ARGV-element, is returned in `optarg'. Two colons mean an option that + wants an optional arg; if there is text in the current ARGV-element, + it is returned in `optarg', otherwise `optarg' is set to zero. + + If OPTSTRING starts with `-' or `+', it requests different methods of + handling the non-option ARGV-elements. + See the comments about RETURN_IN_ORDER and REQUIRE_ORDER, above. + + Long-named options begin with `--' instead of `-'. + Their names may be abbreviated as long as the abbreviation is unique + or is an exact match for some defined option. If they have an + argument, it follows the option name in the same ARGV-element, separated + from the option name by a `=', or else the in next ARGV-element. + When `getopt' finds a long-named option, it returns 0 if that option's + `flag' field is nonzero, the value of the option's `val' field + if the `flag' field is zero. + + The elements of ARGV aren't really const, because we permute them. + But we pretend they're const in the prototype to be compatible + with other systems. + + LONGOPTS is a vector of `struct option' terminated by an + element containing a name which is zero. + + LONGIND returns the index in LONGOPT of the long-named option found. + It is only valid when a long-named option has been found by the most + recent call. + + If LONG_ONLY is nonzero, '-' as well as '--' can introduce + long-named options. */ + +int +_getopt_internal (argc, argv, optstring, longopts, longind, long_only) + int argc; + char *const *argv; + const char *optstring; + const struct option *longopts; + int *longind; + int long_only; +{ + optarg = NULL; + + if (optind == 0) + optstring = _getopt_initialize (optstring); + + if (argc == 0) + return EOF; + + if (nextchar == NULL || *nextchar == '\0') + { + /* Advance to the next ARGV-element. */ + + if (ordering == PERMUTE) + { + /* If we have just processed some options following some non-options, + exchange them so that the options come first. */ + + if (first_nonopt != last_nonopt && last_nonopt != optind) + exchange ((char **) argv); + else if (last_nonopt != optind) + first_nonopt = optind; + + /* Skip any additional non-options + and extend the range of non-options previously skipped. */ + + while (optind < argc + && (argv[optind][0] != '-' || argv[optind][1] == '\0')) + optind++; + last_nonopt = optind; + } + + /* The special ARGV-element `--' means premature end of options. + Skip it like a null option, + then exchange with previous non-options as if it were an option, + then skip everything else like a non-option. */ + + if (optind != argc && !strcmp (argv[optind], "--")) + { + optind++; + + if (first_nonopt != last_nonopt && last_nonopt != optind) + exchange ((char **) argv); + else if (first_nonopt == last_nonopt) + first_nonopt = optind; + last_nonopt = argc; + + optind = argc; + } + + /* If we have done all the ARGV-elements, stop the scan + and back over any non-options that we skipped and permuted. */ + + if (optind == argc) + { + /* Set the next-arg-index to point at the non-options + that we previously skipped, so the caller will digest them. */ + if (first_nonopt != last_nonopt) + optind = first_nonopt; + return EOF; + } + + /* If we have come to a non-option and did not permute it, + either stop the scan or describe it to the caller and pass it by. */ + + if ((argv[optind][0] != '-' || argv[optind][1] == '\0')) + { + if (ordering == REQUIRE_ORDER) + return EOF; + optarg = argv[optind++]; + return 1; + } + + /* We have found another option-ARGV-element. + Skip the initial punctuation. */ + + nextchar = (argv[optind] + 1 + + (longopts != NULL && argv[optind][1] == '-')); + } + + /* Decode the current option-ARGV-element. */ + + /* Check whether the ARGV-element is a long option. + + If long_only and the ARGV-element has the form "-f", where f is + a valid short option, don't consider it an abbreviated form of + a long option that starts with f. Otherwise there would be no + way to give the -f short option. + + On the other hand, if there's a long option "fubar" and + the ARGV-element is "-fu", do consider that an abbreviation of + the long option, just like "--fu", and not "-f" with arg "u". + + This distinction seems to be the most useful approach. */ + + if (longopts != NULL + && (argv[optind][1] == '-' + || (long_only && (argv[optind][2] || !my_index (optstring, argv[optind][1]))))) + { + char *nameend; + const struct option *p; + const struct option *pfound = NULL; + int exact = 0; + int ambig = 0; + int indfound; + int option_index; + + for (nameend = nextchar; *nameend && *nameend != '='; nameend++) + /* Do nothing. */ ; + + /* Test all long options for either exact match + or abbreviated matches. */ + for (p = longopts, option_index = 0; p->name; p++, option_index++) + if (!strncmp (p->name, nextchar, nameend - nextchar)) + { + if (nameend - nextchar == strlen (p->name)) + { + /* Exact match found. */ + pfound = p; + indfound = option_index; + exact = 1; + break; + } + else if (pfound == NULL) + { + /* First nonexact match found. */ + pfound = p; + indfound = option_index; + } + else + /* Second or later nonexact match found. */ + ambig = 1; + } + + if (ambig && !exact) + { + if (opterr) + fprintf (stderr, "%s: option `%s' is ambiguous\n", + argv[0], argv[optind]); + nextchar += strlen (nextchar); + optind++; + return '?'; + } + + if (pfound != NULL) + { + option_index = indfound; + optind++; + if (*nameend) + { + /* Don't test has_arg with >, because some C compilers don't + allow it to be used on enums. */ + if (pfound->has_arg) + optarg = nameend + 1; + else + { + if (opterr) + { + if (argv[optind - 1][1] == '-') + /* --option */ + fprintf (stderr, + "%s: option `--%s' doesn't allow an argument\n", + argv[0], pfound->name); + else + /* +option or -option */ + fprintf (stderr, + "%s: option `%c%s' doesn't allow an argument\n", + argv[0], argv[optind - 1][0], pfound->name); + } + nextchar += strlen (nextchar); + return '?'; + } + } + else if (pfound->has_arg == 1) + { + if (optind < argc) + optarg = argv[optind++]; + else + { + if (opterr) + fprintf (stderr, "%s: option `%s' requires an argument\n", + argv[0], argv[optind - 1]); + nextchar += strlen (nextchar); + return optstring[0] == ':' ? ':' : '?'; + } + } + nextchar += strlen (nextchar); + if (longind != NULL) + *longind = option_index; + if (pfound->flag) + { + *(pfound->flag) = pfound->val; + return 0; + } + return pfound->val; + } + + /* Can't find it as a long option. If this is not getopt_long_only, + or the option starts with '--' or is not a valid short + option, then it's an error. + Otherwise interpret it as a short option. */ + if (!long_only || argv[optind][1] == '-' + || my_index (optstring, *nextchar) == NULL) + { + if (opterr) + { + if (argv[optind][1] == '-') + /* --option */ + fprintf (stderr, "%s: unrecognized option `--%s'\n", + argv[0], nextchar); + else + /* +option or -option */ + fprintf (stderr, "%s: unrecognized option `%c%s'\n", + argv[0], argv[optind][0], nextchar); + } + nextchar = (char *) ""; + optind++; + return '?'; + } + } + + /* Look at and handle the next short option-character. */ + + { + char c = *nextchar++; + char *temp = my_index (optstring, c); + + /* Increment `optind' when we start to process its last character. */ + if (*nextchar == '\0') + ++optind; + + if (temp == NULL || c == ':') + { + if (opterr) + { + /* 1003.2 specifies the format of this message. */ + fprintf (stderr, "%s: illegal option -- %c\n", argv[0], c); + } + optopt = c; + return '?'; + } + if (temp[1] == ':') + { + if (temp[2] == ':') + { + /* This is an option that accepts an argument optionally. */ + if (*nextchar != '\0') + { + optarg = nextchar; + optind++; + } + else + optarg = NULL; + nextchar = NULL; + } + else + { + /* This is an option that requires an argument. */ + if (*nextchar != '\0') + { + optarg = nextchar; + /* If we end this ARGV-element by taking the rest as an arg, + we must advance to the next element now. */ + optind++; + } + else if (optind == argc) + { + if (opterr) + { + /* 1003.2 specifies the format of this message. */ + fprintf (stderr, "%s: option requires an argument -- %c\n", + argv[0], c); + } + optopt = c; + if (optstring[0] == ':') + c = ':'; + else + c = '?'; + } + else + /* We already incremented `optind' once; + increment it again when taking next ARGV-elt as argument. */ + optarg = argv[optind++]; + nextchar = NULL; + } + } + return c; + } +} + +int +getopt (argc, argv, optstring) + int argc; + char *const *argv; + const char *optstring; +{ + return _getopt_internal (argc, argv, optstring, + (const struct option *) 0, + (int *) 0, + 0); +} + +#endif /* _LIBC or not __GNU_LIBRARY__. */ + +#ifdef TEST + +/* Compile with -DTEST to make an executable for use in testing + the above definition of `getopt'. */ + +int +main (argc, argv) + int argc; + char **argv; +{ + int c; + int digit_optind = 0; + + while (1) + { + int this_option_optind = optind ? optind : 1; + + c = getopt (argc, argv, "abc:d:0123456789"); + if (c == EOF) + break; + + switch (c) + { + case '0': + case '1': + case '2': + case '3': + case '4': + case '5': + case '6': + case '7': + case '8': + case '9': + if (digit_optind != 0 && digit_optind != this_option_optind) + printf ("digits occur in two different argv-elements.\n"); + digit_optind = this_option_optind; + printf ("option %c\n", c); + break; + + case 'a': + printf ("option a\n"); + break; + + case 'b': + printf ("option b\n"); + break; + + case 'c': + printf ("option c with value `%s'\n", optarg); + break; + + case '?': + break; + + default: + printf ("?? getopt returned character code 0%o ??\n", c); + } + } + + if (optind < argc) + { + printf ("non-option ARGV-elements: "); + while (optind < argc) + printf ("%s ", argv[optind++]); + printf ("\n"); + } + + exit (0); +} + +#endif /* TEST */ diff --git a/libiberty/getopt1.c b/libiberty/getopt1.c new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..c3400e5b643 --- /dev/null +++ b/libiberty/getopt1.c @@ -0,0 +1,190 @@ +/* getopt_long and getopt_long_only entry points for GNU getopt. + Copyright (C) 1987, 88, 89, 90, 91, 92, 1993 + Free Software Foundation, Inc. + + This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License + as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or + (at your option) any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + GNU Library General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public License + along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software + Foundation, 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */ + +#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H +#if defined (emacs) || defined (CONFIG_BROKETS) +/* We use <config.h> instead of "config.h" so that a compilation + using -I. -I$srcdir will use ./config.h rather than $srcdir/config.h + (which it would do because it found this file in $srcdir). */ +#include <config.h> +#else +#include "config.h" +#endif +#endif + +#include "getopt.h" + +#ifndef __STDC__ +/* This is a separate conditional since some stdc systems + reject `defined (const)'. */ +#ifndef const +#define const +#endif +#endif + +#include <stdio.h> + +/* Comment out all this code if we are using the GNU C Library, and are not + actually compiling the library itself. This code is part of the GNU C + Library, but also included in many other GNU distributions. Compiling + and linking in this code is a waste when using the GNU C library + (especially if it is a shared library). Rather than having every GNU + program understand `configure --with-gnu-libc' and omit the object files, + it is simpler to just do this in the source for each such file. */ +/* Many versions of the Linux C library include older, broken versions + of these routines, which will break the linker's command-line + parsing. */ + +#if defined (_LIBC) || !defined (__GNU_LIBRARY__) || defined (__linux__) + + +/* This needs to come after some library #include + to get __GNU_LIBRARY__ defined. */ +#ifdef __GNU_LIBRARY__ +#include <stdlib.h> +#else +char *getenv (); +#endif + +#ifndef NULL +#define NULL 0 +#endif + +int +getopt_long (argc, argv, options, long_options, opt_index) + int argc; + char *const *argv; + const char *options; + const struct option *long_options; + int *opt_index; +{ + return _getopt_internal (argc, argv, options, long_options, opt_index, 0); +} + +/* Like getopt_long, but '-' as well as '--' can indicate a long option. + If an option that starts with '-' (not '--') doesn't match a long option, + but does match a short option, it is parsed as a short option + instead. */ + +int +getopt_long_only (argc, argv, options, long_options, opt_index) + int argc; + char *const *argv; + const char *options; + const struct option *long_options; + int *opt_index; +{ + return _getopt_internal (argc, argv, options, long_options, opt_index, 1); +} + + +#endif /* _LIBC or not __GNU_LIBRARY__. */ + +#ifdef TEST + +#include <stdio.h> + +int +main (argc, argv) + int argc; + char **argv; +{ + int c; + int digit_optind = 0; + + while (1) + { + int this_option_optind = optind ? optind : 1; + int option_index = 0; + static struct option long_options[] = + { + {"add", 1, 0, 0}, + {"append", 0, 0, 0}, + {"delete", 1, 0, 0}, + {"verbose", 0, 0, 0}, + {"create", 0, 0, 0}, + {"file", 1, 0, 0}, + {0, 0, 0, 0} + }; + + c = getopt_long (argc, argv, "abc:d:0123456789", + long_options, &option_index); + if (c == EOF) + break; + + switch (c) + { + case 0: + printf ("option %s", long_options[option_index].name); + if (optarg) + printf (" with arg %s", optarg); + printf ("\n"); + break; + + case '0': + case '1': + case '2': + case '3': + case '4': + case '5': + case '6': + case '7': + case '8': + case '9': + if (digit_optind != 0 && digit_optind != this_option_optind) + printf ("digits occur in two different argv-elements.\n"); + digit_optind = this_option_optind; + printf ("option %c\n", c); + break; + + case 'a': + printf ("option a\n"); + break; + + case 'b': + printf ("option b\n"); + break; + + case 'c': + printf ("option c with value `%s'\n", optarg); + break; + + case 'd': + printf ("option d with value `%s'\n", optarg); + break; + + case '?': + break; + + default: + printf ("?? getopt returned character code 0%o ??\n", c); + } + } + + if (optind < argc) + { + printf ("non-option ARGV-elements: "); + while (optind < argc) + printf ("%s ", argv[optind++]); + printf ("\n"); + } + + exit (0); +} + +#endif /* TEST */ diff --git a/libiberty/getpagesize.c b/libiberty/getpagesize.c new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..e9784b8520b --- /dev/null +++ b/libiberty/getpagesize.c @@ -0,0 +1,89 @@ +/* Emulation of getpagesize() for systems that need it. */ + +/* + +NAME + + getpagesize -- return the number of bytes in page of memory + +SYNOPSIS + + int getpagesize (void) + +DESCRIPTION + + Returns the number of bytes in a page of memory. This is the + granularity of many of the system memory management routines. + No guarantee is made as to whether or not it is the same as the + basic memory management hardware page size. + +BUGS + + Is intended as a reasonable replacement for systems where this + is not provided as a system call. The value of 4096 may or may + not be correct for the systems where it is returned as the default + value. + +*/ + +#ifndef VMS + +#include <sys/types.h> +#ifndef NO_SYS_PARAM_H +#include <sys/param.h> +#endif + +#ifdef HAVE_SYSCONF +#include <unistd.h> +#define GNU_OUR_PAGESIZE sysconf(_SC_PAGESIZE) +#else +#ifdef PAGESIZE +#define GNU_OUR_PAGESIZE PAGESIZE +#else /* no PAGESIZE */ +#ifdef EXEC_PAGESIZE +#define GNU_OUR_PAGESIZE EXEC_PAGESIZE +#else /* no EXEC_PAGESIZE */ +#ifdef NBPG +#define GNU_OUR_PAGESIZE (NBPG * CLSIZE) +#ifndef CLSIZE +#define CLSIZE 1 +#endif /* CLSIZE */ +#else /* no NBPG */ +#ifdef NBPC +#define GNU_OUR_PAGESIZE NBPC +#else /* no NBPC */ +#define GNU_OUR_PAGESIZE 4096 /* Just punt and use reasonable value */ +#endif /* NBPC */ +#endif /* NBPG */ +#endif /* EXEC_PAGESIZE */ +#endif /* PAGESIZE */ +#endif /* HAVE_SYSCONF */ + +int +getpagesize () +{ + return (GNU_OUR_PAGESIZE); +} + +#else /* VMS */ + +#if 0 /* older distributions of gcc-vms are missing <syidef.h> */ +#include <syidef.h> +#endif +#ifndef SYI$_PAGE_SIZE /* VMS V5.4 and earlier didn't have this yet */ +#define SYI$_PAGE_SIZE 4452 +#endif +extern unsigned long lib$getsyi(const unsigned short *,...); + +int getpagesize () +{ + long pagsiz = 0L; + unsigned short itmcod = SYI$_PAGE_SIZE; + + (void) lib$getsyi (&itmcod, (void *) &pagsiz); + if (pagsiz == 0L) + pagsiz = 512L; /* VAX default */ + return (int) pagsiz; +} + +#endif /* VMS */ diff --git a/libiberty/getruntime.c b/libiberty/getruntime.c new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..1be3b4c4a2a --- /dev/null +++ b/libiberty/getruntime.c @@ -0,0 +1,82 @@ +/* Return time used so far, in microseconds. + Copyright (C) 1994 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + +This file is part of the libiberty library. +Libiberty is free software; you can redistribute it and/or +modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public +License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either +version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + +Libiberty is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, +but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU +Library General Public License for more details. + +You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public +License along with libiberty; see the file COPYING.LIB. If +not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, +Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */ + +#include "ansidecl.h" +#include "libiberty.h" + +/* There are several ways to get elapsed execution time; unfortunately no + single way is available for all host systems, nor are there reliable + ways to find out which way is correct for a given host. */ + +#include <time.h> + +/* These should go away when libiberty uses autoconf. */ + +#if defined(__sun__) && !defined(__svr4__) +#define HAVE_GETRUSAGE +#endif + +#ifdef HAVE_SYSCONF +#define HAVE_TIMES +#endif + +#ifdef HAVE_GETRUSAGE +#include <sys/time.h> +#include <sys/resource.h> +#endif + +#ifdef HAVE_TIMES +#ifndef NO_SYS_PARAM_H +#include <sys/param.h> +#endif +#include <sys/times.h> +#endif + +/* This is a fallback; if wrong, it will likely make obviously wrong + results. */ + +#ifndef CLOCKS_PER_SEC +#define CLOCKS_PER_SEC 1 +#endif + +long +get_run_time () +{ +#ifdef HAVE_GETRUSAGE + struct rusage rusage; + + getrusage (0, &rusage); + return (rusage.ru_utime.tv_sec * 1000000 + rusage.ru_utime.tv_usec + + rusage.ru_stime.tv_sec * 1000000 + rusage.ru_stime.tv_usec); +#else /* ! HAVE_GETRUSAGE */ +#ifdef HAVE_TIMES + struct tms tms; + + times (&tms); + return (tms.tms_utime + tms.tms_stime) * (1000000 / HZ); +#else /* ! HAVE_TIMES */ + /* Fall back on clock and hope it's correctly implemented. */ + const long clocks_per_sec = CLOCKS_PER_SEC; + if (clocks_per_sec <= 1000000) + return clock () * (1000000 / clocks_per_sec); + else + return clock () / clocks_per_sec; +#endif /* HAVE_TIMES */ +#endif /* HAVE_GETRUSAGE */ +} diff --git a/libiberty/hex.c b/libiberty/hex.c new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..3a2eef03d4c --- /dev/null +++ b/libiberty/hex.c @@ -0,0 +1,33 @@ +/* Hex character manipulation support. + Copyright (C) 1995 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + +This file is part of the libiberty library. +Libiberty is free software; you can redistribute it and/or +modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public +License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either +version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + +Libiberty is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, +but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU +Library General Public License for more details. + +You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public +License along with libiberty; see the file COPYING.LIB. If +not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, +Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */ + +#include "libiberty.h" + +char _hex_value[_hex_array_size]; + +void hex_init () +{ + int i; + for (i = 0; i < _hex_array_size; i++) + _hex_value[i] = _hex_bad; + for (i = 0; i < 10; i++) + _hex_value['0' + i] = i; + for (i = 0; i < 6; i++) + _hex_value['a' + i] = _hex_value['A' + i] = 10 + i; +} diff --git a/libiberty/index.c b/libiberty/index.c new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..e5a00f54d94 --- /dev/null +++ b/libiberty/index.c @@ -0,0 +1,11 @@ +/* Stub implementation of (obsolete) index(). */ + +extern char * strchr(); + +char * +index (s, c) + char *s; + int c; +{ + return strchr (s, c); +} diff --git a/libiberty/insque.c b/libiberty/insque.c new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..775019f8fff --- /dev/null +++ b/libiberty/insque.c @@ -0,0 +1,50 @@ +/* insque(3C) routines + This file is in the public domain. */ + +/* +NAME + insque, remque -- insert, remove an element from a queue + +SYNOPSIS + struct qelem { + struct qelem *q_forw; + struct qelem *q_back; + char q_data[]; + }; + + void insque (struct qelem *elem, struct qelem *pred) + + void remque (struct qelem *elem) + +DESCRIPTION + Routines to manipulate queues built from doubly linked lists. + The insque routine inserts ELEM in the queue immediately after + PRED. The remque routine removes ELEM from its containing queue. +*/ + + +struct qelem { + struct qelem *q_forw; + struct qelem *q_back; +}; + + +void +insque (elem, pred) + struct qelem *elem; + struct qelem *pred; +{ + elem -> q_forw = pred -> q_forw; + pred -> q_forw -> q_back = elem; + elem -> q_back = pred; + pred -> q_forw = elem; +} + + +void +remque (elem) + struct qelem *elem; +{ + elem -> q_forw -> q_back = elem -> q_back; + elem -> q_back -> q_forw = elem -> q_forw; +} diff --git a/libiberty/makefile.dos b/libiberty/makefile.dos new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..7eba62c3395 --- /dev/null +++ b/libiberty/makefile.dos @@ -0,0 +1,29 @@ +CFLAGS=-O2 + +OBJS = \ + argv.o \ + basename.o \ + concat.o \ + cplus-dem.o \ + fdmatch.o \ + floatformat.o \ + getopt.o \ + getopt1.o \ + getruntime.o \ + hex.o \ + msdos.o \ + obstack.o \ + spaces.o \ + strerror.o \ + strsignal.o \ + xatexit.o \ + xexit.o \ + xmalloc.o \ + $E + +.c.o: + gcc -I../include $(CFLAGS) -c $< + +libiberty.a : $(OBJS) + -rm libiberty.a + ar rvs libiberty.a $(OBJS) diff --git a/libiberty/makefile.vms b/libiberty/makefile.vms new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..6f49ee1b1ea --- /dev/null +++ b/libiberty/makefile.vms @@ -0,0 +1,37 @@ +# +# Makefile for libiberty under openVMS/Alpha +# +# For use with gnu-make for vms +# +# Created by Klaus K"ampf, kkaempf@progis.de +# +# + +OBJS=bcopy.obj,bcmp.obj,getopt.obj,obstack.obj,xexit.obj,xmalloc.obj,hex.obj,\ + getopt1.obj,cplus-dem.obj,strncasecmp.obj,strcasecmp.obj,strdup.obj,\ + concat.obj,getruntime.obj,getpagesize.obj,alloca.obj,xstrerror.obj,\ + xstrdup.obj,xatexit.obj,choose-temp.obj,fnmatch.obj,objalloc.obj + +ifeq ($(CC),gcc) +CFLAGS=/include=([],[-.include]) +else +# assume dec c +CFLAGS=/noopt/debug/include=([],[-.include])/define=("const=")/warnings=disable=(missingreturn,implicitfunc) +endif + +libiberty.olb: config.h alloca-conf.h $(OBJS) + purge + lib/create libiberty *.obj + +alloca-conf.h: alloca-norm.h + $(CP) $< $@ + +config.h: config.h-vms + $(CP) $< $@ + +clean: + $$ purge + $(RM) alloca-conf.h; + $(RM) config.h; + $(RM) *.obj; + $(RM) libiberty.olb; diff --git a/libiberty/memchr.c b/libiberty/memchr.c new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..93ef43d3f88 --- /dev/null +++ b/libiberty/memchr.c @@ -0,0 +1,60 @@ +/* +FUNCTION + <<memchr>>---find character in memory + +INDEX + memchr + +ANSI_SYNOPSIS + #include <string.h> + void *memchr(const void *<[src]>, int <[c]>, size_t <[length]>); + +TRAD_SYNOPSIS + #include <string.h> + void *memchr(<[src]>, <[c]>, <[length]>) + void *<[src]>; + void *<[c]>; + size_t <[length]>; + +DESCRIPTION + This function searches memory starting at <<*<[src]>>> for the + character <[c]>. The search only ends with the first + occurrence of <[c]>, or after <[length]> characters; in + particular, <<NULL>> does not terminate the search. + +RETURNS + If the character <[c]> is found within <[length]> characters + of <<*<[src]>>>, a pointer to the character is returned. If + <[c]> is not found, then <<NULL>> is returned. + +PORTABILITY +<<memchr>> requires no supporting OS subroutines. + +QUICKREF + memchr ansi pure + +*/ + +#include <ansidecl.h> +#ifdef __STDC__ +#include <stddef.h> +#else +#define size_t unsigned long +#endif + +PTR +memchr (src_void, c, length) + register CONST PTR src_void; + int c; + size_t length; +{ + CONST unsigned char *src = (CONST unsigned char *)src_void; + + while (--length >= 0) + { + if (*src == c) + return (PTR)src; + src++; + } + return NULL; +} diff --git a/libiberty/memcmp.c b/libiberty/memcmp.c new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..127ae0c8019 --- /dev/null +++ b/libiberty/memcmp.c @@ -0,0 +1,38 @@ +/* memcmp -- compare two memory regions. + This function is in the public domain. */ + +/* +NAME + memcmp -- compare two memory regions + +SYNOPSIS + int memcmp (const void *from, const void *to, size_t count) + +DESCRIPTION + Compare two memory regions and return less than, + equal to, or greater than zero, according to lexicographical + ordering of the compared regions. +*/ + +#include <ansidecl.h> +#ifdef __STDC__ +#include <stddef.h> +#else +#define size_t unsigned long +#endif + +int +DEFUN(memcmp, (str1, str2, count), + const PTR str1 AND const PTR str2 AND size_t count) +{ + register unsigned char *s1 = (unsigned char*)str1; + register unsigned char *s2 = (unsigned char*)str2; + + while (count-- > 0) + { + if (*s1++ != *s2++) + return s1[-1] < s2[-1] ? -1 : 1; + } + return 0; +} + diff --git a/libiberty/memcpy.c b/libiberty/memcpy.c new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..c28208a0f7e --- /dev/null +++ b/libiberty/memcpy.c @@ -0,0 +1,28 @@ +/* memcpy (the standard C function) + This function is in the public domain. */ + +/* +NAME + memcpy -- copy memory regions of arbitary length + +SYNOPSIS + void* memcpy (void *out, const void *in, size_t n); + +DESCRIPTION + Copy LENGTH bytes from memory region pointed to by IN to memory + region pointed to by OUT. +*/ + +#include <ansidecl.h> +#ifdef __STDC__ +#include <stddef.h> +#else +#define size_t unsigned long +#endif + +PTR +DEFUN(memcpy, (out, in, length), PTR out AND CONST PTR in AND size_t length) +{ + bcopy(in, out, length); + return out; +} diff --git a/libiberty/memmove.c b/libiberty/memmove.c new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..818fc249662 --- /dev/null +++ b/libiberty/memmove.c @@ -0,0 +1,18 @@ +/* Wrapper to implement ANSI C's memmove using BSD's bcopy. */ +/* This function is in the public domain. --Per Bothner. */ +#include <ansidecl.h> +#ifdef __STDC__ +#include <stddef.h> +#else +#define size_t unsigned long +#endif + +PTR +memmove (s1, s2, n) + PTR s1; + CONST PTR s2; + size_t n; +{ + bcopy (s2, s1, n); + return s1; +} diff --git a/libiberty/memset.c b/libiberty/memset.c new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..5f54831e83c --- /dev/null +++ b/libiberty/memset.c @@ -0,0 +1,19 @@ +/* memset + This implementation is in the public domain. */ + +#include <ansidecl.h> +#ifdef __STDC__ +#include <stddef.h> +#else +#define size_t unsigned long +#endif + +PTR +DEFUN(memset, (dest, val, len), + PTR dest AND register int val AND register size_t len) +{ + register unsigned char *ptr = (unsigned char*)dest; + while (len-- > 0) + *ptr++ = val; + return dest; +} diff --git a/libiberty/mpw-config.in b/libiberty/mpw-config.in new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..829d8e730d4 --- /dev/null +++ b/libiberty/mpw-config.in @@ -0,0 +1,9 @@ +# MPW configuration fragment for libiberty. + +forward-include "{srcdir}"alloca-norm.h alloca-conf.h + +Echo '/* config.h. Generated by mpw-configure. */' > "{o}"config.new + +MoveIfChange "{o}"config.new "{o}"config.h + + diff --git a/libiberty/mpw-make.sed b/libiberty/mpw-make.sed new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..6f2a5e77b2b --- /dev/null +++ b/libiberty/mpw-make.sed @@ -0,0 +1,51 @@ +# Sed commands to finish translating libiberty's Unix makefile to MPW syntax. + +# Comment out a useless thing. +/^\.always\./s/^/#/ + +# Replace the auto-generated list with the list of what we know we need. +s/`cat needed-list`/"{o}"alloca.c.o "{o}"bcopy.c.o "{o}"getpagesize.c.o "{o}"insque.c.o "{o}"mpw.c.o "{o}"strcasecmp.c.o "{o}"strdup.c.o "{o}"strncasecmp.c.o/ + +# Paste in some desirable definitions. +# The default rule here completely replaces the tricky stuff in the Unix +# Makefile.in. +/^###$/a\ +\ +HDEFINES = -d NEED_sys_siglist -d NEED_sys_errlist -d NEED_basename -d NEED_strcasecmp -d NEED_strncasecmp\ +INCLUDES = -i : -i {INCDIR}: -i {INCDIR}:mpw: -i ::extra-include: -i "{s}"\ +\ +.c.o \\Option-f .c\ + {CC} @DASH_C_FLAG@ {DepDir}{Default}.c {LIBCFLAGS} {INCLUDES} {HDEFINES} @SEGMENT_FLAG({Default})@ -o {TargDir}{Default}.c.o\ + +# Remove dependency on needed-list, which we don't use. +/DO_ALSO =/s/needed-list// + +/INCDIR=/s/"{srcdir}"{MULTISRCTOP}::/"{topsrcdir}"/ + +# Whack out the COMPILE.c trickiness. +/^COMPILE.c /,/^$/d + +# Remove the multido trickiness from the "all" target. +/^all \\Option-f/,/^$/c\ +all \\Option-f {TARGETLIB}\ + + +# Remove the RULE1/RULE2 crud. +/if \[/,/fi/d +/^RULE1 =/,/RULE2 =/d +/RULE2/s/RULE2/TARGETLIB/ + +# Don't want fdmatch ever. +s/ "{o}"fdmatch.c.o// + +# Fix paths to generated files. +/config.h/s/"{s}"config.h/"{o}"config.h/ + +# Whack out config rebuild rules. +/^"{o}"config.h \\Option-f/,/^$/d + + + + + + diff --git a/libiberty/mpw.c b/libiberty/mpw.c new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..4380da45203 --- /dev/null +++ b/libiberty/mpw.c @@ -0,0 +1,1010 @@ +/* MPW-Unix compatibility library. + Copyright (C) 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + +This file is part of the libiberty library. +Libiberty is free software; you can redistribute it and/or +modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public +License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either +version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + +Libiberty is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, +but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU +Library General Public License for more details. + +You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public +License along with libiberty; see the file COPYING.LIB. If +not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, +Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */ + +/* This should only be compiled and linked under MPW. */ + +#include "mpw.h" + +#include <stdlib.h> + +#ifndef USE_MW_HEADERS +#include <sys/time.h> +#include <sys/resource.h> +#endif + +#include <Types.h> +#include <Files.h> + +#include <Timer.h> + +/* Initialize to 0 at first, then set to errno_max() later. */ + +int sys_nerr = 0; + +/* Debug flag for pathname hacking. Set this to one and rebuild. */ + +int DebugPI = -1; + +void +mpwify_filename(char *unixname, char *macname) +{ + int i, j; + + /* (should truncate 255 chars from end of name, not beginning) */ + if (strlen (unixname) > 255) + { + fprintf (stderr, "Pathname \"%s\" is too long for Macs, truncating\n", + unixname); + } + j = 0; + /* If you're going to end up with one or more colons in the middle of a + a path after an all-Unix relative path is translated, you must add a + colon on the front, so that the first component is not thought to be + a disk name. */ + if (unixname[0] != '/' && ! strchr (unixname, ':') && strchr (unixname, '/')) + { + macname[j++] = ':'; + } + for (i = 0; unixname[i] != '\0' && i < 255; ++i) + { + if (i == 0 && unixname[i] == '/') + { + if (strncmp (unixname, "/tmp/", 5) == 0) + { + /* A temporary name, make a more Mac-flavored tmpname. */ + /* A better choice would be {Boot}Trash:foo, but + that would require being able to identify the + boot disk's and trashcan's name. Another option + would be to have an env var, so user can point it + at a ramdisk. */ + macname[j++] = ':'; + macname[j++] = 't'; + macname[j++] = 'm'; + macname[j++] = 'p'; + macname[j++] = '_'; + i += 4; + } + else + { + /* Don't copy the leading slash. */ + } + } + else if (unixname[i] == ':' && unixname[i+1] == '/') + { + macname[j++] = ':'; + i += 1; + } + else if (unixname[i] == '.' && unixname[i+1] == '/') + { + macname[j++] = ':'; + i += 1; + } + else if (unixname[i] == '.' && unixname[i+1] == '.' && unixname[i+2] == '/') + { + macname[j++] = ':'; + macname[j++] = ':'; + i += 2; + } + else if (unixname[i] == '/') + { + macname[j++] = ':'; + } + else + { + macname[j++] = unixname[i]; + } + } + macname[j] = '\0'; + /* Allow for getting the debug flag from an env var; quite useful. */ + if (DebugPI < 0) + DebugPI = (*(getenv ("DEBUG_PATHNAMES")) == '1' ? 1 : 0); + if (DebugPI) + { + fprintf (stderr, "# Made \"%s\"\n", unixname); + fprintf (stderr, "# into \"%s\"\n", macname); + } +} + +/* MPW-flavored basename finder. */ + +char * +mpw_basename (name) + char *name; +{ + char *base = name; + + while (*name) + { + if (*name++ == ':') + { + base = name; + } + } + return base; +} + +/* Mixed MPW/Unix basename finder. This can be led astray by + filenames with slashes in them and come up with a basename that + either corresponds to no file or (worse) to some other file, so + should only be tried if other methods of finding a file via a + basename have failed. */ + +char * +mpw_mixed_basename (name) + char *name; +{ + char *base = name; + + while (*name) + { + if (*name == '/' || *name == ':') + { + base = name + 1; + } + ++name; + } + return base; +} + +/* This function is fopen() modified to create files that are type TEXT + or 'BIN ', and always of type 'MPS '. */ + +FILE * +mpw_fopen (char *name, char *mode) +{ +#undef fopen + int errnum; + FILE *fp; + char tmpname[256]; + + mpwify_filename (name, tmpname); + PROGRESS (1); + fp = fopen (tmpname, mode); + errnum = errno; + + /* If writing, need to set type and creator usefully. */ + if (strchr (mode, 'w')) + { + char *pname = (char *) malloc (strlen (tmpname) + 2); + OSErr e; + struct FInfo fi; + + pname[0] = strlen (tmpname); + strcpy (pname+1, tmpname); + + e = GetFInfo ((ConstStr255Param) pname, 0, &fi); + /* should do spiffier error handling */ + if (e != 0) + fprintf(stderr, "GetFInfo returns %d\n", e); + if (strchr (mode, 'b')) + { + fi.fdType = (OSType) 'BIN '; + } + else + { + fi.fdType = (OSType) 'TEXT'; + } + fi.fdCreator = (OSType) 'MPS '; + e = SetFInfo ((ConstStr255Param) pname, 0, &fi); + if (e != 0) + fprintf(stderr, "SetFInfo returns %d\n", e); + free (pname); + } + if (fp == NULL) + errno = errnum; + return fp; +} + +/* This is a version of fseek() modified to fill the file with zeros + if seeking past the end of it. */ + +#define ZEROBLKSIZE 4096 + +char zeros[ZEROBLKSIZE]; + +int +mpw_fseek (FILE *fp, int offset, int whence) +{ +#undef fseek + int cursize, numleft; + + PROGRESS (1); + if (whence == SEEK_SET) + { + fseek (fp, 0, SEEK_END); + cursize = ftell (fp); + if (offset > cursize) + { + numleft = offset - cursize; + while (numleft > ZEROBLKSIZE) + { + /* This might fail, should check for that. */ + PROGRESS (1); + fwrite (zeros, 1, ZEROBLKSIZE, fp); + numleft -= ZEROBLKSIZE; + } + PROGRESS (1); + fwrite (zeros, 1, numleft, fp); + fflush (fp); + } + } + return fseek (fp, offset, whence); +} + +int +mpw_fread (char *ptr, int size, int nitems, FILE *stream) +{ +#undef fread + int rslt; + + PROGRESS (1); + rslt = fread (ptr, size, nitems, stream); + PROGRESS (1); + return rslt; +} + +int +mpw_fwrite (char *ptr, int size, int nitems, FILE *stream) +{ +#undef fwrite + int rslt; + + PROGRESS (1); + rslt = fwrite (ptr, size, nitems, stream); + PROGRESS (1); + return rslt; +} + +int +link () +{ + fprintf (stderr, "link not available!\n"); + mpw_abort (); +} + +int +fork () +{ + fprintf (stderr, "fork not available!\n"); + mpw_abort (); +} + +int +vfork () +{ + fprintf (stderr, "vfork not available!\n"); + mpw_abort (); + return (-1); +} + +int +pipe (int *fd) +{ + fprintf (stderr, "pipe not available!\n"); + mpw_abort (); + return (-1); +} + +#ifndef USE_MW_HEADERS +int +execvp (char *file, char **argv) +{ + fprintf (stderr, "execvp not available!\n"); + mpw_abort (); + return (-1); +} + +int +execv (char *path, char **argv) +{ + fprintf (stderr, "execv not available!\n"); + mpw_abort (); + return (-1); +} +#endif + +int +kill (int pid, int sig) +{ + fprintf (stderr, "kill not available!\n"); + mpw_abort (); + return (-1); +} + +int +wait (int *status) +{ + *status = 0; + return 0; +} + +#ifndef USE_MW_HEADERS +int +sleep (int seconds) +{ + unsigned long start_time, now; + + time (&start_time); + + while (1) + { + PROGRESS (1); + time (&now); + if (now > start_time + seconds) + return 0; + } +} +#endif + +void +putenv (char *str) +{ + /* The GCC driver calls this to do things for collect2, but we + don't care about collect2. */ +} + +int +chmod (char *path, int mode) +{ + /* Pretend it was all OK. */ + return 0; +} + +#ifndef USE_MW_HEADERS +int +getuid () +{ + /* One value is as good as another... */ + return 0; +} + +int +getgid () +{ + /* One value is as good as another... */ + return 0; +} +#endif + +/* Instead of coredumping, which is not a normal Mac facility, we + drop into Macsbug. If we then "g" from Macsbug, the program will + exit cleanly. */ + +void +mpw_abort () +{ + /* Make sure no output still buffered up, then zap into MacsBug. */ + fflush(stdout); + fflush(stderr); + printf("## Abort! ##\n"); +#ifdef MPW_SADE + SysError(8005); +#else + Debugger(); +#endif + /* "g" in MacsBug will then cause a regular error exit. */ + exit (1); +} + +/* Imitation getrusage based on the ANSI clock() function. */ + +int +getrusage (int who, struct rusage *rusage) +{ + int clk = clock (); + +#if 0 + rusage->ru_utime.tv_sec = clk / CLOCKS_PER_SEC; + rusage->ru_utime.tv_usec = ((clk * 1000) / CLOCKS_PER_SEC) * 1000; + rusage->ru_stime.tv_sec = 0; + rusage->ru_stime.tv_usec = 0; +#endif +} + +int +sbrk () +{ + return 0; +} + +#ifndef USE_MW_HEADERS +int +isatty (int fd) +{ + return 0; +} + +/* This is inherited from Timothy Murray's Posix library. */ + +#include "utime.h" + +int +utime (char *filename, struct utimbuf *times) +{ + CInfoPBRec cipbr; + HFileInfo *fpb = (HFileInfo *) &cipbr; + DirInfo *dpb = (DirInfo *) &cipbr; + unsigned char pname[256]; + short err; + + strcpy ((char *) pname, filename); + c2pstr (pname); + + dpb->ioDrDirID = 0L; + fpb->ioNamePtr = pname; + fpb->ioVRefNum = 0; + fpb->ioFDirIndex = 0; + fpb->ioFVersNum = 0; + err = PBGetCatInfo (&cipbr, 0); + if (err != noErr) { + errno = ENOENT; + return -1; + } + dpb->ioDrDirID = 0L; + fpb->ioFlMdDat = times->modtime; + fpb->ioFlCrDat = times->actime; + err = PBSetCatInfo (&cipbr, 0); + if (err != noErr) { + errno = EACCES; + return -1; + } + return 0; +} + +int +mkdir (char *path, int mode) +{ + errno = ENOSYS; + return -1; +} + +int +rmdir () +{ + errno = ENOSYS; + return -1; +} +#endif + +chown () +{ + errno = ENOSYS; + return -1; +} + +char *myenviron[] = {NULL}; + +char **environ = myenviron; + +#ifndef USE_MW_HEADERS + +/* Minimal 'stat' emulation: tells directories from files and + gives length and mtime. + + Derived from code written by Guido van Rossum, CWI, Amsterdam + and placed by him in the public domain. */ + +extern int __uid, __gid; + +int __uid = 0; +int __gid = 0; + +/* Bits in ioFlAttrib: */ +#define LOCKBIT (1<<0) /* File locked */ +#define DIRBIT (1<<4) /* It's a directory */ + +/* Macified "stat" in which filename is given relative to a directory, + specified by long DirID. */ + +static int +_stat (char *name, long dirid, struct stat *buf) +{ + CInfoPBRec cipbr; + HFileInfo *fpb = (HFileInfo*) &cipbr; + DirInfo *dpb = (DirInfo*) &cipbr; + Str255 pname; + short err; + + /* Make a temp copy of the name and pascalize. */ + strcpy ((char *) pname, name); + c2pstr (pname); + + cipbr.dirInfo.ioDrDirID = dirid; + cipbr.hFileInfo.ioNamePtr = pname; + cipbr.hFileInfo.ioVRefNum = 0; + cipbr.hFileInfo.ioFDirIndex = 0; + cipbr.hFileInfo.ioFVersNum = 0; + err = PBGetCatInfo (&cipbr, 0); + if (err != noErr) + { + errno = ENOENT; + return -1; + } + /* Mac files are readable if they can be accessed at all. */ + buf->st_mode = 0444; + /* Mark unlocked files as writeable. */ + if (!(fpb->ioFlAttrib & LOCKBIT)) + buf->st_mode |= 0222; + if (fpb->ioFlAttrib & DIRBIT) + { + /* Mark directories as "executable". */ + buf->st_mode |= 0111 | S_IFDIR; + buf->st_size = dpb->ioDrNmFls; + buf->st_rsize = 0; + } + else + { + buf->st_mode |= S_IFREG; + /* Mark apps as "executable". */ + if (fpb->ioFlFndrInfo.fdType == 'APPL') + buf->st_mode |= 0111; + /* Fill in the sizes of data and resource forks. */ + buf->st_size = fpb->ioFlLgLen; + buf->st_rsize = fpb->ioFlRLgLen; + } + /* Fill in various times. */ + buf->st_atime = fpb->ioFlCrDat; + buf->st_mtime = fpb->ioFlMdDat; + buf->st_ctime = fpb->ioFlCrDat; + /* Set up an imitation inode number. */ + buf->st_ino = (unsigned short) fpb->ioDirID; + /* Set up an imitation device. */ + GetVRefNum (buf->st_ino, &buf->st_dev); + buf->st_uid = __uid; + buf->st_gid = __gid; +/* buf->st_FlFndrInfo = fpb->ioFlFndrInfo; */ + return 0; +} + +/* stat() sets up an empty dirid. */ + +int +stat (char *path, struct stat *buf) +{ + long rslt, errnum; + char tmpname[256]; + + mpwify_filename (path, tmpname); + if (DebugPI) + fprintf (stderr, "# stat (%s, %x)", tmpname, buf); + PROGRESS (1); + rslt = _stat (tmpname, 0L, buf); + errnum = errno; + if (DebugPI) + { + fprintf (stderr, " -> %d", rslt); + if (rslt != 0) + fprintf (stderr, " (errno is %d)", errnum); + fprintf (stderr, "\n"); + fflush (stderr); + } + if (rslt != 0) + errno = errnum; + return rslt; +} + +int +fstat (int fd, struct stat *buf) +{ + FCBPBRec fcb; + FILE *fp; + Str255 pathname; + long dirid = 0L, temp; + long rslt, errnum; + short err; + + if (DebugPI < 0) + DebugPI = (*(getenv ("DEBUG_PATHNAMES")) == '1' ? 1 : 0); + if (DebugPI) + fprintf (stderr, "# fstat (%d, %x)", fd, buf); + PROGRESS (1); + pathname[0] = 0; +#ifdef FIOFNAME + /* Use an MPW-specific ioctl to get the pathname associated with + the file descriptor. */ + ioctl (fd, FIOFNAME, (long *) pathname); +#else + you lose +#endif + if (DebugPI) + fprintf (stderr, " (name is %s)", pathname); + dirid = 0L /* fcb.ioFCBParID */ ; + rslt = _stat ((char *) pathname, dirid, buf); + errnum = errno; + if (DebugPI) + { + fprintf (stderr, " -> %d", rslt); + if (rslt != 0) + fprintf (stderr, " (errno is %d)", errnum); + fprintf (stderr, "\n"); + fflush (stderr); + } + if (rslt != 0) + errno = errnum; + return rslt; +} + +#endif /* n USE_MW_HEADERS */ + +chdir () +{ + errno = ENOSYS; + return (-1); +} + +char * +getcwd (char *buf, int size) +{ + if (buf == NULL) + buf = (char *) malloc (size); + strcpy(buf, ":"); + return buf; +} + +/* This should probably be more elaborate for MPW. */ + +char * +getpwd () +{ + return ":"; +} + +int +mpw_open (char *filename, int arg2, int arg3) +{ +#undef open + int fd, errnum = 0; + char tmpname[256]; + + mpwify_filename (filename, tmpname); + fd = open (tmpname, arg2); + errnum = errno; + + if (DebugPI) + { + fprintf (stderr, "# open (%s, %d, %d)", tmpname, arg2, arg3); + fprintf (stderr, " -> %d", fd); + if (fd == -1) + fprintf (stderr, " (errno is %d)", errnum); + fprintf (stderr, "\n"); + } + if (fd == -1) + errno = errnum; + return fd; +} + +int +mpw_access (char *filename, unsigned int cmd) +{ +#undef access + + int rslt, errnum = 0; + struct stat st; + char tmpname[256]; + + mpwify_filename (filename, tmpname); + if (cmd & R_OK || cmd & X_OK) + { + rslt = stat (tmpname, &st); + errnum = errno; + if (rslt >= 0) + { + if (((st.st_mode & 004 == 0) && (cmd & R_OK)) + || ((st.st_mode & 002 == 0) && (cmd & W_OK)) + || ((st.st_mode & 001 == 0) && (cmd & X_OK))) + { + rslt = -1; + errnum = EACCES; + } + } + } + if (DebugPI) + { + fprintf (stderr, "# mpw_access (%s, %d)", tmpname, cmd); + fprintf (stderr, " -> %d", rslt); + if (rslt != 0) + fprintf (stderr, " (errno is %d)", errnum); + fprintf (stderr, "\n"); + } + if (rslt != 0) + errno = errnum; + return rslt; +} + +/* The MPW library creat() has no mode argument. */ + +int +mpw_creat (char *path, /* mode_t */ int mode) +{ +#undef creat + +#ifdef USE_MW_HEADERS + return creat (path, mode); +#else + return creat (path); +#endif +} + +/* This is a hack to get control in an MPW tool before it crashes the + machine. */ + +mpw_special_init (name) + char *name; +{ + if (strstr (name, "DEBUG")) + DebugStr("\pat beginning of program"); +} + +static int current_umask; + +int +umask(int mask) +{ + int oldmask = current_umask; + + current_umask = mask; + return oldmask; +} + +/* Cursor-spinning stuff that includes metering of spin rate and delays. */ + +/* Nonzero when cursor spinning has been set up properly. */ + +int cursor_inited; + +/* Nonzero if spin should be measured and excessive delays reported. */ + +int measure_spin; + +/* Nonzero if spin histogram and rate data should be written out. */ + +int dump_spin_data; + +long warning_threshold = 400000; + +long bucket_size = 1024; + +long bucket_power = 10; + +long numbuckets = 300; + +int *delay_counts; + +int overflow_count; + +char *current_progress; + +static UnsignedWide last_microseconds; + +static char *last_spin_file = ""; + +static int last_spin_line; + +void +warn_if_spin_delay (char *file, int line) +{ + long diff, ix; + UnsignedWide now; + + Microseconds(&now); + + diff = now.lo - last_microseconds.lo; + + if (diff > warning_threshold) + fprintf (stderr, "# %s: %ld.%06ld sec delay getting from %s:%d to %s:%d\n", + (current_progress ? current_progress : ""), + diff / 1000000, diff % 1000000, + last_spin_file, last_spin_line, file, line); + if (dump_spin_data) + { + if (diff >= 0) + { + ix = diff >> bucket_power; + if (ix >= 0 && ix < numbuckets && delay_counts != NULL) + ++delay_counts[ix]; + else + ++overflow_count; + } + else + fprintf (stderr, "raw diff is %ld (?)\n", diff); + } +} + +void +record_for_spin_delay (char *file, int line) +{ + Microseconds (&last_microseconds); + last_spin_file = file; + last_spin_line = line; +} + +void +mpw_start_progress (char *str, int n, char *file, int line) +{ + int i; + char *measure, *threshold; + + if (!cursor_inited) + { + InitCursorCtl (nil); + cursor_inited = 1; + record_for_spin_delay (file, line); + measure = getenv ("MEASURE_SPIN"); + if (measure != NULL && measure[0] != '\0') + { + measure_spin = 1; + if (strcmp (measure, "all") == 0) + dump_spin_data = 1; + } + threshold = getenv ("SPIN_WARN_THRESHOLD"); + if (threshold != NULL && threshold[0] != '\0') + warning_threshold = atol (threshold); + if (dump_spin_data) + { + if (delay_counts == NULL) + delay_counts = (int *) malloc (numbuckets * sizeof (int)); + for (i = 0; i < numbuckets; ++i) + delay_counts[i] = 0; + overflow_count = 0; + } + } + current_progress = str; + + sys_nerr = errno_max (); + + mpw_special_init (str); +} + +void +mpw_progress (int n) +{ + SpinCursor (32); +} + +void +mpw_progress_measured (int n, char *file, int line) +{ + if (measure_spin) + warn_if_spin_delay (file, line); + SpinCursor (32); + if (measure_spin) + record_for_spin_delay (file, line); +} + +void +mpw_end_progress (char *str, char *file, int line) +{ + long i, delay, count = 0, sum = 0, avgdelay, spinrate; + long curpower = 0, curgroup = 0; + + /* Warn if it's been a while since the last spin. */ + if (measure_spin) + warn_if_spin_delay (file, line); + + /* Dump all the nonzero delay counts and an approximation of the delay. */ + if (dump_spin_data && delay_counts != NULL) + { + for (i = 0; i < numbuckets; ++i) + { + delay = (i + 1) * bucket_size; + sum += delay_counts[i] * (i + 1); + count += delay_counts[i]; + if (delay <= (1 << curpower)) + { + curgroup += delay_counts[i]; + } + else + { + if (curgroup > 0) + fprintf (stderr, + "# %s: %d delays between %ld.%06ld and %ld.%06ld sec\n", + (str ? str : ""), + curgroup, + (1 << curpower) / 1000000, + (1 << curpower) % 1000000, + (1 << (curpower + 1)) / 1000000, + (1 << (curpower + 1)) % 1000000); + ++curpower; + curgroup = 0; + } + } + if (count > 0) + { + avgdelay = (sum * bucket_size) / count; + spinrate = 1000000 / avgdelay; + fprintf (stderr, "# %s: Average spin rate is %d times/sec\n", + (str ? str : ""), spinrate); + } + } +} + +#ifdef PROGRESS_TEST + +/* Test program. */ + +main () +{ + int i, j; + double x = 1.0, y = 2.4; + long start = Microseconds (), tm; FIXME + + START_PROGRESS ("hi", 0); + + for (i = 0; i < 1000; ++i) + { + PROGRESS (1); + + for (j = 0; j < (i * 100); ++j) + { + x += (x * y) / j; + } + } + + END_PROGRESS ("hi"); + + tm = Microseconds () - start; + + printf ("Total time is %d.%d secs\n", tm / 1000000, tm % 1000000); +} + +#endif + +#ifdef USE_MW_HEADERS +/* Empty definitions for Metrowerks' SIOUX console library. */ + +#ifndef __CONSOLE__ +#include <console.h> +#endif + +short +InstallConsole(short fd) +{ +#pragma unused (fd) + return 0; +} + +void +RemoveConsole(void) +{ +} + +long +WriteCharsToConsole(char *buf, long n) +{ +#pragma unused (buf, n) + return 0; +} + +long ReadCharsFromConsole(char *buf, long n) +{ +#pragma unused (buf, n) + return 0; +} + +extern char * +__ttyname(long fd) +{ + static char *__devicename = "null device"; + + if (fd >= 0 && fd <= 2) + return (__devicename); + return NULL; +} + +#endif diff --git a/libiberty/msdos.c b/libiberty/msdos.c new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..923e64d4ede --- /dev/null +++ b/libiberty/msdos.c @@ -0,0 +1,15 @@ +char msg[] = "No vfork available - aborting\n"; +vfork() +{ + write(1, msg, sizeof(msg)); +} + +sigsetmask() +{ + /* no signals support in go32 (yet) */ +} + +waitpid() +{ + return -1; +} diff --git a/libiberty/objalloc.c b/libiberty/objalloc.c new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..34687d3891a --- /dev/null +++ b/libiberty/objalloc.c @@ -0,0 +1,289 @@ +/* objalloc.c -- routines to allocate memory for objects + Copyright 1997 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + Written by Ian Lance Taylor, Cygnus Solutions. + +This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it +under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the +Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) any +later version. + +This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, +but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the +GNU General Public License for more details. + +You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License +along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software +Foundation, 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA. */ + +#include "ansidecl.h" +#include "objalloc.h" + +/* Get a definition for NULL. */ +#include <stdio.h> + +#if VMS +#include <stdlib.h> +#include <unixlib.h> +#else + +#ifdef ANSI_PROTOTYPES +/* Get a definition for size_t. */ +#include <stddef.h> +#endif + +/* For systems with larger pointers than ints, this must be declared. */ +extern PTR malloc PARAMS ((size_t)); +#endif + +/* These routines allocate space for an object. Freeing allocated + space may or may not free all more recently allocated space. + + We handle large and small allocation requests differently. If we + don't have enough space in the current block, and the allocation + request is for more than 512 bytes, we simply pass it through to + malloc. */ + +/* The objalloc structure is defined in objalloc.h. */ + +/* This structure appears at the start of each chunk. */ + +struct objalloc_chunk +{ + /* Next chunk. */ + struct objalloc_chunk *next; + /* If this chunk contains large objects, this is the value of + current_ptr when this chunk was allocated. If this chunk + contains small objects, this is NULL. */ + char *current_ptr; +}; + +/* The aligned size of objalloc_chunk. */ + +#define CHUNK_HEADER_SIZE \ + ((sizeof (struct objalloc_chunk) + OBJALLOC_ALIGN - 1) \ + &~ (OBJALLOC_ALIGN - 1)) + +/* We ask for this much memory each time we create a chunk which is to + hold small objects. */ + +#define CHUNK_SIZE (4096 - 32) + +/* A request for this amount or more is just passed through to malloc. */ + +#define BIG_REQUEST (512) + +/* Create an objalloc structure. */ + +struct objalloc * +objalloc_create () +{ + struct objalloc *ret; + struct objalloc_chunk *chunk; + + ret = (struct objalloc *) malloc (sizeof *ret); + if (ret == NULL) + return NULL; + + ret->chunks = (PTR) malloc (CHUNK_SIZE); + if (ret->chunks == NULL) + { + free (ret); + return NULL; + } + + chunk = (struct objalloc_chunk *) ret->chunks; + chunk->next = NULL; + chunk->current_ptr = NULL; + + ret->current_ptr = (char *) chunk + CHUNK_HEADER_SIZE; + ret->current_space = CHUNK_SIZE - CHUNK_HEADER_SIZE; + + return ret; +} + +/* Allocate space from an objalloc structure. */ + +PTR +_objalloc_alloc (o, len) + struct objalloc *o; + unsigned long len; +{ + /* We avoid confusion from zero sized objects by always allocating + at least 1 byte. */ + if (len == 0) + len = 1; + + len = (len + OBJALLOC_ALIGN - 1) &~ (OBJALLOC_ALIGN - 1); + + if (len <= o->current_space) + { + o->current_ptr += len; + o->current_space -= len; + return (PTR) (o->current_ptr - len); + } + + if (len >= BIG_REQUEST) + { + char *ret; + struct objalloc_chunk *chunk; + + ret = (char *) malloc (CHUNK_HEADER_SIZE + len); + if (ret == NULL) + return NULL; + + chunk = (struct objalloc_chunk *) ret; + chunk->next = (struct objalloc_chunk *) o->chunks; + chunk->current_ptr = o->current_ptr; + + o->chunks = (PTR) chunk; + + return (PTR) (ret + CHUNK_HEADER_SIZE); + } + else + { + struct objalloc_chunk *chunk; + + chunk = (struct objalloc_chunk *) malloc (CHUNK_SIZE); + if (chunk == NULL) + return NULL; + chunk->next = (struct objalloc_chunk *) o->chunks; + chunk->current_ptr = NULL; + + o->current_ptr = (char *) chunk + CHUNK_HEADER_SIZE; + o->current_space = CHUNK_SIZE - CHUNK_HEADER_SIZE; + + o->chunks = (PTR) chunk; + + return objalloc_alloc (o, len); + } +} + +/* Free an entire objalloc structure. */ + +void +objalloc_free (o) + struct objalloc *o; +{ + struct objalloc_chunk *l; + + l = (struct objalloc_chunk *) o->chunks; + while (l != NULL) + { + struct objalloc_chunk *next; + + next = l->next; + free (l); + l = next; + } + + free (o); +} + +/* Free a block from an objalloc structure. This also frees all more + recently allocated blocks. */ + +void +objalloc_free_block (o, block) + struct objalloc *o; + PTR block; +{ + struct objalloc_chunk *p, *small; + char *b = (char *) block; + + /* First set P to the chunk which contains the block we are freeing, + and set Q to the last small object chunk we see before P. */ + small = NULL; + for (p = (struct objalloc_chunk *) o->chunks; p != NULL; p = p->next) + { + if (p->current_ptr == NULL) + { + if (b > (char *) p && b < (char *) p + CHUNK_SIZE) + break; + small = p; + } + else + { + if (b == (char *) p + CHUNK_HEADER_SIZE) + break; + } + } + + /* If we can't find the chunk, the caller has made a mistake. */ + if (p == NULL) + abort (); + + if (p->current_ptr == NULL) + { + struct objalloc_chunk *q; + struct objalloc_chunk *first; + + /* The block is in a chunk containing small objects. We can + free every chunk through SMALL, because they have certainly + been allocated more recently. After SMALL, we will not see + any chunks containing small objects; we can free any big + chunk if the current_ptr is greater than or equal to B. We + can then reset the new current_ptr to B. */ + + first = NULL; + q = (struct objalloc_chunk *) o->chunks; + while (q != p) + { + struct objalloc_chunk *next; + + next = q->next; + if (small != NULL) + { + if (small == q) + small = NULL; + free (q); + } + else if (q->current_ptr > b) + free (q); + else if (first == NULL) + first = q; + + q = next; + } + + if (first == NULL) + first = p; + o->chunks = (PTR) first; + + /* Now start allocating from this small block again. */ + o->current_ptr = b; + o->current_space = ((char *) p + CHUNK_SIZE) - b; + } + else + { + struct objalloc_chunk *q; + char *current_ptr; + + /* This block is in a large chunk by itself. We can free + everything on the list up to and including this block. We + then start allocating from the next chunk containing small + objects, setting current_ptr from the value stored with the + large chunk we are freeing. */ + + current_ptr = p->current_ptr; + p = p->next; + + q = (struct objalloc_chunk *) o->chunks; + while (q != p) + { + struct objalloc_chunk *next; + + next = q->next; + free (q); + q = next; + } + + o->chunks = (PTR) p; + + while (p->current_ptr != NULL) + p = p->next; + + o->current_ptr = current_ptr; + o->current_space = ((char *) p + CHUNK_SIZE) - current_ptr; + } +} diff --git a/libiberty/obstack.c b/libiberty/obstack.c new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..a6880caaa6c --- /dev/null +++ b/libiberty/obstack.c @@ -0,0 +1,514 @@ +/* obstack.c - subroutines used implicitly by object stack macros + Copyright (C) 1988, 89, 90, 91, 92, 93, 94, 95, 96 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + +This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it +under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the +Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) any +later version. + +This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, +but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the +GNU General Public License for more details. + +You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License +along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software +Foundation, 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA. */ + +#include "obstack.h" + +/* NOTE BEFORE MODIFYING THIS FILE: This version number must be + incremented whenever callers compiled using an old obstack.h can no + longer properly call the functions in this obstack.c. */ +#define OBSTACK_INTERFACE_VERSION 1 + +/* Comment out all this code if we are using the GNU C Library, and are not + actually compiling the library itself, and the installed library + supports the same library interface we do. This code is part of the GNU + C Library, but also included in many other GNU distributions. Compiling + and linking in this code is a waste when using the GNU C library + (especially if it is a shared library). Rather than having every GNU + program understand `configure --with-gnu-libc' and omit the object + files, it is simpler to just do this in the source for each such file. */ + +#include <stdio.h> /* Random thing to get __GNU_LIBRARY__. */ +#if !defined (_LIBC) && defined (__GNU_LIBRARY__) && __GNU_LIBRARY__ > 1 +#include <gnu-versions.h> +#if _GNU_OBSTACK_INTERFACE_VERSION == OBSTACK_INTERFACE_VERSION +#define ELIDE_CODE +#endif +#endif + +/* CYGNUS LOCAL (not to be elided!) */ + +int +_obstack_memory_used (h) + struct obstack *h; +{ + register struct _obstack_chunk* lp; + register int nbytes = 0; + + for (lp = h->chunk; lp != 0; lp = lp->prev) + { + nbytes += lp->limit - (char *) lp; + } + return nbytes; +} + +/* END CYGNUS LOCAL */ + +#ifndef ELIDE_CODE + + +#if defined (__STDC__) && __STDC__ +#define POINTER void * +#else +#define POINTER char * +#endif + +/* Determine default alignment. */ +struct fooalign {char x; double d;}; +#define DEFAULT_ALIGNMENT \ + ((PTR_INT_TYPE) ((char *) &((struct fooalign *) 0)->d - (char *) 0)) +/* If malloc were really smart, it would round addresses to DEFAULT_ALIGNMENT. + But in fact it might be less smart and round addresses to as much as + DEFAULT_ROUNDING. So we prepare for it to do that. */ +union fooround {long x; double d;}; +#define DEFAULT_ROUNDING (sizeof (union fooround)) + +/* When we copy a long block of data, this is the unit to do it with. + On some machines, copying successive ints does not work; + in such a case, redefine COPYING_UNIT to `long' (if that works) + or `char' as a last resort. */ +#ifndef COPYING_UNIT +#define COPYING_UNIT int +#endif + +/* The non-GNU-C macros copy the obstack into this global variable + to avoid multiple evaluation. */ + +struct obstack *_obstack; + +/* Define a macro that either calls functions with the traditional malloc/free + calling interface, or calls functions with the mmalloc/mfree interface + (that adds an extra first argument), based on the state of use_extra_arg. + For free, do not use ?:, since some compilers, like the MIPS compilers, + do not allow (expr) ? void : void. */ + +#define CALL_CHUNKFUN(h, size) \ + (((h) -> use_extra_arg) \ + ? (*(h)->chunkfun) ((h)->extra_arg, (size)) \ + : (*(struct _obstack_chunk *(*) ()) (h)->chunkfun) ((size))) + +#define CALL_FREEFUN(h, old_chunk) \ + do { \ + if ((h) -> use_extra_arg) \ + (*(h)->freefun) ((h)->extra_arg, (old_chunk)); \ + else \ + (*(void (*) ()) (h)->freefun) ((old_chunk)); \ + } while (0) + + +/* Initialize an obstack H for use. Specify chunk size SIZE (0 means default). + Objects start on multiples of ALIGNMENT (0 means use default). + CHUNKFUN is the function to use to allocate chunks, + and FREEFUN the function to free them. + + Return nonzero if successful, zero if out of memory. + To recover from an out of memory error, + free up some memory, then call this again. */ + +int +_obstack_begin (h, size, alignment, chunkfun, freefun) + struct obstack *h; + int size; + int alignment; + POINTER (*chunkfun) (); + void (*freefun) (); +{ + register struct _obstack_chunk *chunk; /* points to new chunk */ + + if (alignment == 0) + alignment = DEFAULT_ALIGNMENT; + if (size == 0) + /* Default size is what GNU malloc can fit in a 4096-byte block. */ + { + /* 12 is sizeof (mhead) and 4 is EXTRA from GNU malloc. + Use the values for range checking, because if range checking is off, + the extra bytes won't be missed terribly, but if range checking is on + and we used a larger request, a whole extra 4096 bytes would be + allocated. + + These number are irrelevant to the new GNU malloc. I suspect it is + less sensitive to the size of the request. */ + int extra = ((((12 + DEFAULT_ROUNDING - 1) & ~(DEFAULT_ROUNDING - 1)) + + 4 + DEFAULT_ROUNDING - 1) + & ~(DEFAULT_ROUNDING - 1)); + size = 4096 - extra; + } + + h->chunkfun = (struct _obstack_chunk * (*)()) chunkfun; + h->freefun = freefun; + h->chunk_size = size; + h->alignment_mask = alignment - 1; + h->use_extra_arg = 0; + + chunk = h->chunk = CALL_CHUNKFUN (h, h -> chunk_size); + if (!chunk) + { + h->alloc_failed = 1; + return 0; + } + h->alloc_failed = 0; + h->next_free = h->object_base = chunk->contents; + h->chunk_limit = chunk->limit + = (char *) chunk + h->chunk_size; + chunk->prev = 0; + /* The initial chunk now contains no empty object. */ + h->maybe_empty_object = 0; + return 1; +} + +int +_obstack_begin_1 (h, size, alignment, chunkfun, freefun, arg) + struct obstack *h; + int size; + int alignment; + POINTER (*chunkfun) (); + void (*freefun) (); + POINTER arg; +{ + register struct _obstack_chunk *chunk; /* points to new chunk */ + + if (alignment == 0) + alignment = DEFAULT_ALIGNMENT; + if (size == 0) + /* Default size is what GNU malloc can fit in a 4096-byte block. */ + { + /* 12 is sizeof (mhead) and 4 is EXTRA from GNU malloc. + Use the values for range checking, because if range checking is off, + the extra bytes won't be missed terribly, but if range checking is on + and we used a larger request, a whole extra 4096 bytes would be + allocated. + + These number are irrelevant to the new GNU malloc. I suspect it is + less sensitive to the size of the request. */ + int extra = ((((12 + DEFAULT_ROUNDING - 1) & ~(DEFAULT_ROUNDING - 1)) + + 4 + DEFAULT_ROUNDING - 1) + & ~(DEFAULT_ROUNDING - 1)); + size = 4096 - extra; + } + + h->chunkfun = (struct _obstack_chunk * (*)()) chunkfun; + h->freefun = freefun; + h->chunk_size = size; + h->alignment_mask = alignment - 1; + h->extra_arg = arg; + h->use_extra_arg = 1; + + chunk = h->chunk = CALL_CHUNKFUN (h, h -> chunk_size); + if (!chunk) + { + h->alloc_failed = 1; + return 0; + } + h->alloc_failed = 0; + h->next_free = h->object_base = chunk->contents; + h->chunk_limit = chunk->limit + = (char *) chunk + h->chunk_size; + chunk->prev = 0; + /* The initial chunk now contains no empty object. */ + h->maybe_empty_object = 0; + return 1; +} + +/* Allocate a new current chunk for the obstack *H + on the assumption that LENGTH bytes need to be added + to the current object, or a new object of length LENGTH allocated. + Copies any partial object from the end of the old chunk + to the beginning of the new one. */ + +void +_obstack_newchunk (h, length) + struct obstack *h; + int length; +{ + register struct _obstack_chunk *old_chunk = h->chunk; + register struct _obstack_chunk *new_chunk; + register long new_size; + register int obj_size = h->next_free - h->object_base; + register int i; + int already; + + /* Compute size for new chunk. */ + new_size = (obj_size + length) + (obj_size >> 3) + 100; + if (new_size < h->chunk_size) + new_size = h->chunk_size; + + /* Allocate and initialize the new chunk. */ + new_chunk = CALL_CHUNKFUN (h, new_size); + if (!new_chunk) + { + h->alloc_failed = 1; + return; + } + h->alloc_failed = 0; + h->chunk = new_chunk; + new_chunk->prev = old_chunk; + new_chunk->limit = h->chunk_limit = (char *) new_chunk + new_size; + + /* Move the existing object to the new chunk. + Word at a time is fast and is safe if the object + is sufficiently aligned. */ + if (h->alignment_mask + 1 >= DEFAULT_ALIGNMENT) + { + for (i = obj_size / sizeof (COPYING_UNIT) - 1; + i >= 0; i--) + ((COPYING_UNIT *)new_chunk->contents)[i] + = ((COPYING_UNIT *)h->object_base)[i]; + /* We used to copy the odd few remaining bytes as one extra COPYING_UNIT, + but that can cross a page boundary on a machine + which does not do strict alignment for COPYING_UNITS. */ + already = obj_size / sizeof (COPYING_UNIT) * sizeof (COPYING_UNIT); + } + else + already = 0; + /* Copy remaining bytes one by one. */ + for (i = already; i < obj_size; i++) + new_chunk->contents[i] = h->object_base[i]; + + /* If the object just copied was the only data in OLD_CHUNK, + free that chunk and remove it from the chain. + But not if that chunk might contain an empty object. */ + if (h->object_base == old_chunk->contents && ! h->maybe_empty_object) + { + new_chunk->prev = old_chunk->prev; + CALL_FREEFUN (h, old_chunk); + } + + h->object_base = new_chunk->contents; + h->next_free = h->object_base + obj_size; + /* The new chunk certainly contains no empty object yet. */ + h->maybe_empty_object = 0; +} + +/* Return nonzero if object OBJ has been allocated from obstack H. + This is here for debugging. + If you use it in a program, you are probably losing. */ + +#if defined (__STDC__) && __STDC__ +/* Suppress -Wmissing-prototypes warning. We don't want to declare this in + obstack.h because it is just for debugging. */ +int _obstack_allocated_p (struct obstack *h, POINTER obj); +#endif + +int +_obstack_allocated_p (h, obj) + struct obstack *h; + POINTER obj; +{ + register struct _obstack_chunk *lp; /* below addr of any objects in this chunk */ + register struct _obstack_chunk *plp; /* point to previous chunk if any */ + + lp = (h)->chunk; + /* We use >= rather than > since the object cannot be exactly at + the beginning of the chunk but might be an empty object exactly + at the end of an adjacent chunk. */ + while (lp != 0 && ((POINTER) lp >= obj || (POINTER) (lp)->limit < obj)) + { + plp = lp->prev; + lp = plp; + } + return lp != 0; +} + +/* Free objects in obstack H, including OBJ and everything allocate + more recently than OBJ. If OBJ is zero, free everything in H. */ + +#undef obstack_free + +/* This function has two names with identical definitions. + This is the first one, called from non-ANSI code. */ + +void +_obstack_free (h, obj) + struct obstack *h; + POINTER obj; +{ + register struct _obstack_chunk *lp; /* below addr of any objects in this chunk */ + register struct _obstack_chunk *plp; /* point to previous chunk if any */ + + lp = h->chunk; + /* We use >= because there cannot be an object at the beginning of a chunk. + But there can be an empty object at that address + at the end of another chunk. */ + while (lp != 0 && ((POINTER) lp >= obj || (POINTER) (lp)->limit < obj)) + { + plp = lp->prev; + CALL_FREEFUN (h, lp); + lp = plp; + /* If we switch chunks, we can't tell whether the new current + chunk contains an empty object, so assume that it may. */ + h->maybe_empty_object = 1; + } + if (lp) + { + h->object_base = h->next_free = (char *) (obj); + h->chunk_limit = lp->limit; + h->chunk = lp; + } + else if (obj != 0) + /* obj is not in any of the chunks! */ + abort (); +} + +/* This function is used from ANSI code. */ + +void +obstack_free (h, obj) + struct obstack *h; + POINTER obj; +{ + register struct _obstack_chunk *lp; /* below addr of any objects in this chunk */ + register struct _obstack_chunk *plp; /* point to previous chunk if any */ + + lp = h->chunk; + /* We use >= because there cannot be an object at the beginning of a chunk. + But there can be an empty object at that address + at the end of another chunk. */ + while (lp != 0 && ((POINTER) lp >= obj || (POINTER) (lp)->limit < obj)) + { + plp = lp->prev; + CALL_FREEFUN (h, lp); + lp = plp; + /* If we switch chunks, we can't tell whether the new current + chunk contains an empty object, so assume that it may. */ + h->maybe_empty_object = 1; + } + if (lp) + { + h->object_base = h->next_free = (char *) (obj); + h->chunk_limit = lp->limit; + h->chunk = lp; + } + else if (obj != 0) + /* obj is not in any of the chunks! */ + abort (); +} + +#if 0 +/* These are now turned off because the applications do not use it + and it uses bcopy via obstack_grow, which causes trouble on sysV. */ + +/* Now define the functional versions of the obstack macros. + Define them to simply use the corresponding macros to do the job. */ + +#if defined (__STDC__) && __STDC__ +/* These function definitions do not work with non-ANSI preprocessors; + they won't pass through the macro names in parentheses. */ + +/* The function names appear in parentheses in order to prevent + the macro-definitions of the names from being expanded there. */ + +POINTER (obstack_base) (obstack) + struct obstack *obstack; +{ + return obstack_base (obstack); +} + +POINTER (obstack_next_free) (obstack) + struct obstack *obstack; +{ + return obstack_next_free (obstack); +} + +int (obstack_object_size) (obstack) + struct obstack *obstack; +{ + return obstack_object_size (obstack); +} + +int (obstack_room) (obstack) + struct obstack *obstack; +{ + return obstack_room (obstack); +} + +void (obstack_grow) (obstack, pointer, length) + struct obstack *obstack; + POINTER pointer; + int length; +{ + obstack_grow (obstack, pointer, length); +} + +void (obstack_grow0) (obstack, pointer, length) + struct obstack *obstack; + POINTER pointer; + int length; +{ + obstack_grow0 (obstack, pointer, length); +} + +void (obstack_1grow) (obstack, character) + struct obstack *obstack; + int character; +{ + obstack_1grow (obstack, character); +} + +void (obstack_blank) (obstack, length) + struct obstack *obstack; + int length; +{ + obstack_blank (obstack, length); +} + +void (obstack_1grow_fast) (obstack, character) + struct obstack *obstack; + int character; +{ + obstack_1grow_fast (obstack, character); +} + +void (obstack_blank_fast) (obstack, length) + struct obstack *obstack; + int length; +{ + obstack_blank_fast (obstack, length); +} + +POINTER (obstack_finish) (obstack) + struct obstack *obstack; +{ + return obstack_finish (obstack); +} + +POINTER (obstack_alloc) (obstack, length) + struct obstack *obstack; + int length; +{ + return obstack_alloc (obstack, length); +} + +POINTER (obstack_copy) (obstack, pointer, length) + struct obstack *obstack; + POINTER pointer; + int length; +{ + return obstack_copy (obstack, pointer, length); +} + +POINTER (obstack_copy0) (obstack, pointer, length) + struct obstack *obstack; + POINTER pointer; + int length; +{ + return obstack_copy0 (obstack, pointer, length); +} + +#endif /* __STDC__ */ + +#endif /* 0 */ + +#endif /* !ELIDE_CODE */ diff --git a/libiberty/pexecute.c b/libiberty/pexecute.c new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..ab5f392780c --- /dev/null +++ b/libiberty/pexecute.c @@ -0,0 +1,580 @@ +/* Utilities to execute a program in a subprocess (possibly linked by pipes + with other subprocesses), and wait for it. + Copyright (C) 1996, 1997 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + +This file is part of the libiberty library. +Libiberty is free software; you can redistribute it and/or +modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public +License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either +version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + +Libiberty is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, +but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU +Library General Public License for more details. + +You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public +License along with libiberty; see the file COPYING.LIB. If not, +write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, +Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */ + +/* This file exports two functions: pexecute and pwait. */ + +/* This file lives in at least two places: libiberty and gcc. + Don't change one without the other. */ + +#include <stdio.h> +#include <errno.h> + +#ifdef IN_GCC +#include "config.h" +#include "gansidecl.h" +/* ??? Need to find a suitable header file. */ +#define PEXECUTE_FIRST 1 +#define PEXECUTE_LAST 2 +#define PEXECUTE_ONE (PEXECUTE_FIRST + PEXECUTE_LAST) +#define PEXECUTE_SEARCH 4 +#define PEXECUTE_VERBOSE 8 +#else +#include "libiberty.h" +#endif + +/* stdin file number. */ +#define STDIN_FILE_NO 0 + +/* stdout file number. */ +#define STDOUT_FILE_NO 1 + +/* value of `pipe': port index for reading. */ +#define READ_PORT 0 + +/* value of `pipe': port index for writing. */ +#define WRITE_PORT 1 + +static char *install_error_msg = "installation problem, cannot exec `%s'"; + +/* pexecute: execute a program. + + PROGRAM and ARGV are the arguments to execv/execvp. + + THIS_PNAME is name of the calling program (i.e. argv[0]). + + TEMP_BASE is the path name, sans suffix, of a temporary file to use + if needed. This is currently only needed for MSDOS ports that don't use + GO32 (do any still exist?). Ports that don't need it can pass NULL. + + (FLAGS & PEXECUTE_SEARCH) is non-zero if $PATH should be searched + (??? It's not clear that GCC passes this flag correctly). + (FLAGS & PEXECUTE_FIRST) is nonzero for the first process in chain. + (FLAGS & PEXECUTE_FIRST) is nonzero for the last process in chain. + FIRST_LAST could be simplified to only mark the last of a chain of processes + but that requires the caller to always mark the last one (and not give up + early if some error occurs). It's more robust to require the caller to + mark both ends of the chain. + + The result is the pid on systems like Unix where we fork/exec and on systems + like WIN32 and OS2 where we use spawn. It is up to the caller to wait for + the child. + + The result is the WEXITSTATUS on systems like MSDOS where we spawn and wait + for the child here. + + Upon failure, ERRMSG_FMT and ERRMSG_ARG are set to the text of the error + message with an optional argument (if not needed, ERRMSG_ARG is set to + NULL), and -1 is returned. `errno' is available to the caller to use. + + pwait: cover function for wait. + + PID is the process id of the task to wait for. + STATUS is the `status' argument to wait. + FLAGS is currently unused (allows future enhancement without breaking + upward compatibility). Pass 0 for now. + + The result is the pid of the child reaped, + or -1 for failure (errno says why). + + On systems that don't support waiting for a particular child, PID is + ignored. On systems like MSDOS that don't really multitask pwait + is just a mechanism to provide a consistent interface for the caller. + + pfinish: finish generation of script + + pfinish is necessary for systems like MPW where a script is generated that + runs the requested programs. +*/ + +#ifdef __MSDOS__ + +/* MSDOS doesn't multitask, but for the sake of a consistent interface + the code behaves like it does. pexecute runs the program, tucks the + exit code away, and returns a "pid". pwait must be called to fetch the + exit code. */ + +#include <process.h> + +/* For communicating information from pexecute to pwait. */ +static int last_pid = 0; +static int last_status = 0; +static int last_reaped = 0; + +int +pexecute (program, argv, this_pname, temp_base, errmsg_fmt, errmsg_arg, flags) + const char *program; + char * const *argv; + const char *this_pname; + const char *temp_base; + char **errmsg_fmt, **errmsg_arg; + int flags; +{ + int rc; + + last_pid++; + if (last_pid < 0) + last_pid = 1; + + if ((flags & PEXECUTE_ONE) != PEXECUTE_ONE) + abort (); + +#ifdef __GO32__ + /* ??? What are the possible return values from spawnv? */ + rc = (flags & PEXECUTE_SEARCH ? spawnvp : spawnv) (1, program, argv); +#else + char *scmd, *rf; + FILE *argfile; + int i, el = flags & PEXECUTE_SEARCH ? 4 : 0; + + scmd = (char *) xmalloc (strlen (program) + strlen (temp_base) + 6 + el); + rf = scmd + strlen(program) + 2 + el; + sprintf (scmd, "%s%s @%s.gp", program, + (flags & PEXECUTE_SEARCH ? ".exe" : ""), temp_base); + argfile = fopen (rf, "w"); + if (argfile == 0) + { + int errno_save = errno; + free (scmd); + errno = errno_save; + *errmsg_fmt = "cannot open `%s.gp'"; + *errmsg_arg = temp_base; + return -1; + } + + for (i=1; argv[i]; i++) + { + char *cp; + for (cp = argv[i]; *cp; cp++) + { + if (*cp == '"' || *cp == '\'' || *cp == '\\' || isspace (*cp)) + fputc ('\\', argfile); + fputc (*cp, argfile); + } + fputc ('\n', argfile); + } + fclose (argfile); + + rc = system (scmd); + + { + int errno_save = errno; + remove (rf); + free (scmd); + errno = errno_save; + } +#endif + + if (rc == -1) + { + *errmsg_fmt = install_error_msg; + *errmsg_arg = program; + return -1; + } + + /* Tuck the status away for pwait, and return a "pid". */ + last_status = rc << 8; + return last_pid; +} + +int +pwait (pid, status, flags) + int pid; + int *status; + int flags; +{ + /* On MSDOS each pexecute must be followed by it's associated pwait. */ + if (pid != last_pid + /* Called twice for the same child? */ + || pid == last_reaped) + { + /* ??? ECHILD would be a better choice. Can we use it here? */ + errno = EINVAL; + return -1; + } + /* ??? Here's an opportunity to canonicalize the values in STATUS. + Needed? */ + *status = last_status; + last_reaped = last_pid; + return last_pid; +} + +#endif /* MSDOS */ + +#if defined (_WIN32) + +#include <process.h> +extern int _spawnv (); +extern int _spawnvp (); + +int +pexecute (program, argv, this_pname, temp_base, errmsg_fmt, errmsg_arg, flags) + const char *program; + char * const *argv; + const char *this_pname; + const char *temp_base; + char **errmsg_fmt, **errmsg_arg; + int flags; +{ + int pid; + + if ((flags & PEXECUTE_ONE) != PEXECUTE_ONE) + abort (); + pid = (flags & PEXECUTE_SEARCH ? _spawnvp : _spawnv) (_P_NOWAIT, program, argv); + if (pid == -1) + { + *errmsg_fmt = install_error_msg; + *errmsg_arg = program; + return -1; + } + return pid; +} + +int +pwait (pid, status, flags) + int pid; + int *status; + int flags; +{ + /* ??? Here's an opportunity to canonicalize the values in STATUS. + Needed? */ + return cwait (status, pid, WAIT_CHILD); +} + +#endif /* _WIN32 */ + +#ifdef OS2 + +/* ??? Does OS2 have process.h? */ +extern int spawnv (); +extern int spawnvp (); + +int +pexecute (program, argv, this_pname, temp_base, errmsg_fmt, errmsg_arg, flags) + const char *program; + char * const *argv; + const char *this_pname; + const char *temp_base; + char **errmsg_fmt, **errmsg_arg; + int flags; +{ + int pid; + + if ((flags & PEXECUTE_ONE) != PEXECUTE_ONE) + abort (); + /* ??? Presumably 1 == _P_NOWAIT. */ + pid = (flags & PEXECUTE_SEARCH ? spawnvp : spawnv) (1, program, argv); + if (pid == -1) + { + *errmsg_fmt = install_error_msg; + *errmsg_arg = program; + return -1; + } + return pid; +} + +int +pwait (pid, status, flags) + int pid; + int *status; + int flags; +{ + /* ??? Here's an opportunity to canonicalize the values in STATUS. + Needed? */ + int pid = wait (status); + return pid; +} + +#endif /* OS2 */ + +#ifdef MPW + +/* MPW pexecute doesn't actually run anything; instead, it writes out + script commands that, when run, will do the actual executing. + + For example, in GCC's case, GCC will write out several script commands: + + cpp ... + cc1 ... + as ... + ld ... + + and then exit. None of the above programs will have run yet. The task + that called GCC will then execute the script and cause cpp,etc. to run. + The caller must invoke pfinish before calling exit. This adds + the finishing touches to the generated script. */ + +static int first_time = 1; + +int +pexecute (program, argv, this_pname, temp_base, errmsg_fmt, errmsg_arg, flags) + const char *program; + char **argv; + const char *this_pname; + const char *temp_base; + char **errmsg_fmt, **errmsg_arg; + int flags; +{ + char tmpprogram[255]; + char *cp, *tmpname; + int i; + + mpwify_filename (program, tmpprogram); + if (first_time) + { + printf ("Set Failed 0\n"); + first_time = 0; + } + + fputs ("If {Failed} == 0\n", stdout); + /* If being verbose, output a copy of the command. It should be + accurate enough and escaped enough to be "clickable". */ + if (flags & PEXECUTE_VERBOSE) + { + fputs ("\tEcho ", stdout); + fputc ('\'', stdout); + fputs (tmpprogram, stdout); + fputc ('\'', stdout); + fputc (' ', stdout); + for (i=1; argv[i]; i++) + { + /* We have to quote every arg, so that when the echo is + executed, the quotes are stripped and the original arg + is left. */ + fputc ('\'', stdout); + for (cp = argv[i]; *cp; cp++) + { + /* Write an Option-d esc char in front of special chars. */ + if (strchr ("\"'+", *cp)) + fputc ('\266', stdout); + fputc (*cp, stdout); + } + fputc ('\'', stdout); + fputc (' ', stdout); + } + fputs ("\n", stdout); + } + fputs ("\t", stdout); + fputs (tmpprogram, stdout); + fputc (' ', stdout); + + for (i=1; argv[i]; i++) + { + if (strchr (argv[i], ' ')) + fputc ('\'', stdout); + for (cp = argv[i]; *cp; cp++) + { + /* Write an Option-d esc char in front of special chars. */ + if (strchr ("\"'+", *cp)) + { + fputc ('\266', stdout); + } + fputc (*cp, stdout); + } + if (strchr (argv[i], ' ')) + fputc ('\'', stdout); + fputc (' ', stdout); + } + + fputs ("\n", stdout); + + /* Output commands that arrange to clean up and exit if a failure occurs. + We have to be careful to collect the status from the program that was + run, rather than some other script command. Also, we don't exit + immediately, since necessary cleanups are at the end of the script. */ + fputs ("\tSet TmpStatus {Status}\n", stdout); + fputs ("\tIf {TmpStatus} != 0\n", stdout); + fputs ("\t\tSet Failed {TmpStatus}\n", stdout); + fputs ("\tEnd\n", stdout); + fputs ("End\n", stdout); + + /* We're just composing a script, can't fail here. */ + return 0; +} + +int +pwait (pid, status, flags) + int pid; + int *status; + int flags; +{ + *status = 0; + return 0; +} + +/* Write out commands that will exit with the correct error code + if something in the script failed. */ + +void +pfinish () +{ + printf ("\tExit \"{Failed}\"\n"); +} + +#endif /* MPW */ + +/* include for Unix-like environments but not for Dos-like environments */ +#if ! defined (__MSDOS__) && ! defined (OS2) && ! defined (MPW) \ + && ! defined (_WIN32) + +#ifdef VMS +#define vfork() (decc$$alloc_vfork_blocks() >= 0 ? \ + lib$get_current_invo_context(decc$$get_vfork_jmpbuf()) : -1) +#else +#ifdef USG +#define vfork fork +#endif +#endif + +extern int execv (); +extern int execvp (); + +int +pexecute (program, argv, this_pname, temp_base, errmsg_fmt, errmsg_arg, flags) + const char *program; + char * const *argv; + const char *this_pname; + const char *temp_base; + char **errmsg_fmt, **errmsg_arg; + int flags; +{ + int (*func)() = (flags & PEXECUTE_SEARCH ? execvp : execv); + int pid; + int pdes[2]; + int input_desc, output_desc; + int retries, sleep_interval; + /* Pipe waiting from last process, to be used as input for the next one. + Value is STDIN_FILE_NO if no pipe is waiting + (i.e. the next command is the first of a group). */ + static int last_pipe_input; + + /* If this is the first process, initialize. */ + if (flags & PEXECUTE_FIRST) + last_pipe_input = STDIN_FILE_NO; + + input_desc = last_pipe_input; + + /* If this isn't the last process, make a pipe for its output, + and record it as waiting to be the input to the next process. */ + if (! (flags & PEXECUTE_LAST)) + { + if (pipe (pdes) < 0) + { + *errmsg_fmt = "pipe"; + *errmsg_arg = NULL; + return -1; + } + output_desc = pdes[WRITE_PORT]; + last_pipe_input = pdes[READ_PORT]; + } + else + { + /* Last process. */ + output_desc = STDOUT_FILE_NO; + last_pipe_input = STDIN_FILE_NO; + } + + /* Fork a subprocess; wait and retry if it fails. */ + sleep_interval = 1; + for (retries = 0; retries < 4; retries++) + { + pid = vfork (); + if (pid >= 0) + break; + sleep (sleep_interval); + sleep_interval *= 2; + } + + switch (pid) + { + case -1: + { +#ifdef vfork + *errmsg_fmt = "fork"; +#else + *errmsg_fmt = "vfork"; +#endif + *errmsg_arg = NULL; + return -1; + } + + case 0: /* child */ + /* Move the input and output pipes into place, if necessary. */ + if (input_desc != STDIN_FILE_NO) + { + close (STDIN_FILE_NO); + dup (input_desc); + close (input_desc); + } + if (output_desc != STDOUT_FILE_NO) + { + close (STDOUT_FILE_NO); + dup (output_desc); + close (output_desc); + } + + /* Close the parent's descs that aren't wanted here. */ + if (last_pipe_input != STDIN_FILE_NO) + close (last_pipe_input); + + /* Exec the program. */ + (*func) (program, argv); + + /* Note: Calling fprintf and exit here doesn't seem right for vfork. */ + fprintf (stderr, "%s: ", this_pname); + fprintf (stderr, install_error_msg, program); +#ifdef IN_GCC + fprintf (stderr, ": %s\n", my_strerror (errno)); +#else + fprintf (stderr, ": %s\n", xstrerror (errno)); +#endif + exit (-1); + /* NOTREACHED */ + return 0; + + default: + /* In the parent, after forking. + Close the descriptors that we made for this child. */ + if (input_desc != STDIN_FILE_NO) + close (input_desc); + if (output_desc != STDOUT_FILE_NO) + close (output_desc); + + /* Return child's process number. */ + return pid; + } +} + +int +pwait (pid, status, flags) + int pid; + int *status; + int flags; +{ + /* ??? Here's an opportunity to canonicalize the values in STATUS. + Needed? */ +#ifdef VMS + pid = waitpid (-1, status, 0); +#else + pid = wait (status); +#endif + return pid; +} + +#endif /* ! __MSDOS__ && ! OS2 && ! MPW && ! _WIN32 */ diff --git a/libiberty/random.c b/libiberty/random.c new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..e205719832b --- /dev/null +++ b/libiberty/random.c @@ -0,0 +1,373 @@ +/* + * Copyright (c) 1983 Regents of the University of California. + * All rights reserved. + * + * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms are permitted + * provided that the above copyright notice and this paragraph are + * duplicated in all such forms and that any documentation, + * advertising materials, and other materials related to such + * distribution and use acknowledge that the software was developed + * by the University of California, Berkeley. The name of the + * University may not be used to endorse or promote products derived + * from this software without specific prior written permission. + * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED ``AS IS'' AND WITHOUT ANY EXPRESS OR + * IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, THE IMPLIED + * WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTIBILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. + */ + +/* + * This is derived from the Berkeley source: + * @(#)random.c 5.5 (Berkeley) 7/6/88 + * It was reworked for the GNU C Library by Roland McGrath. + */ + +#include <errno.h> + +#if 0 + +#include <ansidecl.h> +#include <limits.h> +#include <stddef.h> +#include <stdlib.h> + +#else + +#define ULONG_MAX ((unsigned long)(~0L)) /* 0xFFFFFFFF for 32-bits */ +#define LONG_MAX ((long)(ULONG_MAX >> 1)) /* 0x7FFFFFFF for 32-bits*/ + +#ifdef __STDC__ +# define PTR void * +# define NULL (void *) 0 +#else +# define PTR char * +# define NULL 0 +#endif + +#endif + +long int random (); + +/* An improved random number generation package. In addition to the standard + rand()/srand() like interface, this package also has a special state info + interface. The initstate() routine is called with a seed, an array of + bytes, and a count of how many bytes are being passed in; this array is + then initialized to contain information for random number generation with + that much state information. Good sizes for the amount of state + information are 32, 64, 128, and 256 bytes. The state can be switched by + calling the setstate() function with the same array as was initiallized + with initstate(). By default, the package runs with 128 bytes of state + information and generates far better random numbers than a linear + congruential generator. If the amount of state information is less than + 32 bytes, a simple linear congruential R.N.G. is used. Internally, the + state information is treated as an array of longs; the zeroeth element of + the array is the type of R.N.G. being used (small integer); the remainder + of the array is the state information for the R.N.G. Thus, 32 bytes of + state information will give 7 longs worth of state information, which will + allow a degree seven polynomial. (Note: The zeroeth word of state + information also has some other information stored in it; see setstate + for details). The random number generation technique is a linear feedback + shift register approach, employing trinomials (since there are fewer terms + to sum up that way). In this approach, the least significant bit of all + the numbers in the state table will act as a linear feedback shift register, + and will have period 2^deg - 1 (where deg is the degree of the polynomial + being used, assuming that the polynomial is irreducible and primitive). + The higher order bits will have longer periods, since their values are + also influenced by pseudo-random carries out of the lower bits. The + total period of the generator is approximately deg*(2**deg - 1); thus + doubling the amount of state information has a vast influence on the + period of the generator. Note: The deg*(2**deg - 1) is an approximation + only good for large deg, when the period of the shift register is the + dominant factor. With deg equal to seven, the period is actually much + longer than the 7*(2**7 - 1) predicted by this formula. */ + + + +/* For each of the currently supported random number generators, we have a + break value on the amount of state information (you need at least thi + bytes of state info to support this random number generator), a degree for + the polynomial (actually a trinomial) that the R.N.G. is based on, and + separation between the two lower order coefficients of the trinomial. */ + +/* Linear congruential. */ +#define TYPE_0 0 +#define BREAK_0 8 +#define DEG_0 0 +#define SEP_0 0 + +/* x**7 + x**3 + 1. */ +#define TYPE_1 1 +#define BREAK_1 32 +#define DEG_1 7 +#define SEP_1 3 + +/* x**15 + x + 1. */ +#define TYPE_2 2 +#define BREAK_2 64 +#define DEG_2 15 +#define SEP_2 1 + +/* x**31 + x**3 + 1. */ +#define TYPE_3 3 +#define BREAK_3 128 +#define DEG_3 31 +#define SEP_3 3 + +/* x**63 + x + 1. */ +#define TYPE_4 4 +#define BREAK_4 256 +#define DEG_4 63 +#define SEP_4 1 + + +/* Array versions of the above information to make code run faster. + Relies on fact that TYPE_i == i. */ + +#define MAX_TYPES 5 /* Max number of types above. */ + +static int degrees[MAX_TYPES] = { DEG_0, DEG_1, DEG_2, DEG_3, DEG_4 }; +static int seps[MAX_TYPES] = { SEP_0, SEP_1, SEP_2, SEP_3, SEP_4 }; + + + +/* Initially, everything is set up as if from: + initstate(1, randtbl, 128); + Note that this initialization takes advantage of the fact that srandom + advances the front and rear pointers 10*rand_deg times, and hence the + rear pointer which starts at 0 will also end up at zero; thus the zeroeth + element of the state information, which contains info about the current + position of the rear pointer is just + (MAX_TYPES * (rptr - state)) + TYPE_3 == TYPE_3. */ + +static long int randtbl[DEG_3 + 1] = + { TYPE_3, + 0x9a319039, 0x32d9c024, 0x9b663182, 0x5da1f342, + 0xde3b81e0, 0xdf0a6fb5, 0xf103bc02, 0x48f340fb, + 0x7449e56b, 0xbeb1dbb0, 0xab5c5918, 0x946554fd, + 0x8c2e680f, 0xeb3d799f, 0xb11ee0b7, 0x2d436b86, + 0xda672e2a, 0x1588ca88, 0xe369735d, 0x904f35f7, + 0xd7158fd6, 0x6fa6f051, 0x616e6b96, 0xac94efdc, + 0x36413f93, 0xc622c298, 0xf5a42ab8, 0x8a88d77b, + 0xf5ad9d0e, 0x8999220b, 0x27fb47b9 + }; + +/* FPTR and RPTR are two pointers into the state info, a front and a rear + pointer. These two pointers are always rand_sep places aparts, as they + cycle through the state information. (Yes, this does mean we could get + away with just one pointer, but the code for random is more efficient + this way). The pointers are left positioned as they would be from the call: + initstate(1, randtbl, 128); + (The position of the rear pointer, rptr, is really 0 (as explained above + in the initialization of randtbl) because the state table pointer is set + to point to randtbl[1] (as explained below).) */ + +static long int *fptr = &randtbl[SEP_3 + 1]; +static long int *rptr = &randtbl[1]; + + + +/* The following things are the pointer to the state information table, + the type of the current generator, the degree of the current polynomial + being used, and the separation between the two pointers. + Note that for efficiency of random, we remember the first location of + the state information, not the zeroeth. Hence it is valid to access + state[-1], which is used to store the type of the R.N.G. + Also, we remember the last location, since this is more efficient than + indexing every time to find the address of the last element to see if + the front and rear pointers have wrapped. */ + +static long int *state = &randtbl[1]; + +static int rand_type = TYPE_3; +static int rand_deg = DEG_3; +static int rand_sep = SEP_3; + +static long int *end_ptr = &randtbl[sizeof(randtbl) / sizeof(randtbl[0])]; + +/* Initialize the random number generator based on the given seed. If the + type is the trivial no-state-information type, just remember the seed. + Otherwise, initializes state[] based on the given "seed" via a linear + congruential generator. Then, the pointers are set to known locations + that are exactly rand_sep places apart. Lastly, it cycles the state + information a given number of times to get rid of any initial dependencies + introduced by the L.C.R.N.G. Note that the initialization of randtbl[] + for default usage relies on values produced by this routine. */ +void +srandom (x) + unsigned int x; +{ + state[0] = x; + if (rand_type != TYPE_0) + { + register long int i; + for (i = 1; i < rand_deg; ++i) + state[i] = (1103515145 * state[i - 1]) + 12345; + fptr = &state[rand_sep]; + rptr = &state[0]; + for (i = 0; i < 10 * rand_deg; ++i) + random(); + } +} + +/* Initialize the state information in the given array of N bytes for + future random number generation. Based on the number of bytes we + are given, and the break values for the different R.N.G.'s, we choose + the best (largest) one we can and set things up for it. srandom is + then called to initialize the state information. Note that on return + from srandom, we set state[-1] to be the type multiplexed with the current + value of the rear pointer; this is so successive calls to initstate won't + lose this information and will be able to restart with setstate. + Note: The first thing we do is save the current state, if any, just like + setstate so that it doesn't matter when initstate is called. + Returns a pointer to the old state. */ +PTR +initstate (seed, arg_state, n) + unsigned int seed; + PTR arg_state; + unsigned long n; +{ + PTR ostate = (PTR) &state[-1]; + + if (rand_type == TYPE_0) + state[-1] = rand_type; + else + state[-1] = (MAX_TYPES * (rptr - state)) + rand_type; + if (n < BREAK_1) + { + if (n < BREAK_0) + { + errno = EINVAL; + return NULL; + } + rand_type = TYPE_0; + rand_deg = DEG_0; + rand_sep = SEP_0; + } + else if (n < BREAK_2) + { + rand_type = TYPE_1; + rand_deg = DEG_1; + rand_sep = SEP_1; + } + else if (n < BREAK_3) + { + rand_type = TYPE_2; + rand_deg = DEG_2; + rand_sep = SEP_2; + } + else if (n < BREAK_4) + { + rand_type = TYPE_3; + rand_deg = DEG_3; + rand_sep = SEP_3; + } + else + { + rand_type = TYPE_4; + rand_deg = DEG_4; + rand_sep = SEP_4; + } + + state = &((long int *) arg_state)[1]; /* First location. */ + /* Must set END_PTR before srandom. */ + end_ptr = &state[rand_deg]; + srandom(seed); + if (rand_type == TYPE_0) + state[-1] = rand_type; + else + state[-1] = (MAX_TYPES * (rptr - state)) + rand_type; + + return ostate; +} + +/* Restore the state from the given state array. + Note: It is important that we also remember the locations of the pointers + in the current state information, and restore the locations of the pointers + from the old state information. This is done by multiplexing the pointer + location into the zeroeth word of the state information. Note that due + to the order in which things are done, it is OK to call setstate with the + same state as the current state + Returns a pointer to the old state information. */ + +PTR +setstate (arg_state) + PTR arg_state; +{ + register long int *new_state = (long int *) arg_state; + register int type = new_state[0] % MAX_TYPES; + register int rear = new_state[0] / MAX_TYPES; + PTR ostate = (PTR) &state[-1]; + + if (rand_type == TYPE_0) + state[-1] = rand_type; + else + state[-1] = (MAX_TYPES * (rptr - state)) + rand_type; + + switch (type) + { + case TYPE_0: + case TYPE_1: + case TYPE_2: + case TYPE_3: + case TYPE_4: + rand_type = type; + rand_deg = degrees[type]; + rand_sep = seps[type]; + break; + default: + /* State info munged. */ + errno = EINVAL; + return NULL; + } + + state = &new_state[1]; + if (rand_type != TYPE_0) + { + rptr = &state[rear]; + fptr = &state[(rear + rand_sep) % rand_deg]; + } + /* Set end_ptr too. */ + end_ptr = &state[rand_deg]; + + return ostate; +} + +/* If we are using the trivial TYPE_0 R.N.G., just do the old linear + congruential bit. Otherwise, we do our fancy trinomial stuff, which is the + same in all ther other cases due to all the global variables that have been + set up. The basic operation is to add the number at the rear pointer into + the one at the front pointer. Then both pointers are advanced to the next + location cyclically in the table. The value returned is the sum generated, + reduced to 31 bits by throwing away the "least random" low bit. + Note: The code takes advantage of the fact that both the front and + rear pointers can't wrap on the same call by not testing the rear + pointer if the front one has wrapped. Returns a 31-bit random number. */ + +long int +random () +{ + if (rand_type == TYPE_0) + { + state[0] = ((state[0] * 1103515245) + 12345) & LONG_MAX; + return state[0]; + } + else + { + long int i; + *fptr += *rptr; + /* Chucking least random bit. */ + i = (*fptr >> 1) & LONG_MAX; + ++fptr; + if (fptr >= end_ptr) + { + fptr = state; + ++rptr; + } + else + { + ++rptr; + if (rptr >= end_ptr) + rptr = state; + } + return i; + } +} diff --git a/libiberty/rename.c b/libiberty/rename.c new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..ae26e2d0040 --- /dev/null +++ b/libiberty/rename.c @@ -0,0 +1,22 @@ +/* rename -- rename a file + This function is in the public domain. */ + +/* Rename a file. */ + +#include <errno.h> + +int +rename (zfrom, zto) + char *zfrom; + char *zto; +{ + if (link (zfrom, zto) < 0) + { + if (errno != EEXIST) + return -1; + if (unlink (zto) < 0 + || link (zfrom, zto) < 0) + return -1; + } + return unlink (zfrom); +} diff --git a/libiberty/rindex.c b/libiberty/rindex.c new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..061d1269f17 --- /dev/null +++ b/libiberty/rindex.c @@ -0,0 +1,11 @@ +/* Stub implementation of (obsolete) rindex(). */ + +extern char *strrchr (); + +char * +rindex (s, c) + char *s; + int c; +{ + return strrchr (s, c); +} diff --git a/libiberty/sigsetmask.c b/libiberty/sigsetmask.c new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..2a09e6a6c5a --- /dev/null +++ b/libiberty/sigsetmask.c @@ -0,0 +1,30 @@ +/* Version of sigsetmask.c + Written by Steve Chamberlain (sac@cygnus.com). + Contributed by Cygnus Support. + This file is in the public doamin. */ + +/* Set the current signal mask to the set provided, and return the + previous value */ + +#define _POSIX_SOURCE +#include <ansidecl.h> +/* Including <sys/types.h> seems to be needed by ISC. */ +#include <sys/types.h> +#include <signal.h> + +#ifdef SIG_SETMASK +int +DEFUN(sigsetmask,(set), + int set) +{ + sigset_t new; + sigset_t old; + + sigemptyset (&new); + if (set != 0) { + abort(); /* FIXME, we don't know how to translate old mask to new */ + } + sigprocmask(SIG_SETMASK, &new, &old); + return 1; /* FIXME, we always return 1 as old value. */ +} +#endif diff --git a/libiberty/spaces.c b/libiberty/spaces.c new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..ea925712e3f --- /dev/null +++ b/libiberty/spaces.c @@ -0,0 +1,78 @@ +/* Allocate memory region filled with spaces. + Copyright (C) 1991 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + +This file is part of the libiberty library. +Libiberty is free software; you can redistribute it and/or +modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public +License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either +version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + +Libiberty is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, +but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU +Library General Public License for more details. + +You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public +License along with libiberty; see the file COPYING.LIB. If +not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, +Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */ + +/* + +NAME + + spaces -- return a pointer to a buffer full of spaces + +SYNOPSIS + + char *spaces (int count) + +DESCRIPTION + + Returns a pointer to a memory region filled with the specified + number of spaces and null terminated. The returned pointer is + valid until at least the next call. + +BUGS + +*/ + +#include "ansidecl.h" +#include "libiberty.h" + +#if VMS +#include <stdlib.h> +#include <unixlib.h> +#else +/* For systems with larger pointers than ints, these must be declared. */ +extern PTR malloc PARAMS ((size_t)); +extern void free PARAMS ((PTR)); +#endif + +const char * +spaces (count) + int count; +{ + register char *t; + static char *buf; + static int maxsize; + + if (count > maxsize) + { + if (buf) + { + free (buf); + } + buf = malloc (count + 1); + if (buf == (char *) 0) + return 0; + for (t = buf + count ; t != buf ; ) + { + *--t = ' '; + } + maxsize = count; + buf[count] = '\0'; + } + return (const char *) (buf + maxsize - count); +} + diff --git a/libiberty/strcasecmp.c b/libiberty/strcasecmp.c new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..3aa930b696f --- /dev/null +++ b/libiberty/strcasecmp.c @@ -0,0 +1,82 @@ +/* + * Copyright (c) 1987 Regents of the University of California. + * All rights reserved. + * + * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms are permitted + * provided that this notice is preserved and that due credit is given + * to the University of California at Berkeley. The name of the University + * may not be used to endorse or promote products derived from this + * software without specific written prior permission. This software + * is provided ``as is'' without express or implied warranty. + */ + +#if defined(LIBC_SCCS) && !defined(lint) +static char sccsid[] = "@(#)strcasecmp.c 5.5 (Berkeley) 11/24/87"; +#endif /* LIBC_SCCS and not lint */ + +#include <ansidecl.h> +#ifdef __STDC__ +#include <stddef.h> +#else +#define size_t unsigned long +#endif + +/* + * This array is designed for mapping upper and lower case letter + * together for a case independent comparison. The mappings are + * based upon ascii character sequences. + */ +typedef unsigned char uc; +static unsigned char charmap[] = { + (uc)'\000',(uc)'\001',(uc)'\002',(uc)'\003',(uc)'\004',(uc)'\005',(uc)'\006',(uc)'\007', + (uc)'\010',(uc)'\011',(uc)'\012',(uc)'\013',(uc)'\014',(uc)'\015',(uc)'\016',(uc)'\017', + (uc)'\020',(uc)'\021',(uc)'\022',(uc)'\023',(uc)'\024',(uc)'\025',(uc)'\026',(uc)'\027', + (uc)'\030',(uc)'\031',(uc)'\032',(uc)'\033',(uc)'\034',(uc)'\035',(uc)'\036',(uc)'\037', + (uc)'\040',(uc)'\041',(uc)'\042',(uc)'\043',(uc)'\044',(uc)'\045',(uc)'\046',(uc)'\047', + (uc)'\050',(uc)'\051',(uc)'\052',(uc)'\053',(uc)'\054',(uc)'\055',(uc)'\056',(uc)'\057', + (uc)'\060',(uc)'\061',(uc)'\062',(uc)'\063',(uc)'\064',(uc)'\065',(uc)'\066',(uc)'\067', + (uc)'\070',(uc)'\071',(uc)'\072',(uc)'\073',(uc)'\074',(uc)'\075',(uc)'\076',(uc)'\077', + (uc)'\100',(uc)'\141',(uc)'\142',(uc)'\143',(uc)'\144',(uc)'\145',(uc)'\146',(uc)'\147', + (uc)'\150',(uc)'\151',(uc)'\152',(uc)'\153',(uc)'\154',(uc)'\155',(uc)'\156',(uc)'\157', + (uc)'\160',(uc)'\161',(uc)'\162',(uc)'\163',(uc)'\164',(uc)'\165',(uc)'\166',(uc)'\167', + (uc)'\170',(uc)'\171',(uc)'\172',(uc)'\133',(uc)'\134',(uc)'\135',(uc)'\136',(uc)'\137', + (uc)'\140',(uc)'\141',(uc)'\142',(uc)'\143',(uc)'\144',(uc)'\145',(uc)'\146',(uc)'\147', + (uc)'\150',(uc)'\151',(uc)'\152',(uc)'\153',(uc)'\154',(uc)'\155',(uc)'\156',(uc)'\157', + (uc)'\160',(uc)'\161',(uc)'\162',(uc)'\163',(uc)'\164',(uc)'\165',(uc)'\166',(uc)'\167', + (uc)'\170',(uc)'\171',(uc)'\172',(uc)'\173',(uc)'\174',(uc)'\175',(uc)'\176',(uc)'\177', + (uc)'\200',(uc)'\201',(uc)'\202',(uc)'\203',(uc)'\204',(uc)'\205',(uc)'\206',(uc)'\207', + (uc)'\210',(uc)'\211',(uc)'\212',(uc)'\213',(uc)'\214',(uc)'\215',(uc)'\216',(uc)'\217', + (uc)'\220',(uc)'\221',(uc)'\222',(uc)'\223',(uc)'\224',(uc)'\225',(uc)'\226',(uc)'\227', + (uc)'\230',(uc)'\231',(uc)'\232',(uc)'\233',(uc)'\234',(uc)'\235',(uc)'\236',(uc)'\237', + (uc)'\240',(uc)'\241',(uc)'\242',(uc)'\243',(uc)'\244',(uc)'\245',(uc)'\246',(uc)'\247', + (uc)'\250',(uc)'\251',(uc)'\252',(uc)'\253',(uc)'\254',(uc)'\255',(uc)'\256',(uc)'\257', + (uc)'\260',(uc)'\261',(uc)'\262',(uc)'\263',(uc)'\264',(uc)'\265',(uc)'\266',(uc)'\267', + (uc)'\270',(uc)'\271',(uc)'\272',(uc)'\273',(uc)'\274',(uc)'\275',(uc)'\276',(uc)'\277', + (uc)'\300',(uc)'\341',(uc)'\342',(uc)'\343',(uc)'\344',(uc)'\345',(uc)'\346',(uc)'\347', + (uc)'\350',(uc)'\351',(uc)'\352',(uc)'\353',(uc)'\354',(uc)'\355',(uc)'\356',(uc)'\357', + (uc)'\360',(uc)'\361',(uc)'\362',(uc)'\363',(uc)'\364',(uc)'\365',(uc)'\366',(uc)'\367', + (uc)'\370',(uc)'\371',(uc)'\372',(uc)'\333',(uc)'\334',(uc)'\335',(uc)'\336',(uc)'\337', + (uc)'\340',(uc)'\341',(uc)'\342',(uc)'\343',(uc)'\344',(uc)'\345',(uc)'\346',(uc)'\347', + (uc)'\350',(uc)'\351',(uc)'\352',(uc)'\353',(uc)'\354',(uc)'\355',(uc)'\356',(uc)'\357', + (uc)'\360',(uc)'\361',(uc)'\362',(uc)'\363',(uc)'\364',(uc)'\365',(uc)'\366',(uc)'\367', + (uc)'\370',(uc)'\371',(uc)'\372',(uc)'\373',(uc)'\374',(uc)'\375',(uc)'\376',(uc)'\377', +}; + +int +strcasecmp(s1, s2) + const char *s1, *s2; +{ + register unsigned char u1, u2; + + for (;;) { + u1 = (unsigned char) *s1++; + u2 = (unsigned char) *s2++; + if (charmap[u1] != charmap[u2]) { + return charmap[u1] - charmap[u2]; + } + if (u1 == '\0') { + return 0; + } + } +} + diff --git a/libiberty/strchr.c b/libiberty/strchr.c new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..22976ce248a --- /dev/null +++ b/libiberty/strchr.c @@ -0,0 +1,34 @@ +/* Portable version of strchr() + This function is in the public domain. */ + +/* +NAME + strchr -- return pointer to first occurance of a character + +SYNOPSIS + char *strchr (const char *s, int c) + +DESCRIPTION + Returns a pointer to the first occurance of character C in + string S, or a NULL pointer if no occurance is found. + +BUGS + Behavior when character is the null character is implementation + dependent. +*/ + +#include <ansidecl.h> + +char * +strchr (s, c) + register CONST char *s; + int c; +{ + do { + if (*s == c) + { + return (char*)s; + } + } while (*s++); + return (0); +} diff --git a/libiberty/strdup.c b/libiberty/strdup.c new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..1785b34f274 --- /dev/null +++ b/libiberty/strdup.c @@ -0,0 +1,10 @@ +char * +strdup(s) + char *s; +{ + char *result = (char*)malloc(strlen(s) + 1); + if (result == (char*)0) + return (char*)0; + strcpy(result, s); + return result; +} diff --git a/libiberty/strerror.c b/libiberty/strerror.c new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..f5e2eebee2e --- /dev/null +++ b/libiberty/strerror.c @@ -0,0 +1,831 @@ +/* Extended support for using errno values. + Written by Fred Fish. fnf@cygnus.com + This file is in the public domain. --Per Bothner. */ + +#include "ansidecl.h" +#include "libiberty.h" + +#include "config.h" + +#ifndef NEED_sys_errlist +/* Note that errno.h (not sure what OS) or stdio.h (BSD 4.4, at least) + might declare sys_errlist in a way that the compiler might consider + incompatible with our later declaration, perhaps by using const + attributes. So we hide the declaration in errno.h (if any) using a + macro. */ +#define sys_errlist sys_errlist__ +#endif + +#include <stdio.h> +#include <errno.h> + +#ifndef NEED_sys_errlist +#undef sys_errlist +#endif + +/* Routines imported from standard C runtime libraries. */ + +#ifdef __STDC__ +#include <stddef.h> +extern void *malloc (size_t size); /* 4.10.3.3 */ +extern void *memset (void *s, int c, size_t n); /* 4.11.6.1 */ +#else /* !__STDC__ */ +extern char *malloc (); /* Standard memory allocater */ +extern char *memset (); +#endif /* __STDC__ */ + +#ifndef MAX +# define MAX(a,b) ((a) > (b) ? (a) : (b)) +#endif + +static void init_error_tables PARAMS ((void)); + +/* Translation table for errno values. See intro(2) in most UNIX systems + Programmers Reference Manuals. + + Note that this table is generally only accessed when it is used at runtime + to initialize errno name and message tables that are indexed by errno + value. + + Not all of these errnos will exist on all systems. This table is the only + thing that should have to be updated as new error numbers are introduced. + It's sort of ugly, but at least its portable. */ + +struct error_info +{ + int value; /* The numeric value from <errno.h> */ + const char *name; /* The equivalent symbolic value */ +#ifdef NEED_sys_errlist + const char *msg; /* Short message about this value */ +#endif +}; + +#ifdef NEED_sys_errlist +# define ENTRY(value, name, msg) {value, name, msg} +#else +# define ENTRY(value, name, msg) {value, name} +#endif + +static const struct error_info error_table[] = +{ +#if defined (EPERM) + ENTRY(EPERM, "EPERM", "Not owner"), +#endif +#if defined (ENOENT) + ENTRY(ENOENT, "ENOENT", "No such file or directory"), +#endif +#if defined (ESRCH) + ENTRY(ESRCH, "ESRCH", "No such process"), +#endif +#if defined (EINTR) + ENTRY(EINTR, "EINTR", "Interrupted system call"), +#endif +#if defined (EIO) + ENTRY(EIO, "EIO", "I/O error"), +#endif +#if defined (ENXIO) + ENTRY(ENXIO, "ENXIO", "No such device or address"), +#endif +#if defined (E2BIG) + ENTRY(E2BIG, "E2BIG", "Arg list too long"), +#endif +#if defined (ENOEXEC) + ENTRY(ENOEXEC, "ENOEXEC", "Exec format error"), +#endif +#if defined (EBADF) + ENTRY(EBADF, "EBADF", "Bad file number"), +#endif +#if defined (ECHILD) + ENTRY(ECHILD, "ECHILD", "No child processes"), +#endif +#if defined (EWOULDBLOCK) /* Put before EAGAIN, sometimes aliased */ + ENTRY(EWOULDBLOCK, "EWOULDBLOCK", "Operation would block"), +#endif +#if defined (EAGAIN) + ENTRY(EAGAIN, "EAGAIN", "No more processes"), +#endif +#if defined (ENOMEM) + ENTRY(ENOMEM, "ENOMEM", "Not enough space"), +#endif +#if defined (EACCES) + ENTRY(EACCES, "EACCES", "Permission denied"), +#endif +#if defined (EFAULT) + ENTRY(EFAULT, "EFAULT", "Bad address"), +#endif +#if defined (ENOTBLK) + ENTRY(ENOTBLK, "ENOTBLK", "Block device required"), +#endif +#if defined (EBUSY) + ENTRY(EBUSY, "EBUSY", "Device busy"), +#endif +#if defined (EEXIST) + ENTRY(EEXIST, "EEXIST", "File exists"), +#endif +#if defined (EXDEV) + ENTRY(EXDEV, "EXDEV", "Cross-device link"), +#endif +#if defined (ENODEV) + ENTRY(ENODEV, "ENODEV", "No such device"), +#endif +#if defined (ENOTDIR) + ENTRY(ENOTDIR, "ENOTDIR", "Not a directory"), +#endif +#if defined (EISDIR) + ENTRY(EISDIR, "EISDIR", "Is a directory"), +#endif +#if defined (EINVAL) + ENTRY(EINVAL, "EINVAL", "Invalid argument"), +#endif +#if defined (ENFILE) + ENTRY(ENFILE, "ENFILE", "File table overflow"), +#endif +#if defined (EMFILE) + ENTRY(EMFILE, "EMFILE", "Too many open files"), +#endif +#if defined (ENOTTY) + ENTRY(ENOTTY, "ENOTTY", "Not a typewriter"), +#endif +#if defined (ETXTBSY) + ENTRY(ETXTBSY, "ETXTBSY", "Text file busy"), +#endif +#if defined (EFBIG) + ENTRY(EFBIG, "EFBIG", "File too large"), +#endif +#if defined (ENOSPC) + ENTRY(ENOSPC, "ENOSPC", "No space left on device"), +#endif +#if defined (ESPIPE) + ENTRY(ESPIPE, "ESPIPE", "Illegal seek"), +#endif +#if defined (EROFS) + ENTRY(EROFS, "EROFS", "Read-only file system"), +#endif +#if defined (EMLINK) + ENTRY(EMLINK, "EMLINK", "Too many links"), +#endif +#if defined (EPIPE) + ENTRY(EPIPE, "EPIPE", "Broken pipe"), +#endif +#if defined (EDOM) + ENTRY(EDOM, "EDOM", "Math argument out of domain of func"), +#endif +#if defined (ERANGE) + ENTRY(ERANGE, "ERANGE", "Math result not representable"), +#endif +#if defined (ENOMSG) + ENTRY(ENOMSG, "ENOMSG", "No message of desired type"), +#endif +#if defined (EIDRM) + ENTRY(EIDRM, "EIDRM", "Identifier removed"), +#endif +#if defined (ECHRNG) + ENTRY(ECHRNG, "ECHRNG", "Channel number out of range"), +#endif +#if defined (EL2NSYNC) + ENTRY(EL2NSYNC, "EL2NSYNC", "Level 2 not synchronized"), +#endif +#if defined (EL3HLT) + ENTRY(EL3HLT, "EL3HLT", "Level 3 halted"), +#endif +#if defined (EL3RST) + ENTRY(EL3RST, "EL3RST", "Level 3 reset"), +#endif +#if defined (ELNRNG) + ENTRY(ELNRNG, "ELNRNG", "Link number out of range"), +#endif +#if defined (EUNATCH) + ENTRY(EUNATCH, "EUNATCH", "Protocol driver not attached"), +#endif +#if defined (ENOCSI) + ENTRY(ENOCSI, "ENOCSI", "No CSI structure available"), +#endif +#if defined (EL2HLT) + ENTRY(EL2HLT, "EL2HLT", "Level 2 halted"), +#endif +#if defined (EDEADLK) + ENTRY(EDEADLK, "EDEADLK", "Deadlock condition"), +#endif +#if defined (ENOLCK) + ENTRY(ENOLCK, "ENOLCK", "No record locks available"), +#endif +#if defined (EBADE) + ENTRY(EBADE, "EBADE", "Invalid exchange"), +#endif +#if defined (EBADR) + ENTRY(EBADR, "EBADR", "Invalid request descriptor"), +#endif +#if defined (EXFULL) + ENTRY(EXFULL, "EXFULL", "Exchange full"), +#endif +#if defined (ENOANO) + ENTRY(ENOANO, "ENOANO", "No anode"), +#endif +#if defined (EBADRQC) + ENTRY(EBADRQC, "EBADRQC", "Invalid request code"), +#endif +#if defined (EBADSLT) + ENTRY(EBADSLT, "EBADSLT", "Invalid slot"), +#endif +#if defined (EDEADLOCK) + ENTRY(EDEADLOCK, "EDEADLOCK", "File locking deadlock error"), +#endif +#if defined (EBFONT) + ENTRY(EBFONT, "EBFONT", "Bad font file format"), +#endif +#if defined (ENOSTR) + ENTRY(ENOSTR, "ENOSTR", "Device not a stream"), +#endif +#if defined (ENODATA) + ENTRY(ENODATA, "ENODATA", "No data available"), +#endif +#if defined (ETIME) + ENTRY(ETIME, "ETIME", "Timer expired"), +#endif +#if defined (ENOSR) + ENTRY(ENOSR, "ENOSR", "Out of streams resources"), +#endif +#if defined (ENONET) + ENTRY(ENONET, "ENONET", "Machine is not on the network"), +#endif +#if defined (ENOPKG) + ENTRY(ENOPKG, "ENOPKG", "Package not installed"), +#endif +#if defined (EREMOTE) + ENTRY(EREMOTE, "EREMOTE", "Object is remote"), +#endif +#if defined (ENOLINK) + ENTRY(ENOLINK, "ENOLINK", "Link has been severed"), +#endif +#if defined (EADV) + ENTRY(EADV, "EADV", "Advertise error"), +#endif +#if defined (ESRMNT) + ENTRY(ESRMNT, "ESRMNT", "Srmount error"), +#endif +#if defined (ECOMM) + ENTRY(ECOMM, "ECOMM", "Communication error on send"), +#endif +#if defined (EPROTO) + ENTRY(EPROTO, "EPROTO", "Protocol error"), +#endif +#if defined (EMULTIHOP) + ENTRY(EMULTIHOP, "EMULTIHOP", "Multihop attempted"), +#endif +#if defined (EDOTDOT) + ENTRY(EDOTDOT, "EDOTDOT", "RFS specific error"), +#endif +#if defined (EBADMSG) + ENTRY(EBADMSG, "EBADMSG", "Not a data message"), +#endif +#if defined (ENAMETOOLONG) + ENTRY(ENAMETOOLONG, "ENAMETOOLONG", "File name too long"), +#endif +#if defined (EOVERFLOW) + ENTRY(EOVERFLOW, "EOVERFLOW", "Value too large for defined data type"), +#endif +#if defined (ENOTUNIQ) + ENTRY(ENOTUNIQ, "ENOTUNIQ", "Name not unique on network"), +#endif +#if defined (EBADFD) + ENTRY(EBADFD, "EBADFD", "File descriptor in bad state"), +#endif +#if defined (EREMCHG) + ENTRY(EREMCHG, "EREMCHG", "Remote address changed"), +#endif +#if defined (ELIBACC) + ENTRY(ELIBACC, "ELIBACC", "Can not access a needed shared library"), +#endif +#if defined (ELIBBAD) + ENTRY(ELIBBAD, "ELIBBAD", "Accessing a corrupted shared library"), +#endif +#if defined (ELIBSCN) + ENTRY(ELIBSCN, "ELIBSCN", ".lib section in a.out corrupted"), +#endif +#if defined (ELIBMAX) + ENTRY(ELIBMAX, "ELIBMAX", "Attempting to link in too many shared libraries"), +#endif +#if defined (ELIBEXEC) + ENTRY(ELIBEXEC, "ELIBEXEC", "Cannot exec a shared library directly"), +#endif +#if defined (EILSEQ) + ENTRY(EILSEQ, "EILSEQ", "Illegal byte sequence"), +#endif +#if defined (ENOSYS) + ENTRY(ENOSYS, "ENOSYS", "Operation not applicable"), +#endif +#if defined (ELOOP) + ENTRY(ELOOP, "ELOOP", "Too many symbolic links encountered"), +#endif +#if defined (ERESTART) + ENTRY(ERESTART, "ERESTART", "Interrupted system call should be restarted"), +#endif +#if defined (ESTRPIPE) + ENTRY(ESTRPIPE, "ESTRPIPE", "Streams pipe error"), +#endif +#if defined (ENOTEMPTY) + ENTRY(ENOTEMPTY, "ENOTEMPTY", "Directory not empty"), +#endif +#if defined (EUSERS) + ENTRY(EUSERS, "EUSERS", "Too many users"), +#endif +#if defined (ENOTSOCK) + ENTRY(ENOTSOCK, "ENOTSOCK", "Socket operation on non-socket"), +#endif +#if defined (EDESTADDRREQ) + ENTRY(EDESTADDRREQ, "EDESTADDRREQ", "Destination address required"), +#endif +#if defined (EMSGSIZE) + ENTRY(EMSGSIZE, "EMSGSIZE", "Message too long"), +#endif +#if defined (EPROTOTYPE) + ENTRY(EPROTOTYPE, "EPROTOTYPE", "Protocol wrong type for socket"), +#endif +#if defined (ENOPROTOOPT) + ENTRY(ENOPROTOOPT, "ENOPROTOOPT", "Protocol not available"), +#endif +#if defined (EPROTONOSUPPORT) + ENTRY(EPROTONOSUPPORT, "EPROTONOSUPPORT", "Protocol not supported"), +#endif +#if defined (ESOCKTNOSUPPORT) + ENTRY(ESOCKTNOSUPPORT, "ESOCKTNOSUPPORT", "Socket type not supported"), +#endif +#if defined (EOPNOTSUPP) + ENTRY(EOPNOTSUPP, "EOPNOTSUPP", "Operation not supported on transport endpoint"), +#endif +#if defined (EPFNOSUPPORT) + ENTRY(EPFNOSUPPORT, "EPFNOSUPPORT", "Protocol family not supported"), +#endif +#if defined (EAFNOSUPPORT) + ENTRY(EAFNOSUPPORT, "EAFNOSUPPORT", "Address family not supported by protocol"), +#endif +#if defined (EADDRINUSE) + ENTRY(EADDRINUSE, "EADDRINUSE", "Address already in use"), +#endif +#if defined (EADDRNOTAVAIL) + ENTRY(EADDRNOTAVAIL, "EADDRNOTAVAIL","Cannot assign requested address"), +#endif +#if defined (ENETDOWN) + ENTRY(ENETDOWN, "ENETDOWN", "Network is down"), +#endif +#if defined (ENETUNREACH) + ENTRY(ENETUNREACH, "ENETUNREACH", "Network is unreachable"), +#endif +#if defined (ENETRESET) + ENTRY(ENETRESET, "ENETRESET", "Network dropped connection because of reset"), +#endif +#if defined (ECONNABORTED) + ENTRY(ECONNABORTED, "ECONNABORTED", "Software caused connection abort"), +#endif +#if defined (ECONNRESET) + ENTRY(ECONNRESET, "ECONNRESET", "Connection reset by peer"), +#endif +#if defined (ENOBUFS) + ENTRY(ENOBUFS, "ENOBUFS", "No buffer space available"), +#endif +#if defined (EISCONN) + ENTRY(EISCONN, "EISCONN", "Transport endpoint is already connected"), +#endif +#if defined (ENOTCONN) + ENTRY(ENOTCONN, "ENOTCONN", "Transport endpoint is not connected"), +#endif +#if defined (ESHUTDOWN) + ENTRY(ESHUTDOWN, "ESHUTDOWN", "Cannot send after transport endpoint shutdown"), +#endif +#if defined (ETOOMANYREFS) + ENTRY(ETOOMANYREFS, "ETOOMANYREFS", "Too many references: cannot splice"), +#endif +#if defined (ETIMEDOUT) + ENTRY(ETIMEDOUT, "ETIMEDOUT", "Connection timed out"), +#endif +#if defined (ECONNREFUSED) + ENTRY(ECONNREFUSED, "ECONNREFUSED", "Connection refused"), +#endif +#if defined (EHOSTDOWN) + ENTRY(EHOSTDOWN, "EHOSTDOWN", "Host is down"), +#endif +#if defined (EHOSTUNREACH) + ENTRY(EHOSTUNREACH, "EHOSTUNREACH", "No route to host"), +#endif +#if defined (EALREADY) + ENTRY(EALREADY, "EALREADY", "Operation already in progress"), +#endif +#if defined (EINPROGRESS) + ENTRY(EINPROGRESS, "EINPROGRESS", "Operation now in progress"), +#endif +#if defined (ESTALE) + ENTRY(ESTALE, "ESTALE", "Stale NFS file handle"), +#endif +#if defined (EUCLEAN) + ENTRY(EUCLEAN, "EUCLEAN", "Structure needs cleaning"), +#endif +#if defined (ENOTNAM) + ENTRY(ENOTNAM, "ENOTNAM", "Not a XENIX named type file"), +#endif +#if defined (ENAVAIL) + ENTRY(ENAVAIL, "ENAVAIL", "No XENIX semaphores available"), +#endif +#if defined (EISNAM) + ENTRY(EISNAM, "EISNAM", "Is a named type file"), +#endif +#if defined (EREMOTEIO) + ENTRY(EREMOTEIO, "EREMOTEIO", "Remote I/O error"), +#endif + ENTRY(0, NULL, NULL) +}; + +#ifdef EVMSERR +/* This is not in the table, because the numeric value of EVMSERR (32767) + lies outside the range of sys_errlist[]. */ +static struct { int value; const char *name, *msg; } + evmserr = { EVMSERR, "EVMSERR", "VMS-specific error" }; +#endif + +/* Translation table allocated and initialized at runtime. Indexed by the + errno value to find the equivalent symbolic value. */ + +static const char **error_names; +static int num_error_names = 0; + +/* Translation table allocated and initialized at runtime, if it does not + already exist in the host environment. Indexed by the errno value to find + the descriptive string. + + We don't export it for use in other modules because even though it has the + same name, it differs from other implementations in that it is dynamically + initialized rather than statically initialized. */ + +#ifdef NEED_sys_errlist + +static int sys_nerr; +static const char **sys_errlist; + +#else + +extern int sys_nerr; +extern char *sys_errlist[]; + +#endif + + +/* + +NAME + + init_error_tables -- initialize the name and message tables + +SYNOPSIS + + static void init_error_tables (); + +DESCRIPTION + + Using the error_table, which is initialized at compile time, generate + the error_names and the sys_errlist (if needed) tables, which are + indexed at runtime by a specific errno value. + +BUGS + + The initialization of the tables may fail under low memory conditions, + in which case we don't do anything particularly useful, but we don't + bomb either. Who knows, it might succeed at a later point if we free + some memory in the meantime. In any case, the other routines know + how to deal with lack of a table after trying to initialize it. This + may or may not be considered to be a bug, that we don't specifically + warn about this particular failure mode. + +*/ + +static void +init_error_tables () +{ + const struct error_info *eip; + int nbytes; + + /* If we haven't already scanned the error_table once to find the maximum + errno value, then go find it now. */ + + if (num_error_names == 0) + { + for (eip = error_table; eip -> name != NULL; eip++) + { + if (eip -> value >= num_error_names) + { + num_error_names = eip -> value + 1; + } + } + } + + /* Now attempt to allocate the error_names table, zero it out, and then + initialize it from the statically initialized error_table. */ + + if (error_names == NULL) + { + nbytes = num_error_names * sizeof (char *); + if ((error_names = (const char **) malloc (nbytes)) != NULL) + { + memset (error_names, 0, nbytes); + for (eip = error_table; eip -> name != NULL; eip++) + { + error_names[eip -> value] = eip -> name; + } + } + } + +#ifdef NEED_sys_errlist + + /* Now attempt to allocate the sys_errlist table, zero it out, and then + initialize it from the statically initialized error_table. */ + + if (sys_errlist == NULL) + { + nbytes = num_error_names * sizeof (char *); + if ((sys_errlist = (const char **) malloc (nbytes)) != NULL) + { + memset (sys_errlist, 0, nbytes); + sys_nerr = num_error_names; + for (eip = error_table; eip -> name != NULL; eip++) + { + sys_errlist[eip -> value] = eip -> msg; + } + } + } + +#endif + +} + +/* + +NAME + + errno_max -- return the max errno value + +SYNOPSIS + + int errno_max (); + +DESCRIPTION + + Returns the maximum errno value for which a corresponding symbolic + name or message is available. Note that in the case where + we use the sys_errlist supplied by the system, it is possible for + there to be more symbolic names than messages, or vice versa. + In fact, the manual page for perror(3C) explicitly warns that one + should check the size of the table (sys_nerr) before indexing it, + since new error codes may be added to the system before they are + added to the table. Thus sys_nerr might be smaller than value + implied by the largest errno value defined in <errno.h>. + + We return the maximum value that can be used to obtain a meaningful + symbolic name or message. + +*/ + +int +errno_max () +{ + int maxsize; + + if (error_names == NULL) + { + init_error_tables (); + } + maxsize = MAX (sys_nerr, num_error_names); + return (maxsize - 1); +} + +#ifdef NEED_strerror + +/* + +NAME + + strerror -- map an error number to an error message string + +SYNOPSIS + + char *strerror (int errnoval) + +DESCRIPTION + + Maps an errno number to an error message string, the contents of + which are implementation defined. On systems which have the external + variables sys_nerr and sys_errlist, these strings will be the same + as the ones used by perror(). + + If the supplied error number is within the valid range of indices + for the sys_errlist, but no message is available for the particular + error number, then returns the string "Error NUM", where NUM is the + error number. + + If the supplied error number is not a valid index into sys_errlist, + returns NULL. + + The returned string is only guaranteed to be valid only until the + next call to strerror. + +*/ + +char * +strerror (errnoval) + int errnoval; +{ + char *msg; + static char buf[32]; + +#ifdef NEED_sys_errlist + + if (error_names == NULL) + { + init_error_tables (); + } + +#endif + + if ((errnoval < 0) || (errnoval >= sys_nerr)) + { +#ifdef EVMSERR + if (errnoval == evmserr.value) + msg = evmserr.msg; + else +#endif + /* Out of range, just return NULL */ + msg = NULL; + } + else if ((sys_errlist == NULL) || (sys_errlist[errnoval] == NULL)) + { + /* In range, but no sys_errlist or no entry at this index. */ + sprintf (buf, "Error %d", errnoval); + msg = buf; + } + else + { + /* In range, and a valid message. Just return the message. */ + msg = (char *) sys_errlist[errnoval]; + } + + return (msg); +} + +#endif /* NEED_strerror */ + + +/* + +NAME + + strerrno -- map an error number to a symbolic name string + +SYNOPSIS + + const char *strerrno (int errnoval) + +DESCRIPTION + + Given an error number returned from a system call (typically + returned in errno), returns a pointer to a string containing the + symbolic name of that error number, as found in <errno.h>. + + If the supplied error number is within the valid range of indices + for symbolic names, but no name is available for the particular + error number, then returns the string "Error NUM", where NUM is + the error number. + + If the supplied error number is not within the range of valid + indices, then returns NULL. + +BUGS + + The contents of the location pointed to are only guaranteed to be + valid until the next call to strerrno. + +*/ + +const char * +strerrno (errnoval) + int errnoval; +{ + const char *name; + static char buf[32]; + + if (error_names == NULL) + { + init_error_tables (); + } + + if ((errnoval < 0) || (errnoval >= num_error_names)) + { +#ifdef EVMSERR + if (errnoval == evmserr.value) + name = evmserr.name; + else +#endif + /* Out of range, just return NULL */ + name = NULL; + } + else if ((error_names == NULL) || (error_names[errnoval] == NULL)) + { + /* In range, but no error_names or no entry at this index. */ + sprintf (buf, "Error %d", errnoval); + name = (const char *) buf; + } + else + { + /* In range, and a valid name. Just return the name. */ + name = error_names[errnoval]; + } + + return (name); +} + +/* + +NAME + + strtoerrno -- map a symbolic errno name to a numeric value + +SYNOPSIS + + int strtoerrno (char *name) + +DESCRIPTION + + Given the symbolic name of a error number, map it to an errno value. + If no translation is found, returns 0. + +*/ + +int +strtoerrno (name) + const char *name; +{ + int errnoval = 0; + + if (name != NULL) + { + if (error_names == NULL) + { + init_error_tables (); + } + for (errnoval = 0; errnoval < num_error_names; errnoval++) + { + if ((error_names[errnoval] != NULL) && + (strcmp (name, error_names[errnoval]) == 0)) + { + break; + } + } + if (errnoval == num_error_names) + { +#ifdef EVMSERR + if (strcmp (name, evmserr.name) == 0) + errnoval = evmserr.value; + else +#endif + errnoval = 0; + } + } + return (errnoval); +} + + +/* A simple little main that does nothing but print all the errno translations + if MAIN is defined and this file is compiled and linked. */ + +#ifdef MAIN + +#include <stdio.h> + +int +main () +{ + int errn; + int errnmax; + const char *name; + char *msg; + char *strerror (); + + errnmax = errno_max (); + printf ("%d entries in names table.\n", num_error_names); + printf ("%d entries in messages table.\n", sys_nerr); + printf ("%d is max useful index.\n", errnmax); + + /* Keep printing values until we get to the end of *both* tables, not + *either* table. Note that knowing the maximum useful index does *not* + relieve us of the responsibility of testing the return pointer for + NULL. */ + + for (errn = 0; errn <= errnmax; errn++) + { + name = strerrno (errn); + name = (name == NULL) ? "<NULL>" : name; + msg = strerror (errn); + msg = (msg == NULL) ? "<NULL>" : msg; + printf ("%-4d%-18s%s\n", errn, name, msg); + } + + return 0; +} + +#endif diff --git a/libiberty/strncasecmp.c b/libiberty/strncasecmp.c new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..4485cac7a6a --- /dev/null +++ b/libiberty/strncasecmp.c @@ -0,0 +1,82 @@ +/* + * Copyright (c) 1987 Regents of the University of California. + * All rights reserved. + * + * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms are permitted + * provided that this notice is preserved and that due credit is given + * to the University of California at Berkeley. The name of the University + * may not be used to endorse or promote products derived from this + * software without specific written prior permission. This software + * is provided ``as is'' without express or implied warranty. + */ + +#if defined(LIBC_SCCS) && !defined(lint) +static char sccsid[] = "@(#)strcasecmp.c 5.5 (Berkeley) 11/24/87"; +#endif /* LIBC_SCCS and not lint */ + +#include <ansidecl.h> +#ifdef __STDC__ +#include <stddef.h> +#else +#define size_t unsigned long +#endif + +/* + * This array is designed for mapping upper and lower case letter + * together for a case independent comparison. The mappings are + * based upon ascii character sequences. + */ +static unsigned char charmap[] = { + '\000', '\001', '\002', '\003', '\004', '\005', '\006', '\007', + '\010', '\011', '\012', '\013', '\014', '\015', '\016', '\017', + '\020', '\021', '\022', '\023', '\024', '\025', '\026', '\027', + '\030', '\031', '\032', '\033', '\034', '\035', '\036', '\037', + '\040', '\041', '\042', '\043', '\044', '\045', '\046', '\047', + '\050', '\051', '\052', '\053', '\054', '\055', '\056', '\057', + '\060', '\061', '\062', '\063', '\064', '\065', '\066', '\067', + '\070', '\071', '\072', '\073', '\074', '\075', '\076', '\077', + '\100', '\141', '\142', '\143', '\144', '\145', '\146', '\147', + '\150', '\151', '\152', '\153', '\154', '\155', '\156', '\157', + '\160', '\161', '\162', '\163', '\164', '\165', '\166', '\167', + '\170', '\171', '\172', '\133', '\134', '\135', '\136', '\137', + '\140', '\141', '\142', '\143', '\144', '\145', '\146', '\147', + '\150', '\151', '\152', '\153', '\154', '\155', '\156', '\157', + '\160', '\161', '\162', '\163', '\164', '\165', '\166', '\167', + '\170', '\171', '\172', '\173', '\174', '\175', '\176', '\177', + '\200', '\201', '\202', '\203', '\204', '\205', '\206', '\207', + '\210', '\211', '\212', '\213', '\214', '\215', '\216', '\217', + '\220', '\221', '\222', '\223', '\224', '\225', '\226', '\227', + '\230', '\231', '\232', '\233', '\234', '\235', '\236', '\237', + '\240', '\241', '\242', '\243', '\244', '\245', '\246', '\247', + '\250', '\251', '\252', '\253', '\254', '\255', '\256', '\257', + '\260', '\261', '\262', '\263', '\264', '\265', '\266', '\267', + '\270', '\271', '\272', '\273', '\274', '\275', '\276', '\277', + '\300', '\341', '\342', '\343', '\344', '\345', '\346', '\347', + '\350', '\351', '\352', '\353', '\354', '\355', '\356', '\357', + '\360', '\361', '\362', '\363', '\364', '\365', '\366', '\367', + '\370', '\371', '\372', '\333', '\334', '\335', '\336', '\337', + '\340', '\341', '\342', '\343', '\344', '\345', '\346', '\347', + '\350', '\351', '\352', '\353', '\354', '\355', '\356', '\357', + '\360', '\361', '\362', '\363', '\364', '\365', '\366', '\367', + '\370', '\371', '\372', '\373', '\374', '\375', '\376', '\377', +}; + +int +strncasecmp(s1, s2, n) + const char *s1, *s2; + register size_t n; +{ + register unsigned char u1, u2; + + for (; n != 0; --n) { + u1 = (unsigned char) *s1++; + u2 = (unsigned char) *s2++; + if (charmap[u1] != charmap[u2]) { + return charmap[u1] - charmap[u2]; + } + if (u1 == '\0') { + return 0; + } + } + return 0; +} diff --git a/libiberty/strrchr.c b/libiberty/strrchr.c new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..30f9e8a3658 --- /dev/null +++ b/libiberty/strrchr.c @@ -0,0 +1,34 @@ +/* Portable version of strrchr(). + This function is in the public domain. */ + +/* +NAME + strrchr -- return pointer to last occurance of a character + +SYNOPSIS + char *strrchr (const char *s, int c) + +DESCRIPTION + Returns a pointer to the last occurance of character C in + string S, or a NULL pointer if no occurance is found. + +BUGS + Behavior when character is the null character is implementation + dependent. +*/ + +#include <ansidecl.h> + +char * +strrchr (s, c) + register CONST char *s; + int c; +{ + char *rtnval = 0; + + do { + if (*s == c) + rtnval = (char*) s; + } while (*s++); + return (rtnval); +} diff --git a/libiberty/strsignal.c b/libiberty/strsignal.c new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..7d40b4cedff --- /dev/null +++ b/libiberty/strsignal.c @@ -0,0 +1,638 @@ +/* Extended support for using signal values. + Written by Fred Fish. fnf@cygnus.com + This file is in the public domain. */ + +#include "ansidecl.h" +#include "libiberty.h" + +#include "config.h" + +/* We need to declare sys_siglist, because even if the system provides + it we can't assume that it is declared in <signal.h> (for example, + SunOS provides sys_siglist, but it does not declare it in any + header file). fHowever, we can't declare sys_siglist portably, + because on some systems it is declared with const and on some + systems it is declared without const. If we were using autoconf, + we could work out the right declaration. Until, then we just + ignore any declaration in the system header files, and always + declare it ourselves. With luck, this will always work. */ +#define sys_siglist no_such_symbol + +#include <stdio.h> +#include <signal.h> + +/* Routines imported from standard C runtime libraries. */ + +#ifdef __STDC__ +#include <stddef.h> +extern void *malloc (size_t size); /* 4.10.3.3 */ +extern void *memset (void *s, int c, size_t n); /* 4.11.6.1 */ +#else /* !__STDC__ */ +extern char *malloc (); /* Standard memory allocater */ +extern char *memset (); +#endif /* __STDC__ */ + +/* Undefine the macro we used to hide the definition of sys_siglist + found in the system header files. */ +#undef sys_siglist + +#ifndef NULL +# ifdef __STDC__ +# define NULL (void *) 0 +# else +# define NULL 0 +# endif +#endif + +#ifndef MAX +# define MAX(a,b) ((a) > (b) ? (a) : (b)) +#endif + +static void init_signal_tables PARAMS ((void)); + +/* Translation table for signal values. + + Note that this table is generally only accessed when it is used at runtime + to initialize signal name and message tables that are indexed by signal + value. + + Not all of these signals will exist on all systems. This table is the only + thing that should have to be updated as new signal numbers are introduced. + It's sort of ugly, but at least its portable. */ + +struct signal_info +{ + int value; /* The numeric value from <signal.h> */ + const char *name; /* The equivalent symbolic value */ +#ifdef NEED_sys_siglist + const char *msg; /* Short message about this value */ +#endif +}; + +#ifdef NEED_sys_siglist +# define ENTRY(value, name, msg) {value, name, msg} +#else +# define ENTRY(value, name, msg) {value, name} +#endif + +static const struct signal_info signal_table[] = +{ +#if defined (SIGHUP) + ENTRY(SIGHUP, "SIGHUP", "Hangup"), +#endif +#if defined (SIGINT) + ENTRY(SIGINT, "SIGINT", "Interrupt"), +#endif +#if defined (SIGQUIT) + ENTRY(SIGQUIT, "SIGQUIT", "Quit"), +#endif +#if defined (SIGILL) + ENTRY(SIGILL, "SIGILL", "Illegal instruction"), +#endif +#if defined (SIGTRAP) + ENTRY(SIGTRAP, "SIGTRAP", "Trace/breakpoint trap"), +#endif +/* Put SIGIOT before SIGABRT, so that if SIGIOT==SIGABRT then SIGABRT + overrides SIGIOT. SIGABRT is in ANSI and POSIX.1, and SIGIOT isn't. */ +#if defined (SIGIOT) + ENTRY(SIGIOT, "SIGIOT", "IOT trap"), +#endif +#if defined (SIGABRT) + ENTRY(SIGABRT, "SIGABRT", "Aborted"), +#endif +#if defined (SIGEMT) + ENTRY(SIGEMT, "SIGEMT", "Emulation trap"), +#endif +#if defined (SIGFPE) + ENTRY(SIGFPE, "SIGFPE", "Arithmetic exception"), +#endif +#if defined (SIGKILL) + ENTRY(SIGKILL, "SIGKILL", "Killed"), +#endif +#if defined (SIGBUS) + ENTRY(SIGBUS, "SIGBUS", "Bus error"), +#endif +#if defined (SIGSEGV) + ENTRY(SIGSEGV, "SIGSEGV", "Segmentation fault"), +#endif +#if defined (SIGSYS) + ENTRY(SIGSYS, "SIGSYS", "Bad system call"), +#endif +#if defined (SIGPIPE) + ENTRY(SIGPIPE, "SIGPIPE", "Broken pipe"), +#endif +#if defined (SIGALRM) + ENTRY(SIGALRM, "SIGALRM", "Alarm clock"), +#endif +#if defined (SIGTERM) + ENTRY(SIGTERM, "SIGTERM", "Terminated"), +#endif +#if defined (SIGUSR1) + ENTRY(SIGUSR1, "SIGUSR1", "User defined signal 1"), +#endif +#if defined (SIGUSR2) + ENTRY(SIGUSR2, "SIGUSR2", "User defined signal 2"), +#endif +/* Put SIGCLD before SIGCHLD, so that if SIGCLD==SIGCHLD then SIGCHLD + overrides SIGCLD. SIGCHLD is in POXIX.1 */ +#if defined (SIGCLD) + ENTRY(SIGCLD, "SIGCLD", "Child status changed"), +#endif +#if defined (SIGCHLD) + ENTRY(SIGCHLD, "SIGCHLD", "Child status changed"), +#endif +#if defined (SIGPWR) + ENTRY(SIGPWR, "SIGPWR", "Power fail/restart"), +#endif +#if defined (SIGWINCH) + ENTRY(SIGWINCH, "SIGWINCH", "Window size changed"), +#endif +#if defined (SIGURG) + ENTRY(SIGURG, "SIGURG", "Urgent I/O condition"), +#endif +#if defined (SIGIO) + /* "I/O pending" has also been suggested, but is misleading since the + signal only happens when the process has asked for it, not everytime + I/O is pending. */ + ENTRY(SIGIO, "SIGIO", "I/O possible"), +#endif +#if defined (SIGPOLL) + ENTRY(SIGPOLL, "SIGPOLL", "Pollable event occurred"), +#endif +#if defined (SIGSTOP) + ENTRY(SIGSTOP, "SIGSTOP", "Stopped (signal)"), +#endif +#if defined (SIGTSTP) + ENTRY(SIGTSTP, "SIGTSTP", "Stopped (user)"), +#endif +#if defined (SIGCONT) + ENTRY(SIGCONT, "SIGCONT", "Continued"), +#endif +#if defined (SIGTTIN) + ENTRY(SIGTTIN, "SIGTTIN", "Stopped (tty input)"), +#endif +#if defined (SIGTTOU) + ENTRY(SIGTTOU, "SIGTTOU", "Stopped (tty output)"), +#endif +#if defined (SIGVTALRM) + ENTRY(SIGVTALRM, "SIGVTALRM", "Virtual timer expired"), +#endif +#if defined (SIGPROF) + ENTRY(SIGPROF, "SIGPROF", "Profiling timer expired"), +#endif +#if defined (SIGXCPU) + ENTRY(SIGXCPU, "SIGXCPU", "CPU time limit exceeded"), +#endif +#if defined (SIGXFSZ) + ENTRY(SIGXFSZ, "SIGXFSZ", "File size limit exceeded"), +#endif +#if defined (SIGWIND) + ENTRY(SIGWIND, "SIGWIND", "SIGWIND"), +#endif +#if defined (SIGPHONE) + ENTRY(SIGPHONE, "SIGPHONE", "SIGPHONE"), +#endif +#if defined (SIGLOST) + ENTRY(SIGLOST, "SIGLOST", "Resource lost"), +#endif +#if defined (SIGWAITING) + ENTRY(SIGWAITING, "SIGWAITING", "Process's LWPs are blocked"), +#endif +#if defined (SIGLWP) + ENTRY(SIGLWP, "SIGLWP", "Signal LWP"), +#endif +#if defined (SIGDANGER) + ENTRY(SIGDANGER, "SIGDANGER", "Swap space dangerously low"), +#endif +#if defined (SIGGRANT) + ENTRY(SIGGRANT, "SIGGRANT", "Monitor mode granted"), +#endif +#if defined (SIGRETRACT) + ENTRY(SIGRETRACT, "SIGRETRACT", "Need to relinguish monitor mode"), +#endif +#if defined (SIGMSG) + ENTRY(SIGMSG, "SIGMSG", "Monitor mode data available"), +#endif +#if defined (SIGSOUND) + ENTRY(SIGSOUND, "SIGSOUND", "Sound completed"), +#endif +#if defined (SIGSAK) + ENTRY(SIGSAK, "SIGSAK", "Secure attention"), +#endif + ENTRY(0, NULL, NULL) +}; + +/* Translation table allocated and initialized at runtime. Indexed by the + signal value to find the equivalent symbolic value. */ + +static const char **signal_names; +static int num_signal_names = 0; + +/* Translation table allocated and initialized at runtime, if it does not + already exist in the host environment. Indexed by the signal value to find + the descriptive string. + + We don't export it for use in other modules because even though it has the + same name, it differs from other implementations in that it is dynamically + initialized rather than statically initialized. */ + +#ifdef NEED_sys_siglist + +static int sys_nsig; +static const char **sys_siglist; + +#else + +static int sys_nsig = NSIG; +extern const char * const sys_siglist[]; + +#endif + + +/* + +NAME + + init_signal_tables -- initialize the name and message tables + +SYNOPSIS + + static void init_signal_tables (); + +DESCRIPTION + + Using the signal_table, which is initialized at compile time, generate + the signal_names and the sys_siglist (if needed) tables, which are + indexed at runtime by a specific signal value. + +BUGS + + The initialization of the tables may fail under low memory conditions, + in which case we don't do anything particularly useful, but we don't + bomb either. Who knows, it might succeed at a later point if we free + some memory in the meantime. In any case, the other routines know + how to deal with lack of a table after trying to initialize it. This + may or may not be considered to be a bug, that we don't specifically + warn about this particular failure mode. + +*/ + +static void +init_signal_tables () +{ + const struct signal_info *eip; + int nbytes; + + /* If we haven't already scanned the signal_table once to find the maximum + signal value, then go find it now. */ + + if (num_signal_names == 0) + { + for (eip = signal_table; eip -> name != NULL; eip++) + { + if (eip -> value >= num_signal_names) + { + num_signal_names = eip -> value + 1; + } + } + } + + /* Now attempt to allocate the signal_names table, zero it out, and then + initialize it from the statically initialized signal_table. */ + + if (signal_names == NULL) + { + nbytes = num_signal_names * sizeof (char *); + if ((signal_names = (const char **) malloc (nbytes)) != NULL) + { + memset (signal_names, 0, nbytes); + for (eip = signal_table; eip -> name != NULL; eip++) + { + signal_names[eip -> value] = eip -> name; + } + } + } + +#ifdef NEED_sys_siglist + + /* Now attempt to allocate the sys_siglist table, zero it out, and then + initialize it from the statically initialized signal_table. */ + + if (sys_siglist == NULL) + { + nbytes = num_signal_names * sizeof (char *); + if ((sys_siglist = (const char **) malloc (nbytes)) != NULL) + { + memset (sys_siglist, 0, nbytes); + sys_nsig = num_signal_names; + for (eip = signal_table; eip -> name != NULL; eip++) + { + sys_siglist[eip -> value] = eip -> msg; + } + } + } + +#endif + +} + + +/* + +NAME + + signo_max -- return the max signo value + +SYNOPSIS + + int signo_max (); + +DESCRIPTION + + Returns the maximum signo value for which a corresponding symbolic + name or message is available. Note that in the case where + we use the sys_siglist supplied by the system, it is possible for + there to be more symbolic names than messages, or vice versa. + In fact, the manual page for psignal(3b) explicitly warns that one + should check the size of the table (NSIG) before indexing it, + since new signal codes may be added to the system before they are + added to the table. Thus NSIG might be smaller than value + implied by the largest signo value defined in <signal.h>. + + We return the maximum value that can be used to obtain a meaningful + symbolic name or message. + +*/ + +int +signo_max () +{ + int maxsize; + + if (signal_names == NULL) + { + init_signal_tables (); + } + maxsize = MAX (sys_nsig, num_signal_names); + return (maxsize - 1); +} + + +/* + +NAME + + strsignal -- map a signal number to a signal message string + +SYNOPSIS + + const char *strsignal (int signo) + +DESCRIPTION + + Maps an signal number to an signal message string, the contents of + which are implementation defined. On systems which have the external + variable sys_siglist, these strings will be the same as the ones used + by psignal(). + + If the supplied signal number is within the valid range of indices + for the sys_siglist, but no message is available for the particular + signal number, then returns the string "Signal NUM", where NUM is the + signal number. + + If the supplied signal number is not a valid index into sys_siglist, + returns NULL. + + The returned string is only guaranteed to be valid only until the + next call to strsignal. + +*/ + +#ifdef NEED_strsignal + +const char * +strsignal (signo) + int signo; +{ + const char *msg; + static char buf[32]; + +#ifdef NEED_sys_siglist + + if (signal_names == NULL) + { + init_signal_tables (); + } + +#endif + + if ((signo < 0) || (signo >= sys_nsig)) + { + /* Out of range, just return NULL */ + msg = NULL; + } + else if ((sys_siglist == NULL) || (sys_siglist[signo] == NULL)) + { + /* In range, but no sys_siglist or no entry at this index. */ + sprintf (buf, "Signal %d", signo); + msg = (const char *) buf; + } + else + { + /* In range, and a valid message. Just return the message. */ + msg = (const char *) sys_siglist[signo]; + } + + return (msg); +} + +#endif /* NEED_strsignal */ + +/* + +NAME + + strsigno -- map an signal number to a symbolic name string + +SYNOPSIS + + const char *strsigno (int signo) + +DESCRIPTION + + Given an signal number, returns a pointer to a string containing + the symbolic name of that signal number, as found in <signal.h>. + + If the supplied signal number is within the valid range of indices + for symbolic names, but no name is available for the particular + signal number, then returns the string "Signal NUM", where NUM is + the signal number. + + If the supplied signal number is not within the range of valid + indices, then returns NULL. + +BUGS + + The contents of the location pointed to are only guaranteed to be + valid until the next call to strsigno. + +*/ + +const char * +strsigno (signo) + int signo; +{ + const char *name; + static char buf[32]; + + if (signal_names == NULL) + { + init_signal_tables (); + } + + if ((signo < 0) || (signo >= num_signal_names)) + { + /* Out of range, just return NULL */ + name = NULL; + } + else if ((signal_names == NULL) || (signal_names[signo] == NULL)) + { + /* In range, but no signal_names or no entry at this index. */ + sprintf (buf, "Signal %d", signo); + name = (const char *) buf; + } + else + { + /* In range, and a valid name. Just return the name. */ + name = signal_names[signo]; + } + + return (name); +} + + +/* + +NAME + + strtosigno -- map a symbolic signal name to a numeric value + +SYNOPSIS + + int strtosigno (char *name) + +DESCRIPTION + + Given the symbolic name of a signal, map it to a signal number. + If no translation is found, returns 0. + +*/ + +int +strtosigno (name) + const char *name; +{ + int signo = 0; + + if (name != NULL) + { + if (signal_names == NULL) + { + init_signal_tables (); + } + for (signo = 0; signo < num_signal_names; signo++) + { + if ((signal_names[signo] != NULL) && + (strcmp (name, signal_names[signo]) == 0)) + { + break; + } + } + if (signo == num_signal_names) + { + signo = 0; + } + } + return (signo); +} + + +/* + +NAME + + psignal -- print message about signal to stderr + +SYNOPSIS + + void psignal (unsigned signo, char *message); + +DESCRIPTION + + Print to the standard error the message, followed by a colon, + followed by the description of the signal specified by signo, + followed by a newline. +*/ + +#ifdef NEED_psignal + +void +psignal (signo, message) + unsigned signo; + char *message; +{ + if (signal_names == NULL) + { + init_signal_tables (); + } + if ((signo <= 0) || (signo >= sys_nsig)) + { + fprintf (stderr, "%s: unknown signal\n", message); + } + else + { + fprintf (stderr, "%s: %s\n", message, sys_siglist[signo]); + } +} + +#endif /* NEED_psignal */ + + +/* A simple little main that does nothing but print all the signal translations + if MAIN is defined and this file is compiled and linked. */ + +#ifdef MAIN + +#include <stdio.h> + +int +main () +{ + int signo; + int maxsigno; + const char *name; + const char *msg; + + maxsigno = signo_max (); + printf ("%d entries in names table.\n", num_signal_names); + printf ("%d entries in messages table.\n", sys_nsig); + printf ("%d is max useful index.\n", maxsigno); + + /* Keep printing values until we get to the end of *both* tables, not + *either* table. Note that knowing the maximum useful index does *not* + relieve us of the responsibility of testing the return pointer for + NULL. */ + + for (signo = 0; signo <= maxsigno; signo++) + { + name = strsigno (signo); + name = (name == NULL) ? "<NULL>" : name; + msg = strsignal (signo); + msg = (msg == NULL) ? "<NULL>" : msg; + printf ("%-4d%-18s%s\n", signo, name, msg); + } + + return 0; +} + +#endif diff --git a/libiberty/strstr.c b/libiberty/strstr.c new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..fab36e3fb3d --- /dev/null +++ b/libiberty/strstr.c @@ -0,0 +1,51 @@ +/* Simple implementation of strstr for systems without it. + This function is in the public domain. */ + +/* + +NAME + + strstr -- locate first occurance of a substring + +SYNOPSIS + + #include <string.h> + + char *strstr (char *s1, char *s2) + +DESCRIPTION + + Locates the first occurance in the string pointed to by S1 of + the string pointed to by S2. Returns a pointer to the substring + found, or a NULL pointer if not found. If S2 points to a string + with zero length, the function returns S1. + +BUGS + +*/ + + +/* FIXME: The above description is ANSI compiliant. This routine has not + been validated to comply with it. -fnf */ + +char * +strstr (s1, s2) + char *s1, *s2; +{ + register char *p = s1; + extern char *strchr (); + extern int strncmp (); +#if __GNUC__==2 + extern __SIZE_TYPE__ strlen (); +#endif + register int len = strlen (s2); + + for (; (p = strchr (p, *s2)) != 0; p++) + { + if (strncmp (p, s2, len) == 0) + { + return (p); + } + } + return (0); +} diff --git a/libiberty/strtod.c b/libiberty/strtod.c new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..c86c73de9b3 --- /dev/null +++ b/libiberty/strtod.c @@ -0,0 +1,122 @@ +/* Implementation of strtod for systems with atof. + Copyright (C) 1991, 1995 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + +This file is part of the libiberty library. This library is free +software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the +terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the +Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) +any later version. + +This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, +but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the +GNU General Public License for more details. + +You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License +along with GNU CC; see the file COPYING. If not, write to +the Free Software Foundation, 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. + +As a special exception, if you link this library with files +compiled with a GNU compiler to produce an executable, this does not cause +the resulting executable to be covered by the GNU General Public License. +This exception does not however invalidate any other reasons why +the executable file might be covered by the GNU General Public License. */ + +#include <ctype.h> + +extern double atof (); + +/* Disclaimer: this is currently just used by CHILL in GDB and therefore + has not been tested well. It may have been tested for nothing except + that it compiles. */ + +double +strtod (str, ptr) + char *str; + char **ptr; +{ + char *p; + + if (ptr == (char **)0) + return atof (str); + + p = str; + + while (isspace (*p)) + ++p; + + if (*p == '+' || *p == '-') + ++p; + + /* INF or INFINITY. */ + if ((p[0] == 'i' || p[0] == 'I') + && (p[1] == 'n' || p[1] == 'N') + && (p[2] == 'f' || p[2] == 'F')) + { + if ((p[3] == 'i' || p[3] == 'I') + && (p[4] == 'n' || p[4] == 'N') + && (p[5] == 'i' || p[5] == 'I') + && (p[6] == 't' || p[6] == 'T') + && (p[7] == 'y' || p[7] == 'Y')) + { + *ptr = p + 7; + return atof (str); + } + else + { + *ptr = p + 3; + return atof (str); + } + } + + /* NAN or NAN(foo). */ + if ((p[0] == 'n' || p[0] == 'N') + && (p[1] == 'a' || p[1] == 'A') + && (p[2] == 'n' || p[2] == 'N')) + { + p += 3; + if (*p == '(') + { + ++p; + while (*p != '\0' && *p != ')') + ++p; + if (*p == ')') + ++p; + } + *ptr = p; + return atof (str); + } + + /* digits, with 0 or 1 periods in it. */ + if (isdigit (*p) || *p == '.') + { + int got_dot = 0; + while (isdigit (*p) || (!got_dot && *p == '.')) + { + if (*p == '.') + got_dot = 1; + ++p; + } + + /* Exponent. */ + if (*p == 'e' || *p == 'E') + { + int i; + i = 1; + if (p[i] == '+' || p[i] == '-') + ++i; + if (isdigit (p[i])) + { + while (isdigit (p[i])) + ++i; + *ptr = p + i; + return atof (str); + } + } + *ptr = p; + return atof (str); + } + /* Didn't find any digits. Doesn't look like a number. */ + *ptr = str; + return 0.0; +} diff --git a/libiberty/strtol.c b/libiberty/strtol.c new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..db27ee0a875 --- /dev/null +++ b/libiberty/strtol.c @@ -0,0 +1,143 @@ +/*- + * Copyright (c) 1990 The Regents of the University of California. + * All rights reserved. + * + * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without + * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions + * are met: + * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright + * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. + * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright + * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the + * documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. + * 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software + * must display the following acknowledgement: + * This product includes software developed by the University of + * California, Berkeley and its contributors. + * 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors + * may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software + * without specific prior written permission. + * + * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND + * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE + * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE + * ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE + * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL + * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS + * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) + * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT + * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY + * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF + * SUCH DAMAGE. + */ + +#include <limits.h> +#include <ctype.h> +#include <errno.h> +#if 0 +#include <stdlib.h> +#endif +#include "ansidecl.h" + +/* FIXME: It'd be nice to configure around these, but the include files are too + painful. These macros should at least be more portable than hardwired hex + constants. */ + +#ifndef ULONG_MAX +#define ULONG_MAX ((unsigned long)(~0L)) /* 0xFFFFFFFF */ +#endif + +#ifndef LONG_MAX +#define LONG_MAX ((long)(ULONG_MAX >> 1)) /* 0x7FFFFFFF */ +#endif + +#ifndef LONG_MIN +#define LONG_MIN ((long)(~LONG_MAX)) /* 0x80000000 */ +#endif + +/* + * Convert a string to a long integer. + * + * Ignores `locale' stuff. Assumes that the upper and lower case + * alphabets and digits are each contiguous. + */ +long +strtol(nptr, endptr, base) + CONST char *nptr; + char **endptr; + register int base; +{ + register CONST char *s = nptr; + register unsigned long acc; + register int c; + register unsigned long cutoff; + register int neg = 0, any, cutlim; + + /* + * Skip white space and pick up leading +/- sign if any. + * If base is 0, allow 0x for hex and 0 for octal, else + * assume decimal; if base is already 16, allow 0x. + */ + do { + c = *s++; + } while (isspace(c)); + if (c == '-') { + neg = 1; + c = *s++; + } else if (c == '+') + c = *s++; + if ((base == 0 || base == 16) && + c == '0' && (*s == 'x' || *s == 'X')) { + c = s[1]; + s += 2; + base = 16; + } + if (base == 0) + base = c == '0' ? 8 : 10; + + /* + * Compute the cutoff value between legal numbers and illegal + * numbers. That is the largest legal value, divided by the + * base. An input number that is greater than this value, if + * followed by a legal input character, is too big. One that + * is equal to this value may be valid or not; the limit + * between valid and invalid numbers is then based on the last + * digit. For instance, if the range for longs is + * [-2147483648..2147483647] and the input base is 10, + * cutoff will be set to 214748364 and cutlim to either + * 7 (neg==0) or 8 (neg==1), meaning that if we have accumulated + * a value > 214748364, or equal but the next digit is > 7 (or 8), + * the number is too big, and we will return a range error. + * + * Set any if any `digits' consumed; make it negative to indicate + * overflow. + */ + cutoff = neg ? -(unsigned long)LONG_MIN : LONG_MAX; + cutlim = cutoff % (unsigned long)base; + cutoff /= (unsigned long)base; + for (acc = 0, any = 0;; c = *s++) { + if (isdigit(c)) + c -= '0'; + else if (isalpha(c)) + c -= isupper(c) ? 'A' - 10 : 'a' - 10; + else + break; + if (c >= base) + break; + if (any < 0 || acc > cutoff || acc == cutoff && c > cutlim) + any = -1; + else { + any = 1; + acc *= base; + acc += c; + } + } + if (any < 0) { + acc = neg ? LONG_MIN : LONG_MAX; + errno = ERANGE; + } else if (neg) + acc = -acc; + if (endptr != 0) + *endptr = (char *) (any ? s - 1 : nptr); + return (acc); +} diff --git a/libiberty/strtoul.c b/libiberty/strtoul.c new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..40902452fed --- /dev/null +++ b/libiberty/strtoul.c @@ -0,0 +1,110 @@ +/* + * Copyright (c) 1990 Regents of the University of California. + * All rights reserved. + * + * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without + * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions + * are met: + * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright + * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. + * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright + * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the + * documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. + * 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software + * must display the following acknowledgement: + * This product includes software developed by the University of + * California, Berkeley and its contributors. + * 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors + * may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software + * without specific prior written permission. + * + * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND + * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE + * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE + * ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE + * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL + * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS + * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) + * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT + * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY + * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF + * SUCH DAMAGE. + */ + +#include <limits.h> +#include <ctype.h> +#include <errno.h> +#if 0 +#include <stdlib.h> +#endif +#include "ansidecl.h" + +#ifndef ULONG_MAX +#define ULONG_MAX ((unsigned long)(~0L)) /* 0xFFFFFFFF */ +#endif + +/* + * Convert a string to an unsigned long integer. + * + * Ignores `locale' stuff. Assumes that the upper and lower case + * alphabets and digits are each contiguous. + */ +unsigned long +strtoul(nptr, endptr, base) + CONST char *nptr; + char **endptr; + register int base; +{ + register CONST char *s = nptr; + register unsigned long acc; + register int c; + register unsigned long cutoff; + register int neg = 0, any, cutlim; + + /* + * See strtol for comments as to the logic used. + */ + do { + c = *s++; + } while (isspace(c)); + if (c == '-') { + neg = 1; + c = *s++; + } else if (c == '+') + c = *s++; + if ((base == 0 || base == 16) && + c == '0' && (*s == 'x' || *s == 'X')) { + c = s[1]; + s += 2; + base = 16; + } + if (base == 0) + base = c == '0' ? 8 : 10; + cutoff = (unsigned long)ULONG_MAX / (unsigned long)base; + cutlim = (unsigned long)ULONG_MAX % (unsigned long)base; + for (acc = 0, any = 0;; c = *s++) { + if (isdigit(c)) + c -= '0'; + else if (isalpha(c)) + c -= isupper(c) ? 'A' - 10 : 'a' - 10; + else + break; + if (c >= base) + break; + if (any < 0 || acc > cutoff || acc == cutoff && c > cutlim) + any = -1; + else { + any = 1; + acc *= base; + acc += c; + } + } + if (any < 0) { + acc = ULONG_MAX; + errno = ERANGE; + } else if (neg) + acc = -acc; + if (endptr != 0) + *endptr = (char *) (any ? s - 1 : nptr); + return (acc); +} diff --git a/libiberty/tmpnam.c b/libiberty/tmpnam.c new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..c0614677425 --- /dev/null +++ b/libiberty/tmpnam.c @@ -0,0 +1,39 @@ +#include <stdio.h> + +#ifndef L_tmpnam +#define L_tmpname 100 +#endif +#ifndef P_tmpdir +#define P_tmpdir "/usr/tmp" +#endif + +static char tmpnam_buffer[L_tmpnam]; +static int tmpnam_counter; + +extern int getpid (); + +char * +tmpnam (s) + char *s; +{ + int pid = getpid (); + + if (s == NULL) + s = tmpnam_buffer; + + /* Generate the filename and make sure that there isn't one called + it already. */ + + while (1) + { + FILE *f; + sprintf (s, "%s/%s%x.%x", P_tmpdir, "t", pid, tmpnam_counter); + f = fopen (s, "r"); + if (f == NULL) + break; + tmpnam_counter++; + fclose (f); + } + + return s; +} diff --git a/libiberty/vasprintf.c b/libiberty/vasprintf.c new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..3794cbd2c4f --- /dev/null +++ b/libiberty/vasprintf.c @@ -0,0 +1,165 @@ +/* Like vsprintf but provides a pointer to malloc'd storage, which must + be freed by the caller. + Copyright (C) 1994 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + +This file is part of the libiberty library. +Libiberty is free software; you can redistribute it and/or +modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public +License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either +version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + +Libiberty is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, +but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU +Library General Public License for more details. + +You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public +License along with libiberty; see the file COPYING.LIB. If +not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, +Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */ + +#include <stdio.h> +#include <string.h> +#include <ansidecl.h> +#ifdef __STDC__ +#include <stdarg.h> +#else +#include <varargs.h> +#endif + +#ifdef TEST +int global_total_width; +#endif + +unsigned long strtoul (); +char *malloc (); + +static int +int_vasprintf (result, format, args) + char **result; + const char *format; + va_list *args; +{ + const char *p = format; + /* Add one to make sure that it is never zero, which might cause malloc + to return NULL. */ + int total_width = strlen (format) + 1; + va_list ap; + + memcpy ((PTR) &ap, (PTR) args, sizeof (va_list)); + + while (*p != '\0') + { + if (*p++ == '%') + { + while (strchr ("-+ #0", *p)) + ++p; + if (*p == '*') + { + ++p; + total_width += abs (va_arg (ap, int)); + } + else + total_width += strtoul (p, &p, 10); + if (*p == '.') + { + ++p; + if (*p == '*') + { + ++p; + total_width += abs (va_arg (ap, int)); + } + else + total_width += strtoul (p, &p, 10); + } + while (strchr ("hlL", *p)) + ++p; + /* Should be big enough for any format specifier except %s. */ + total_width += 30; + switch (*p) + { + case 'd': + case 'i': + case 'o': + case 'u': + case 'x': + case 'X': + case 'c': + (void) va_arg (ap, int); + break; + case 'f': + case 'e': + case 'E': + case 'g': + case 'G': + (void) va_arg (ap, double); + break; + case 's': + total_width += strlen (va_arg (ap, char *)); + break; + case 'p': + case 'n': + (void) va_arg (ap, char *); + break; + } + } + } +#ifdef TEST + global_total_width = total_width; +#endif + *result = malloc (total_width); + if (*result != NULL) + return vsprintf (*result, format, *args); + else + return 0; +} + +int +vasprintf (result, format, args) + char **result; + const char *format; + va_list args; +{ + return int_vasprintf (result, format, &args); +} + +#ifdef TEST +void +checkit +#ifdef __STDC__ + (const char* format, ...) +#else + (va_alist) + va_dcl +#endif +{ + va_list args; + char *result; + +#ifdef __STDC__ + va_start (args, format); +#else + char *format; + va_start (args); + format = va_arg (args, char *); +#endif + vasprintf (&result, format, args); + if (strlen (result) < global_total_width) + printf ("PASS: "); + else + printf ("FAIL: "); + printf ("%d %s\n", global_total_width, result); +} + +int +main () +{ + checkit ("%d", 0x12345678); + checkit ("%200d", 5); + checkit ("%.300d", 6); + checkit ("%100.150d", 7); + checkit ("%s", "jjjjjjjjjiiiiiiiiiiiiiiioooooooooooooooooppppppppppppaa\n\ +777777777777777777333333333333366666666666622222222222777777777777733333"); + checkit ("%f%s%d%s", 1.0, "foo", 77, "asdjffffffffffffffiiiiiiiiiiixxxxx"); +} +#endif /* TEST */ diff --git a/libiberty/vfork.c b/libiberty/vfork.c new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..86c45919f66 --- /dev/null +++ b/libiberty/vfork.c @@ -0,0 +1,8 @@ +/* Emulate vfork using just plain fork, for systems without a real vfork. + This function is in the public domain. */ + +int +vfork () +{ + return (fork ()); +} diff --git a/libiberty/vfprintf.c b/libiberty/vfprintf.c new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..ce3fdf9c474 --- /dev/null +++ b/libiberty/vfprintf.c @@ -0,0 +1,13 @@ +#include <stdio.h> +#include <varargs.h> +#include <ansidecl.h> +#undef vfprintf + +int +vfprintf (file, format, ap) + FILE *file; + const char *format; + va_list ap; +{ + return _doprnt (format, ap, file); +} diff --git a/libiberty/vmsbuild.com b/libiberty/vmsbuild.com new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..9400b45723a --- /dev/null +++ b/libiberty/vmsbuild.com @@ -0,0 +1,166 @@ +$! libiberty/vmsbuild.com -- build liberty.olb for VMS host, VMS target +$! +$ CC = "gcc /noVerbose/Debug/Incl=([],[-.include])" +$ LIBR = "library /Obj" +$ LINK = "link" +$ DELETE= "delete /noConfirm" +$ SEARCH= "search /Exact" +$ ECHO = "write sys$output" +$ ABORT = "exit %x002C" +$! +$ LIB_NAME = "liberty.olb" !this is what we're going to construct +$ WORK_LIB = "new-lib.olb" !used to guard against an incomplete build +$ +$! manually copied from Makefile.in +$ REQUIRED_OFILES = "argv.o basename.o choose-temp.o concat.o cplus-dem.o "- + + "fdmatch.o getopt.o getopt1.o getruntime.o hex.o "- + + "floatformat.o obstack.o spaces.o strerror.o strsignal.o "- + + "vasprintf.o xatexit.o xexit.o xmalloc.o xstrdup.o xstrerror.o" +$! anything not caught by link+search of dummy.* should be added here +$ EXTRA_OFILES = "" +$! +$! move to the directory which contains this command procedure +$ old_dir = f$environ("DEFAULT") +$ new_dir = f$parse("_._;",f$environ("PROCEDURE")) - "_._;" +$ set default 'new_dir' +$ +$ ECHO "Starting libiberty build..." +$ create config.h +/* libiberty config.h for VMS */ +#define NEED_sys_siglist +#define NEED_psignal +#define NEED_basename +$ if f$search("alloca-conf.h").eqs."" then - + copy alloca-norm.h alloca-conf.h +$ LIBR 'WORK_LIB' /Create +$ +$! first pass: compile "required" modules +$ ofiles = REQUIRED_OFILES + " " + EXTRA_OFILES +$ pass = 1 +$ gosub do_ofiles +$ +$! second pass: process dummy.c, using the first pass' results +$ ECHO " now checking run-time library for missing functionality" +$ if f$search("dummy.obj").nes."" then DELETE dummy.obj;* +$ define/noLog sys$error _NL: !can't use /User_Mode here due to gcc +$ define/noLog sys$output _NL: ! driver's use of multiple image activation +$ on error then continue +$ 'CC' dummy.c +$ deassign sys$error !restore, more or less +$ deassign sys$output +$ if f$search("dummy.obj").eqs."" then goto pass2_failure1 +$! link dummy.obj, capturing full linker feedback in dummy.map +$ oldmsg = f$environ("MESSAGE") +$ set message /Facility/Severity/Identification/Text +$ define/User sys$output _NL: +$ define/User sys$error _NL: +$ LINK/Map=dummy.map/noExe dummy.obj,'WORK_LIB'/Libr,- + gnu_cc:[000000]gcclib.olb/Libr,sys$library:vaxcrtl.olb/Libr +$ set message 'oldmsg' +$ if f$search("dummy.map").eqs."" then goto pass2_failure2 +$ DELETE dummy.obj;* +$ SEARCH dummy.map "%LINK-I-UDFSYM" /Output=dummy.list +$ DELETE dummy.map;* +$ ECHO " check completed" +$! we now have a file with one entry per line of unresolvable symbols +$ ofiles = "" +$ if f$trnlnm("IFILE$").nes."" then close/noLog ifile$ +$ open/Read ifile$ dummy.list +$iloop: read/End=idone ifile$ iline +$ iline = f$edit(iline,"COMPRESS,TRIM,LOWERCASE") +$ ofiles = ofiles + " " + f$element(1," ",iline) + ".o" +$ goto iloop +$idone: close ifile$ +$ DELETE dummy.list;* +$ on error then ABORT +$ +$! third pass: compile "missing" modules collected in pass 2 +$ pass = 3 +$ gosub do_ofiles +$ +$! finish up +$ LIBR 'WORK_LIB' /Compress /Output='LIB_NAME' !new-lib.olb -> liberty.olb +$ DELETE 'WORK_LIB';* +$ +$! all done +$ ECHO "Completed libiberty build." +$ type sys$input: + + You many wish to do + $ COPY LIBERTY.OLB GNU_CC:[000000] + so that this run-time library resides in the same location as gcc's + support library. When building gas, be sure to leave the original + copy of liberty.olb here so that gas's build procedure can find it. + +$ set default 'old_dir' +$ exit +$ +$! +$! compile each element of the space-delimited list 'ofiles' +$! +$do_ofiles: +$ ofiles = f$edit(ofiles,"COMPRESS,TRIM") +$ i = 0 +$oloop: +$ f = f$element(i," ",ofiles) +$ if f.eqs." " then goto odone +$ f = f - ".o" !strip dummy suffix +$ ECHO " ''f'" +$ skip_f = 0 +$ if pass.eq.3 .and. f$search("''f'.c").eqs."" then gosub chk_deffunc +$ if .not.skip_f +$ then +$ 'CC' 'f'.c +$ LIBR 'WORK_LIB' 'f'.obj /Insert +$ DELETE 'f'.obj;* +$ endif +$ i = i + 1 +$ goto oloop +$odone: +$ return +$ +$! +$! check functions.def for a DEFFUNC() entry corresponding to missing file 'f'.c +$! +$chk_deffunc: +$ define/User sys$output _NL: +$ define/User sys$error _NL: +$ SEARCH functions.def "DEFFUNC","''f'" /Match=AND +$ if (($status.and.%x7FFFFFFF) .eq. 1) +$ then +$ skip_f = 1 +$ open/Append config_h config.h +$ write config_h "#define NEED_''f'" +$ close config_h +$ endif +$ return +$ +$! +$pass2_failure1: +$! if we reach here, dummy.c failed to compile and we're really stuck +$ type sys$input: + + Cannot compile the library contents checker (dummy.c + functions.def), + so cannot continue! + +$! attempt the compile again, without suppressing diagnostic messages this time +$ on error then ABORT +0*f$verify(v) +$ v = f$verify(1) +$ 'CC' dummy.c +$ ABORT +0*f$verify(v) !'f$verify(0)' +$! +$pass2_failure2: +$! should never reach here.. +$ type sys$input: + + Cannot link the library contents checker (dummy.obj), so cannot continue! + +$! attempt the link again, without suppressing diagnostic messages this time +$ on error then ABORT +0*f$verify(v) +$ v = f$verify(1) +$ LINK/Map=dummy.map/noExe dummy.obj,'WORK_LIB'/Libr,- + gnu_cc:[000000]gcclib.olb/Libr,sys$library:vaxcrtl.olb/Libr +$ ABORT +0*f$verify(v) !'f$verify(0)' +$ +$! not reached +$ exit diff --git a/libiberty/vprintf.c b/libiberty/vprintf.c new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..89c289eb105 --- /dev/null +++ b/libiberty/vprintf.c @@ -0,0 +1,15 @@ +#include <stdio.h> +#ifdef __STDC__ +#include <stdarg.h> +#else +#include <varargs.h> +#endif +#include <ansidecl.h> +#undef vprintf +int +vprintf (format, ap) + const char *format; + va_list ap; +{ + return vfprintf (stdout, format, ap); +} diff --git a/libiberty/vsprintf.c b/libiberty/vsprintf.c new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..bf0760cf6d3 --- /dev/null +++ b/libiberty/vsprintf.c @@ -0,0 +1,55 @@ +/* Simple implementation of vsprintf for systems without it. + Highly system-dependent, but should work on most "traditional" + implementations of stdio; newer ones should already have vsprintf. + Written by Per Bothner of Cygnus Support. + Based on libg++'s "form" (written by Doug Lea; dl@rocky.oswego.edu). + Copyright (C) 1991, 1995 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + +This file is part of the libiberty library. This library is free +software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the +terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the +Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) +any later version. + +This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, +but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the +GNU General Public License for more details. + +You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License +along with GNU CC; see the file COPYING. If not, write to +the Free Software Foundation, 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. + +As a special exception, if you link this library with files +compiled with a GNU compiler to produce an executable, this does not cause +the resulting executable to be covered by the GNU General Public License. +This exception does not however invalidate any other reasons why +the executable file might be covered by the GNU General Public License. */ + +#include <varargs.h> +#include <stdio.h> +#include <ansidecl.h> +#undef vsprintf + +int +vsprintf (buf, format, ap) + char *buf; + const char *format; + va_list ap; +{ + FILE b; + int ret; +#ifdef VMS + b->_flag = _IOWRT|_IOSTRG; + b->_ptr = buf; + b->_cnt = 12000; +#else + b._flag = _IOWRT|_IOSTRG; + b._ptr = buf; + b._cnt = 12000; +#endif + ret = _doprnt(format, ap, &b); + putc('\0', &b); + return ret; + +} diff --git a/libiberty/waitpid.c b/libiberty/waitpid.c new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..23db0b932d2 --- /dev/null +++ b/libiberty/waitpid.c @@ -0,0 +1,11 @@ +int +waitpid (pid, stat_loc, options) + int pid, *stat_loc, options; +{ + for (;;) + { + int wpid = wait(stat_loc); + if (wpid == pid || wpid == -1) + return wpid; + } +} diff --git a/libiberty/xatexit.c b/libiberty/xatexit.c new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..31476c29ddc --- /dev/null +++ b/libiberty/xatexit.c @@ -0,0 +1,82 @@ +/* + * Copyright (c) 1990 Regents of the University of California. + * All rights reserved. + * + * %sccs.include.redist.c% + */ + +/* Adapted from newlib/libc/stdlib/{,at}exit.[ch]. + If you use xatexit, you must call xexit instead of exit. */ + +#include "ansidecl.h" +#include "libiberty.h" + +#include <stdio.h> + +#ifdef __STDC__ +#include <stddef.h> +#else +#define size_t unsigned long +#endif + +/* For systems with larger pointers than ints, this must be declared. */ +PTR malloc PARAMS ((size_t)); + +static void xatexit_cleanup PARAMS ((void)); + +/* Pointer to function run by xexit. */ +extern void (*_xexit_cleanup) PARAMS ((void)); + +#define XATEXIT_SIZE 32 + +struct xatexit { + struct xatexit *next; /* next in list */ + int ind; /* next index in this table */ + void (*fns[XATEXIT_SIZE]) PARAMS ((void)); /* the table itself */ +}; + +/* Allocate one struct statically to guarantee that we can register + at least a few handlers. */ +static struct xatexit xatexit_first; + +/* Points to head of LIFO stack. */ +static struct xatexit *xatexit_head = &xatexit_first; + +/* Register function FN to be run by xexit. + Return 0 if successful, -1 if not. */ + +int +xatexit (fn) + void (*fn) PARAMS ((void)); +{ + register struct xatexit *p; + + /* Tell xexit to call xatexit_cleanup. */ + if (!_xexit_cleanup) + _xexit_cleanup = xatexit_cleanup; + + p = xatexit_head; + if (p->ind >= XATEXIT_SIZE) + { + if ((p = (struct xatexit *) malloc (sizeof *p)) == NULL) + return -1; + p->ind = 0; + p->next = xatexit_head; + xatexit_head = p; + } + p->fns[p->ind++] = fn; + return 0; +} + +/* Call any cleanup functions. */ + +static void +xatexit_cleanup () +{ + register struct xatexit *p; + register int n; + + for (p = xatexit_head; p; p = p->next) + for (n = p->ind; --n >= 0;) + (*p->fns[n]) (); +} diff --git a/libiberty/xexit.c b/libiberty/xexit.c new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..431bbe02991 --- /dev/null +++ b/libiberty/xexit.c @@ -0,0 +1,36 @@ +/* xexit.c -- Run any exit handlers, then exit. + Copyright (C) 1994, 95, 1997 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + +This file is part of the libiberty library. +Libiberty is free software; you can redistribute it and/or +modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public +License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either +version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + +Libiberty is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, +but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU +Library General Public License for more details. + +You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public +License along with libiberty; see the file COPYING.LIB. If not, write +to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, +Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */ + +#include "ansidecl.h" +#include "libiberty.h" + +#include <stdio.h> + +/* This variable is set by xatexit if it is called. This way, xmalloc + doesn't drag xatexit into the link. */ +void (*_xexit_cleanup) PARAMS ((void)); + +void +xexit (code) + int code; +{ + if (_xexit_cleanup != NULL) + (*_xexit_cleanup) (); + exit (code); +} diff --git a/libiberty/xmalloc.c b/libiberty/xmalloc.c new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..c479b1f9e95 --- /dev/null +++ b/libiberty/xmalloc.c @@ -0,0 +1,113 @@ +/* memory allocation routines with error checking. + Copyright 1989, 90, 91, 92, 93, 94 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + +This file is part of the libiberty library. +Libiberty is free software; you can redistribute it and/or +modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public +License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either +version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + +Libiberty is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, +but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU +Library General Public License for more details. + +You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public +License along with libiberty; see the file COPYING.LIB. If +not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, +Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */ + +#include "ansidecl.h" +#include "libiberty.h" + +#include <stdio.h> + +#ifdef __STDC__ +#include <stddef.h> +#else +#define size_t unsigned long +#define ptrdiff_t long +#endif + +#if VMS +#include <stdlib.h> +#include <unixlib.h> +#else +/* For systems with larger pointers than ints, these must be declared. */ +PTR malloc PARAMS ((size_t)); +PTR realloc PARAMS ((PTR, size_t)); +PTR sbrk PARAMS ((ptrdiff_t)); +#endif + +/* The program name if set. */ +static const char *name = ""; + +/* The initial sbrk, set when the program name is set. */ +static char *first_break = NULL; + +void +xmalloc_set_program_name (s) + const char *s; +{ + name = s; + if (first_break == NULL) + first_break = (char *) sbrk (0); +} + +PTR +xmalloc (size) + size_t size; +{ + PTR newmem; + + if (size == 0) + size = 1; + newmem = malloc (size); + if (!newmem) + { + extern char **environ; + size_t allocated; + + if (first_break != NULL) + allocated = (char *) sbrk (0) - first_break; + else + allocated = (char *) sbrk (0) - (char *) &environ; + fprintf (stderr, + "\n%s%sCan not allocate %lu bytes after allocating %lu bytes\n", + name, *name ? ": " : "", + (unsigned long) size, (unsigned long) allocated); + xexit (1); + } + return (newmem); +} + +PTR +xrealloc (oldmem, size) + PTR oldmem; + size_t size; +{ + PTR newmem; + + if (size == 0) + size = 1; + if (!oldmem) + newmem = malloc (size); + else + newmem = realloc (oldmem, size); + if (!newmem) + { + extern char **environ; + size_t allocated; + + if (first_break != NULL) + allocated = (char *) sbrk (0) - first_break; + else + allocated = (char *) sbrk (0) - (char *) &environ; + fprintf (stderr, + "\n%s%sCan not reallocate %lu bytes after allocating %lu bytes\n", + name, *name ? ": " : "", + (unsigned long) size, (unsigned long) allocated); + xexit (1); + } + return (newmem); +} diff --git a/libiberty/xstrdup.c b/libiberty/xstrdup.c new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..9d08bc70405 --- /dev/null +++ b/libiberty/xstrdup.c @@ -0,0 +1,17 @@ +/* xstrdup.c -- Duplicate a string in memory, using xmalloc. + This trivial function is in the public domain. + Ian Lance Taylor, Cygnus Support, December 1995. */ + +#include "ansidecl.h" +#include "libiberty.h" + +char * +xstrdup (s) + const char *s; +{ + char *ret; + + ret = xmalloc (strlen (s) + 1); + strcpy (ret, s); + return ret; +} diff --git a/libiberty/xstrerror.c b/libiberty/xstrerror.c new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..770b653ba80 --- /dev/null +++ b/libiberty/xstrerror.c @@ -0,0 +1,56 @@ +/* xstrerror.c -- jacket routine for more robust strerror() usage. + Fri Jun 16 18:30:00 1995 Pat Rankin <rankin@eql.caltech.edu> + This code is in the public domain. */ + +#include <stdio.h> + +#include "libiberty.h" +#include "config.h" + +#ifdef VMS +#include <errno.h> +#if !defined (__STRICT_ANSI__) && !defined (__HIDE_FORBIDDEN_NAMES) +extern char *strerror PARAMS ((int,...)); +#define DONT_DECLARE_STRERROR +#endif +#endif /* VMS */ + +#ifndef DONT_DECLARE_STRERROR +extern char *strerror PARAMS ((int)); +#endif + +/* If strerror returns NULL, we'll format the number into a static buffer. */ + +#define ERRSTR_FMT "undocumented error #%d" +static char xstrerror_buf[sizeof ERRSTR_FMT + 20]; + +/* Like strerror, but result is never a null pointer. */ + +char * +xstrerror (errnum) + int errnum; +{ + char *errstr; +#ifdef VMS + char *(*vmslib_strerror) PARAMS ((int,...)); + + /* Override any possibly-conflicting declaration from system header. */ + vmslib_strerror = (char *(*) PARAMS ((int,...))) strerror; + /* Second argument matters iff first is EVMSERR, but it's simpler to + pass it unconditionally. `vaxc$errno' is declared in <errno.h> + and maintained by the run-time library in parallel to `errno'. + We assume that `errnum' corresponds to the last value assigned to + errno by the run-time library, hence vaxc$errno will be relevant. */ + errstr = (*vmslib_strerror) (errnum, vaxc$errno); +#else + errstr = strerror (errnum); +#endif + + /* If `errnum' is out of range, result might be NULL. We'll fix that. */ + if (!errstr) + { + sprintf (xstrerror_buf, ERRSTR_FMT, errnum); + errstr = xstrerror_buf; + } + return errstr; +} |
